Showing results for series talkers

High Impact Tutoring: ESC Training of Trainers

To view this protected page, enter the password below:



The High Impact Tutoring Implementation Workshop Series

To view this protected page, enter the password below:



The High-Impact Tutoring Implementation Workshop Series

To view this protected page, enter the password below:



High Impact Tutoring: OH ESC Training of Trainers

To view this protected page, enter the password below:



The Ohio High Impact Tutoring Consultancy Series

To view this protected page, enter the password below:



Buffalo Consultancy

To view this protected page, enter the password below:



mCLASS Professional Development

To view this protected page, enter the password below:



What does problem-based math learning unlock for students? Part 1

Webinar series recap, part 1 of 3

Problem-based math learning helps teachers set the stage for memorable learning experiences and transfer the responsibility for the learning to students, which has been shown to help develop students’ problem-solving and math reasoning skills.

Our webinar series explores how this type of instruction engages all students in grade-level math every day, and how instructors can go about implementing problem-based learning in the classroom. In part 1 of the webinar series, award-winning teacher Kristin Gray asks—and answers—the question: What does problem-based learning unlock for students?

Experience and explanation form a learning cycle

Imagine you’ve just gotten a new piece of technology: a phone, a TV, a computer. How do you learn to use it? Do you read the entire user guide first? Jump in and never touch the guide? Or turn it on and try some things, referencing the guide as needed? 

If the last option sounds like you, that’s very common—and it’s an example of learning through problem-solving. 

“It’s something we naturally do,” says Gray.  “We’ve had a phone before so we would pick up this new phone and try doing things that we know worked on our last phone, and then we would experiment: Does it work the same on this phone? This bouncing between experience and explanation is really the foundation of how we learn through problem-solving.”

What learning through problem-solving looks like in the math classroom

If we think of instructional methods in the math classroom along a spectrum, on one end we might have a classroom where students are left to solve a problem and discover the relevant math on their own. On the other end, the instructional method might be to show students how to get the answer and then practice doing similar problems. 

The methods at both extremes are challenging, and it’s hard for instructors to go from one to the other, says Gray. “We need to install a soft landing space in the middle of these extremes—and we can think of that space as learning through problem-solving, or problem-based learning.” 

What does that look like in the math classroom? 

Students will tackle interesting problems, raise questions about the math required, receive an explanation, and apply it back to the problem—as with the example of learning new technology. 

“When we show students how to get the answer, we send the message that math is solely about answer-getting and learning processes. Answers are important, but we want to use problems to teach the math, not just teach students to get the answer,” says Gray. 

Practice is also key, she adds: “This place in the middle pulls the best from both extremes and puts them into a structure that supports teachers in teaching and students in learning.”

Why students should learn through problem-solving

Learning through problem-solving has the potential to engage all learners in math, says Gray. It influences the way teachers and students think of themselves as mathematicians and what it means to know and do math. 

In the 2000 NAEP survey, 70 percent of fourth and eighth graders reported that they enjoy activities that challenge their thinking, and enjoy thinking about problems in new ways. 

“Students are already naturally curious and like solving challenges and trying things in new ways, so that’s a great start,” says Gray. 

“No matter how kindly, clearly, patiently, or slowly teachers explain, they cannot make students understand,” says Gray. “Understanding takes place in the student’s mind as they connect new information with previously developed ideas. Teachers can help, but understanding is a by-product of solving problems.” 

Add understanding is motivating. It inspires perseverance and confidence. It supports making connections, not learning concepts in isolation. 

When students are given a new problem and are able to use prior knowledge to help solve it, that “promotes the development of autonomous learners,” says Gray. 

How Amplify Math supports problem-based learning

Amplify Math supports teachers in the planning and delivery of problem-based lessons. It also enables teachers to monitor student progress and differentiate instruction based on real-time data. 

Lessons start with warm-ups that tap into prior knowledge and move into problems that require collaboration to solve. Teachers monitor, engage, and ultimately synthesize student work into the main idea. There are also ample opportunities for practice and reflection. 

Learn more about Amplify Desmos Math.

Register to watch the rest of the series here

Visit Gray’s site, Math Minds, here.

Welcome to Amplify Science!

On this page, you’ll find resources to help you get started with Amplify Science and have a great first year. Use the menu on the left side of your screen to quickly jump from section to section. Let’s dig in.

A child wearing safety goggles performs a science experiment with a cup and stirrer, surrounded by science-related graphics including molecules, a circuit board, a wave, and a robotic arm.

Program introduction

Onboarding: what to expect

Welcome to Amplify Science! To help you know what’s coming next, we created the following outline of the steps of the on-boarding process. You can use it as a reference.

Admin tools

Administrators please see the following tools to help you support your staff in implementing Amplify Science:

CPS Implementation Rubric

Pre-launch Checklist for Teachers

Five things to consider (and share with teachers) as you being to implement Amplify Science

Elementary school resources (grades K–5)

To ensure your first day using Amplify Science in the classroom is as seamless and smooth as possible, we recommend reviewing the following checklist before the first day of school.

What’s coming to my school?
Each unit of Amplify Science comes with a hands-on materials kit. Each hands-on materials kit arrives in one to three boxes and contains:

  • Consumable materials for two uses of 25 or 36 students (depending on school purchase)
  • Non-consumable materials.
  • Classroom wall materials.
  • Premium print materials (card sorts, vocabulary rings, etc.).
  • 18 copies of each Student Book (5 titles each unit)  (K–1 will receive 5 big books/unit)
  • A blackline master of the Student Investigation Notebook
  • One set of Student Investigation Notebooks (25 or 36)

You can find complete materials lists for each unit in the following PDF. This information is also available in the digital Teacher’s Guide within the program.

On-boarding videos
Our team has created a series of short videos to help get you started with Amplify Science:

Planning guides
As you prepare to plan for a unit, download our planning guides to help walk you through the most important resources to locate in either the print or digital Teacher’s Guide to help you plan:

Additional resources
If you’re interested in learning more about each unit’s anchor phenomena, the Student Books in each unit, and more program features, download the resources below:

Middle school resources (grades 6–8)

To ensure your first day using Amplify Science in the classroom is as seamless and smooth as possible, we recommend reviewing the following checklist before the first day of school.

What’s coming to my school?
Each unit of Amplify Science comes with a hands-on materials kit. Each hands-on materials kit arrives in one to three boxes and contains:

  • Consumable materials for five uses of 40 students
  • Non-consumable materials.
  • Classroom wall materials.
  • Premium print materials (cards, maps, etc.).
  • A blackline master of the Student Investigation Notebook

You can find complete materials lists for each unit in the following PDF. This information is also available in the digital Teacher’s Guide within the program.

Onboarding videos
Our team has created a series of short videos to help get you started with Amplify Science:

Planning guide
As you prepare to plan for a unit, download our planning guide to help walk you through the most important resources to locate in either the print or digital Teacher’s Guide to help you plan.

Additional resources
If you’re interested in learning more about each unit’s anchor phenomena, the Student Books in each unit, and more program features, download the resources below:

Looking for help?

Timely technical, program, and pedagogical support
Our technical and program support is included and available from 8 a.m. to 7 p.m. ET, Monday through Friday, through a variety of channels, including a live chat program that enables teachers to get immediate help in the middle of the school day. As a part our support, Amplify also has an Educational Support Team of former teachers and administrators who provide instructional support for every Amplify curriculum, assessment, and intervention program.

For your most urgent questions:

  • Use our live chat within your program
  • Call our toll-free number: 1 888 850 0945

For less urgent questions:

Reach out to our support team at: help@amplify.com

What does problem-based math learning unlock for students? Part 2

Webinar series recap, part 2 of 3

Our webinar series explores how problem-based learning engages all students in grade-level math every day, and how instructors can bring problem-based learning into their classrooms.

We reviewed part 1 of the series in this blog post. Now, in part 2, we dig deeper into this key aspect of problem-based learning: transferring responsibility for learning to the students.

So…now what? “If you watched Kristin Gray’s webinar,” says educator Kathleen Sheehy, “You may be thinking, ‘I learned so much about the power of problem-based learning. Where do I get started?’”

In this webinar, Sheehy joins fellow educator Ben Simon to explore how teachers can truly make that key shift toward student-centered instruction. “It is a journey. So we are going to talk about the small shifts that teachers and others can make that add up to something big,” Sheehy says.

The role of the teacher in student-centered learning

Most adults were not taught to do math this way as kids—and many teachers were not taught to teach math this way. When teachers have a lot of content to get across in limited time, it can feel risky to shift to a style that requires a bit of letting go.

“Student-centered instruction helps us embrace the idea that people can come at math ideas from different directions,” says Sheehy. “It’s collaborative and social. It focuses on problem-solving with an emphasis on multiple strategies and flexible thinking.”

Problem-based math learning may not be the sage-on-a-stage model, where the teacher stands up front and acts as the only math expert in the room—but it doesn’t mean the teacher relinquishes control, either. You can have both student-focused instruction and solid classroom management.

“It’s not a free-for-all. It’s very structured,” says Sheehy. “The teacher also plays a role in providing instruction and then guiding their students to the key takeaways they want for them.”

Building stakeholder investment

To be most effective, problem-based learning needs to be not only focused on the student but supported by the community as well. This means you aren’t the only one who needs to adjust to the new approach.

What actions can you take to build stakeholder investment? How can you get the principal, other teachers, parents, and kids (who are also accustomed to another style of learning) involved and excited?

Be able to articulate a really compelling reason why student-centered instruction is right for your students. The following are just a few research-backed examples:

  • It helps students develop deeper and longer-lasting mathematical understanding.
  • It helps students grow as problem-solvers, engaging them in productive struggle and collaboration and learning core life skills.
  • It helps students develop a growth mindset, which reduces math anxiety, boosts math confidence, and helps them relinquish the idea that someone either is or is not a math person.

When the teacher is the supporter of knowledge, not the gatekeeper, students lead the learning process and feel more confidence with and connection to math, says Sheehy.

How and where do you communicate these ideas? Sheehy and Dixon have found that providing a short hands-on math experience with problem-based learning examples can be very effective. This enables stakeholders to experience the difference themselves, especially when conducted in a low-stakes scenario like a parent math night or PD training.

Sheehy also suggests asking them what they think the impact of student-centered learning would have been for them when they were students. “We’ve heard people say things like, ‘I would have been way less anxious about math if I’d learned it this way,’” she says.

Making a plan to start the shift

“We’re not expecting to create a masterpiece overnight. It takes time to develop the teacher and student skills and to establish everything that needs to be in place,” Sheehy says, “You can’t get better at all the things all at once.”

Where to start? “Size up the shift,” she says, and make a plan.

“Using very clear look-fors can enable educators to decide where to focus,” says Sheehy. “‘What would I look for if I walked into a classroom that is beginning to engage in student-centered instruction?’”

Here are a few key elements to look for:

  1. Management of materials, routines, and classroom setup in a way that facilitates collaboration.
  2. Establishment of a classroom community (using norms charts, etc.) around the core idea that everybody belongs there and is a mathematician.
  3. A teachable structure that models the thinking process and creates predictability, allowing students to focus.

Sheehy and Dixon have found that a focus on these three areas helps teachers name what they are trying to improve in a systematic way.

“Once I tackle this first area and feel successful with that, I know what I’m going to tackle next, and after that,” says Sheehy. “These look-fors can help you make informed decisions that, little step by little step, can help you eventually get to where you want to be.”

How Amplify Math supports problem-based learning

Amplify Math is designed to support problem-based learning, so you’re making that shift every time you teach. The program specifically supports teachers in the planning and delivery of problem-based lessons, and enables them to monitor student progress and differentiate instruction based on real-time data.

Lessons start with warm-ups that tap into prior knowledge, then move into problems that require collaboration to solve. Teachers monitor, engage, and ultimately synthesize student work into the main idea. There are also ample opportunities for practice and reflection. 

Learn more about Amplify Desmos Math.

Register to watch the recording.

Subscribe to Math Teacher Lounge.

From full operation to lasting change with the Science of Reading: Phase 3

Welcome to the third and final installment in our series about the change management required to make the shift to the Science of Reading in your schools.

In Phase 1 of this series, we answered the question: Why is the Science of Reading important? We also described its potential to deliver literacy transformation—both in your classrooms and districts, and nationwide.

Change at that level requires hard work at your level, starting with what those in the field often call “exploration.” In Phase 1, we discussed what teachers should know about the Science of Reading. You established the rationale for changing to a Science or Reading curriculum and built buy-in from stakeholders.

In Phase 2 of this series, we guided you in evaluating Science of Reading programs, helping you answer the question: Which program will best help your school or district transition to the evidence-based practices that will drive results for students? We also walked through the selection, adoption, and initial implementation of Science of Reading resources.

And now you’re ready for change management Phase 3: full operation, innovation, and sustainability. What does this phase look like? How will the Science of Reading be used effectively? Where and how will you see student growth? Read on for all this and more.

Phase 3, part 1: Full operation

At this stage, Science of Reading literacy practices are fully integrated throughout your system.

Remember, the three key drivers of educational change are processpractice, and people. So let’s break the full operation phase down into these categories:

Process

Conduct routine data analysis to monitor student progress and determine areas of needed improvement.

Practice

Expand the focus on evidence-based literacy practice to other grade-level instructional areas to support the integration of these practices into the larger system (when appropriate). That might include personalized learning, intervention, support for bilingual students, and others.

People

Plan and implement onboarding processes for new teachers and administrators. Emphasize deeper understanding of resources and instructional practices through continuous improvement, coaching, and mentoring.

Questions to answer at this stage:

  • How has the integration of evidence-based practices and resources impacted literacy development of students?
  • What specific progress-monitoring processes are in place to track the effectiveness of literacy practices?
  • Are interventions effective for students not reading on grade level?
  • Have we reduced the number of students who are at risk?
  • How are staff onboarded and prepared to step into the system?
  • What ongoing professional learning will occur?

Phase 3, part 2: Innovation and sustainability

All these phases, all this work—here’s where it starts to pay off.

With Science of Reading practices fully in play, you’ll see them start to work in the form of student growth.

This stage will allow for refinement of instructional practice and a much deeper understanding of how Science of Reading research affects student achievement.

This is also a moment to continue building knowledge by focusing on middle school. Your middle schoolers need to draw on the foundational skills built in earlier grades—or get the intervention that will help them catch up—and build an academic knowledge base that will prepare them for success in high school and beyond. Continuing to bring research-based literacy practices to middle school instruction will help them get there.

And now, your final set of the 3 Ps:

Process 

  1. Leave room for innovation aligned with the ever-growing body of Science of Reading research.
  2. Consider creating processes that will allow for the expansion of pedagogy based on the Science of Reading into middle schools.

Practice

  1. Ensure that current research and data are informing instructional decisions and continuing to deepen the knowledge base you’ve built so far.
  2. Implement systems such as collaborative conversations about data, peer-to-peer instructional rounds, and the study of problems of practice to support deeper implementation.
  3. Develop professional learning systems and put them into practice.

People

  1. Emphasize a culture of collaboration and shared ownership, as well as a community of practice.
  2. Focus conversations on student growth and outcomes to better allocate resources.

Question to answer at this stage: 

  • What strategies and systems can we develop to encourage innovation while remaining true to the implementation of chosen resources?

Now you have the tools, the plan, and the motivation to help drive life-changing results and improve literacy outcomes for all students by bringing the Science of Reading into your classrooms. We’re happy to be part of that change. And we’d love to hear how it goes!

More ways to explore:

S5-05. Math technology & hacks for math anxiety: research-based tips for caregivers

A blue graphic with text reading "Math Teacher Lounge" in multicolored letters and "Amplify." at the bottom, with abstract geometric shapes and lines as decoration.

We’ve been very lucky to have so many prolific and brilliant researchers on this season of Math Teacher Lounge, and our next guest is no exception.

Listen as we sit down with Dr. Marjorie Schaeffer to discuss what causes math anxiety, math hacks, and how the right math technology can make an incredible impact in children and caregivers coping with math anxiety.

Listen today and don’t forget to grab your MTL study guide to track your learning and make the most of this episode!

Download Transcript

Marjorie Schaeffer (00:00):

I think the most important thing we know from literature right now is that high math-anxious parents, when they interact with their children, their children learn less math over the course of the school year.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (00:12):

Welcome back to Math Teacher Lounge. I’m Bethany Lockhart Johnson.

Dan Meyer (00:15):

And I’m Dan Meyer.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (00:16):

We’re onto Episode 5, Dan, of our series on math anxiety. And I wanna say it feels so lovely to imagine all of these people out there doing work to help combat math anxiety. I dunno, it just makes me feel excited about the possibilities. This work is out there; it’s happening! Kids and teachers and caregivers are being impacted by these conversations. Not just — I mean, I don’t just mean the conversations we’re having on Math Teacher Lounge, but I mean, that these researchers are doing. Like, yes, we can change this!

Dan Meyer (00:53):

This is great. Yeah. We have people who are extremely smart, who have dedicated their professional lives to studying math anxiety and resolving it. And each of them that we’ve chatted with — they share lots of ideas in common, but I’ve loved how they each have their own different flavor or take or area of emphasis on a problem that hits everybody everywhere. It’s in your home, with kids and caregivers. It’s in schools. It’s in our places of teacher preparation and professional learning. Every place is a place where we can focus on resolving issues of math anxiety. It’s exciting.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (01:26):

Yeah, I feel like … if there could be a course in — we all know that our teacher prep programs, in MOST teacher prep programs, there’s not nearly enough math methods or time to cover <laugh> — it’s like ready, set, go! And depending on who your mentor teacher is or what your math methods course … I mean, it can totally shape the way that you are prepared or really not prepared for going out there to teach math! And so I love that we’re having these conversations.

Dan Meyer (01:55):

What I love about today’s conversation is, one, it’s got a little bit of a technology flavor, so there’s that. But I also love, it’s got one of my favorite features about change, which is that it focuses on change to action, change to routine, rather than change to belief. Rather than saying like, “OK, everybody! Everybody stop thinking bad beliefs about math and transmitting them to your kids!” Instead, it says, “What we’ll do is just, hey, we’ll set that aside for a second and we’re gonna do a certain thing every day and watch as those actions make your beliefs change.” That to me is extremely cool. And I think it has a higher likelihood of success than just, like, me telling parents, “Hey, stop thinking these thoughts!”

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (02:37):

“Ready, set, stop being anxious!”

Dan Meyer (02:39):

Exactly. Exactly. So it’s an exciting conversation we’re gonna have here.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (02:43):

Right. So it’s not a, you know, “wave the wand and all of a sudden, you’re not anxious about math anymore.” But these incremental changes, these incremental conversations, this validation, can really, really impact change. I’m with you on it, Dan. I hear what you’re saying.

Dan Meyer (03:01):

To help us talk through all of these ideas and more, we’re joined by Dr. Marjorie Schaeffer, Assistant Professor of Psychology at St. Mary’s College in Indiana.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (03:10):

Enjoy. <Jaunty music> So, yes, Dan, we are so excited to welcome Marjorie Schaeffer. She’s Assistant Professor of Psychology at St. Mary’s College. Dr. Schaeffer, we’re so excited you’re here. Hello!

Marjorie Schaeffer (03:28):

Thank you so much for inviting me.

Dan Meyer (03:29):

Yeah. We are super-lucky to have had so many prolific and brilliant researchers about math anxiety on our show. You’ll be no exception. And every time, we love to find out about how you came to study math anxiety, which winds up being a really interesting glimpse into your backstory bio. So tell us, what is the route by which you came toward studying math anxiety?

Marjorie Schaeffer (03:51):

Oh, I love that question. I’m really interested in how the attitudes and beliefs of parents and teachers influence children, especially around math. And I actually became interested in this idea in college, when no Child Left Behind was actually first starting to be implemented in schools with high-stakes standardized testing. So much so that I actually did my thesis on this thinking about, “Do children understand the importance of high-stakes testing? Do they have anxiety around that idea?” And so that was really my first foray into the anxiety literature. And that was kind of the entry point into math anxiety for me.

Dan Meyer (04:28):

So you started by studying a very high-stakes assessment, like our students connecting with this. And the assessment is once per year. And classroom instruction is every day. So how did you move from the assessments to the everyday instruction?

Marjorie Schaeffer (04:44):

That’s a great question. So, after college, I actually taught kindergarten. And so from that, I saw the day-to-day impact of instruction and the day-to-day impact of children’s individual attitudes and beliefs. And so I really became interested in thinking about, “How do we understand why some children are really successful from the instruction happening in classrooms and why other children need a little bit more support?” And so math anxiety was one way for me to really think about the individual differences I saw in my kindergarten classroom.

Dan Meyer (05:18):

It feels like you headed … you went farther upstream, is what it feels like. Where assessment … there’s like some kind of anxiety around assessment, let’s say. And then you ventured farther up the stream to classroom instruction and then still farther into kids’ homes. It seems like your research invokes a lot of curiosity about the sources of a kind of amorphous, flowing phenomenon called math anxiety. And I’d love to hear a bit about what you know about how caregivers transfer, transmit — whatever the word is — math anxiety to their kids.

Marjorie Schaeffer (05:55):

For parents … we think that the attitudes and beliefs of parents matter. And we see that for lots of areas, not just math anxiety. But I think math anxiety, we see that really clearly. And so, we can think about it both in terms of what kind of input parents provide. So, how do families talk about math with their children? What kind of support do they provide around homework? And those are ones that I think are a little obvious. But we can also think about the offhanded comments that parents say to children when they’re talking about math generally. Right? So, we see lots of memes going around, talking about how hard math homework is. And so, I think when parents say offhanded comments like, “I’m not a math person,” or “We’re just bad at math,” that communicates values to children. I think the most important thing we know from literature right now is that high math-anxious parents, when they interact with their children, their children learn less math over the course of the school year. And this specific mechanism by which that happens is still an area for a lot of research. And so some people think it’s about input. So maybe if I’m math anxious, I’m avoiding math. And so, when I have an option to read a picture book that has math content, I focus on the colors instead. And so, my child is actually getting less math than other children. We can also think it’s about these messages that are provided. So, when I talk about math, I send the message to my child, it’s not for them, and therefore the child wants to engage in it less. And some of my work looks at things like expectations and values. So, thinking about, “Do math-anxious families actually value math less than other families unintentionally?” And so, we have some support for this idea that they expect less of their children. And so maybe when they struggle, they respond in different ways than a family who’s lower in math anxiety.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (07:53):

This is so fascinating to me. I also was a kindergarten teacher. And I remember a mom who just … she had such like palpable math anxiety. And during one of our conversations, she was talking about these homework sessions with her daughter. And I may have mentioned this on the podcast before. But she was talking about how every night they would sit together and they would do all this math. They’d do, like, extra math together. And it always ended in tears. And despite her math anxiety, she didn’t want her daughter to experience the math anxiety that she did. So she was trying to pile it on, so her daughter was more proficient and comfortable. And instead, it was perpetuating this anxiety about it. And so, it’s a phenomenon then, right? Even if a parent is saying, like you said, maybe completely unwilling, this mother was actually trying to do the opposite. She was trying to help, you know, imbue the love and comfort with math. Right?

Marjorie Schaeffer (09:01):

Absolutely. This is why I think in my research, it’s really important that we find low-stakes, low-stress ways for high math-anxious families to do math. They absolutely can support their children in doing math. But they need a little support. We want it to be a fun, low-stakes environment, right? So maybe that’s the connection back to high-stakes testing, that I want children to have fun math experiences.

Dan Meyer (09:28):

Yeah. This is challenging, because it feels like the more caregivers know about math anxiety, and its pernicious effects on students, and how easily transmitted it is, one could become quite anxious about math anxiety. And, you know, no one makes great decisions when they’re anxious. So if I’m recalling our various episodes we’ve done, we’ve heard from people say, “Well, you need to validate students’ math anxiety. This is not something to just ignore or brush past. But also, not validate it in a way that says, you know, ‘This is OK and generational and inevitable.’” Which presents parents with a very thin path to follow, it seems like. So I love what you’re saying about how we gotta just de-stress the whole process.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (10:11):

You’re avoiding the whole, “I wasn’t a math person either” kind of thing. <laugh>

Dan Meyer (10:15):

Right, right, right. Yeah. So I’d love to know more. We’re excited about the technology that you have studied and helped develop, presumably, called Bedtime Math, anapp for caregivers. And I’d love to know more about what that is and what it offers parents who know enough about math to know that they don’t want to transmit math anxiety to their children, but also want to support. So what does that offer them?

Marjorie Schaeffer (10:39):

So Bedtime Math is an app. It’s freely available on iTunes or the Apple Store or Google Play. And what it’s designed to do is to provide a nightly topical passage. So one of my favorites is the one about Groundhogs Day. And so it talks a little bit about the history of Groundhogs Day, and then it asks math-related follow-up questions. So starting at a preschool level, going through late fifth grade. And it’s really meant for parents to pick the one that meets their children where they are. And so the preschool-level question asks children to pretend to be a groundhog and walk to the left and walk to the right. So a skill that families might not think about as being math, but we actually think that IS part of understanding math. Understanding left and right directionality. And then the next question can ask questions like, “If it took the groundhog three seconds to climb out of the hole, and then two more seconds to see its shadow, how much time did it take all together?” So a simple addition problem, but it’s phrased in a fun way. And so the hope is that for high math-anxious families, these interactions are fun and playful. They don’t look like fights over homework. They’re just conversations that families can have around topics that are naturally interesting to children. And our hope is that when families have lots of these positive low-stakes interactions, they actually can see that we can talk about math in unstressful ways. In lots of ways, right? We can also do this at the grocery store. We can also do this while we’re cooking in the kitchen. It doesn’t just have to be fights over homework.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (12:14):

And I actually have the Bedtime Math — one of the Bedtime Math books. And I was so excited to find out that there’s an app. And I think one of the things that I loved about the book is that these are invitations, right? They’re exactly that. Low pressure <laugh>, and they’re invitations to have a conversation. And if we were just to tell parents, “Oh, just count!” or, “Hey, just count wherever you go!” You know? No. It’s, in a way, I think, like you said, it’s retraining the parents on what math could look like. Like, “Oh, I didn’t even think we could just kind of have this conversation and we’re actually doing math together.”

Marjorie Schaeffer (12:55):

Yes, absolutely. I absolutely agree. We want it to be fun and playful and not stressful. And we want it to also be things that are meaningful to children’s lives. So these are topics children are interested in. It’s not that we are using flashcards or making children practice math facts over and over again. These are things children should wanna do that can naturally fit into a child’s routine. So almost all families read books before bed, and what we hope is that math can also be a part of the nighttime routine.

Dan Meyer (13:27):

There’s something really subtle here going on that I just wanna name and ask a question about. First of all, it’s cool that you started with studying high-stakes stuff and now you are developing low-stakes stuff. And I’m really curious what makes a thing low-stakes? Like, a few things I’m hearing from you is that there’s, like … I have a small child that I read literature to on a nightly basis. And I feel very anxiety-free doing that. And it’s almost as though, because each of the — tasks is the wrong word for this, but experiences — involve some reading, it puts me, the parent, in a mode that is comfortable and familiar to me. I’m curious: Are there other, as you design, what, one per day for a year? All these different experiences. What are some of the principles that you lean on that help make a thing low-stakes for kids and for parents?

Marjorie Schaeffer (14:17):

Yeah, that’s a great question. So one thing we wanted to be really intentional about is that our app doesn’t look like a lot of traditional apps. There isn’t noises that go off. You don’t enter an answer. And so one of the things that we thought made it low-stakes is that while there is a right or wrong answer — there is a correct answer — we aren’t giving children upsetting feedback. Instead, what we wanna encourage families to do is, if you struggle to remember how many seconds it took the groundhog to come out of the hole, you can work through that with a parent. So it doesn’t feel like you’re getting negative feedback; you’re being told you’re bad at math; you did it wrong. Instead, you’re just getting natural support moving forward. And so that’s one thing we wanted to be really intentional about, was that it wasn’t going to be a negative experience for children. And we are trying to build on all of the positive interactions families are having around nightly book reading. So many ways this can look very similar. You get to read another story that’s topical and hopefully interesting. And then do these little questions together. And so for a lot of families, their children don’t actually really look at the question. It almost feels like the parent is just asking them on their own. Like, they just came up with it. They just wanted to know what would happen to the groundhog. If there were three more groundhogs? How many groundhogs would we have all together? Not like it’s gonna be like homework or other parts.

Dan Meyer (15:38):

So my understanding is that there isn’t a blank into which people type a number in, press “submit” for evaluation, receive the red X, the green check. That’s a key part of the design here.

Marjorie Schaeffer (15:50):

Yes, absolutely. And for research purposes, we would’ve loved to know what families were saying. But we think it’s really important that it’s fun, interactive, that families are working together to get to the right answer, that it’s not a test for children.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (16:03):

In your research, when you were — maybe you could walk us through the study a little bit. But I’m also curious if you heard from parents that it was carrying over beyond the bedtime routine. Because I would imagine, if I am building these skills and reading these questions and learning that I could talk to my kid like this about math in a fun way, that’s gonna happen then, like you said, when I’m in the grocery store. Or when I’m waiting in line for at the bank. Or whatever, you know? People go into banks now still, right?

Marjorie Schaeffer (16:35):

Yeah, absolutely. So in our study, we recruited almost 600 families and we randomly assigned them. So they had an equal chance of getting both our math app and what we call our control app. And that’s really just a math app without the math. We think of it as a reading control app. And that’s because we wanna make sure that families are having a similar experience, that it’s not just that having high-quality, fun interactions with your child is actually impacting children’s math achievement. And so what we then did is followed those children over the course of early elementary school. And so we worked with them in schools in the fall and spring of first, second, and third grade, really to look at their math learning. And so what we find is that children of high math-anxious adults, when they have the reading app, so what we think of as what’s happening in the real world, we see that really classic gap between children of high math-anxious adults and children of low math-anxious adults. So if you have a high math-anxious parent, you’re learning about three months less math over the course of first grade. But for children who receive this math app, we see this gap as closed. Those children look no different than a low math-anxious parent. And so that’s leading us to think that we’ve helped families talk about math in fundamentally different ways. We did a little bit of just talking to families to see a little bit about what might be going on. And a lot of families do report exactly what you’re describing, where they say this did help them talk about math in different ways they were doing it other times.

Dan Meyer (18:10):

That’s a really extraordinary study design. I don’t know … I love that you folks gave the control group not nothing. Like it’s possible that just parents and kids bonding over a thing regularly would be enough to provoke some kind of academic gain. But you gave the control group a thing that had them interacting socially, bonding, and still this large common gap between high-anxious and low-anxious parents, their kids shrunk together. Is that what I’m gathering here?

Marjorie Schaeffer (18:41):

Yeah, absolutely. So we’re basically seeing we can no longer, when we look at children’s data, say that parents’ math anxiety explains individual differences. So these children look really similar. They’re learning more than children who has a high math-anxious parent and just got our reading control app.

Dan Meyer (19:01):

just diving into the study a little bit more here, what is the time commitment? Or, did you guide parents to say, “All right, we’re gonna do this do this delightful story about a badger for an hour”? Or did people do it for five minutes? And what was the time commitment, roughly, for people?

Marjorie Schaeffer (19:17):

So we tell families to do it however they see fit. Because it is an app, we are able to get some sense of how long, and we are talking about three to six minutes for many families. For a lot of families, they’re reading a paragraph, the paragraph and a half, and then answering one or two questions. They’re not going through every possible question. They’re just doing a little bit, really meeting their kids where they are.

Dan Meyer (19:39):

Roughly how many times per week was that?

Marjorie Schaeffer (19:41):

So we asked families to do it as much as it fit. But we’re seeing about two and a half on average in the first year. And so families are fitting it in a couple of nights a week. It’s not every night.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (19:52):

So what it sounds like you’re saying is what really was powerful about this app is that it was the space and time and prompts between the caregiver and the child, that chance to really sit down and have some of these meaningful and positive math interactions. How did it shift those relationships?

Marjorie Schaeffer (20:12):

So one of the things I think that makes the app effective is the changing of expectations. After a year, families are really using the app a lot less. And I think that’s OK, that they have found other ways to incorporate math into their lives. And we find that we don’t see an impact on their math anxiety, that they aren’t becoming less math anxious from this experience. Which I think makes sense, because they have had a lifetime of math anxiety. But we do see a change in parents’ expectations and value of math. So they expect their children will be better at math, and they also report that math is more important in their children’s lives. And so I think that’s an important part of it, which is, we can change these values for families, even if we aren’t able to change the math anxiety of the adults in children’s lives.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (21:01):

I want to for a second before — because I’m loving this idea of the app, and I’m excited to find out more ways to cultivate these conversations in my home and also share this with other folks. Because even folks who don’t even maybe realize they have math anxiety … like you said, so often it’s unconscious. So often we’re putting these little snippets into our everyday conversation, like, “Oh yeah, I’m not a math person.” And we don’t even realize how much is impacting our kiddos and ourselves, right? So I am really curious: What do you think … in your research, what were some other takeaways that you feel like are really strategies that we can think about for combating math anxiety in general?

Marjorie Schaeffer (21:47):

So I’m particularly interested in thinking about how math-anxious adults can help tone down their anxiety so that they can have high-quality interactions with their children, that they interact with. And so one of the big takeaways for my research, I think, is that math-anxious families can help their children with math. They just need support. And so I think there are lots of ways for that support to look like. One, I think it can be an app, but I also think reading a little bit about math can be really helpful. So it’s not new. So the first time you aren’t thinking about some of these ideas is as your child has their homework open in front of you. And so you can process your own feelings separately before you have to do it with a child. I also think reminding parents that math is everywhere and that math is actually lots of things that we all love to do. Math isn’t just calculus. Not that calculus isn’t wonderful. But that math is measuring, math is counting ducks at the park. Math is talking about how many times did I go down this slide. And talking about math in this way, I think reminds families that they are great at that. That even if maybe they’ve had bad math experiences before, they can do math. Especially the way their preschool or early childhood, early elementary school student needs them to. And I think that can then set the foundation for being really successful later.

Dan Meyer (23:13):

So is your research then, your subsequent studies, your line of inquiry, is moving more towards how to support parents, then? Is that what I’m hearing?

Marjorie Schaeffer (23:22):

Yeah. So I’m really interested in both understanding how the math anxiety of parents and teachers influences children. And so math anxiety is really common and we know that it’s particularly common in early elementary school teachers. And so it’s very likely that children are interacting with a highly math-anxious adult. And so I’m really interested in thinking about how we can support those individuals in doing it. And so both, I think, things like Bedtime Math, which provide fun, unscripted ways to do that, but I’m also interested in the teacher equivalent. So, thinking about whether having things like a math coach can help teachers have more positive experiences with math. So if you see someone else play math games with your students, can that help you do it as well?

Dan Meyer (24:09):

It makes me wonder a lot about an app for teachers or an app for parents, one that’s not designed to be co-consumed with kids and their parents. But what that would look like … yeah, that’s really interesting.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (24:21):

If we have a parent who, let’s say they have a third grader, fourth grader, fifth grader, or a middle schooler, right? Outside of early education. And they say, “OK, but what do I do? I’m with my kiddo; I don’t remember this math.” And they’re realizing that their anxiety may be influencing their kiddos’ disposition of mathematics, Or maybe they’re just in the midst of the battle <laugh>. What would you say to those folks, especially if it’s math that maybe they’re not comfortable with?

Marjorie Schaeffer (24:56):

One, I think we should like tone down the stress, right? Remind ourselves that it’s homework and homework feels really high-stakes, but these other outcomes are really high-stakes too, right? And so I’m really interested in the idea that can we help parents feel more comfortable about math by watching their own children teach it to them. So what’s a concept that the fourth grader actually feels really good about? And can they remind their parent how to do it? Can, together, they problem-solve the math homework? And so it’s not just on the parent to give the child the right answer. We know that’s a recipe for communicating some negative things about math. But instead, help the parent-child pair figure it out together. So what are some resources we can do? Can we look it up on the internet together? Can we write an email to the teacher together? Can we think about what are other problems that maybe we know how to do, and therefore we can use that same model here? So I want parents to feel like they are not solely responsible for it. That they can help figure it out with their child together. And so it’s a fun interaction.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (26:02):

I love that. I love that.

Dan Meyer (26:03):

Yeah. Yeah. That’s wonderful. Yeah. A conviction that I have, and I think it’s true, is that any math that we’re learning at middle school, the attraction can be dialed down to a degree that a very small child, or a parent who has a very small child’s understanding of math, can appreciate. So instead of calculation, estimation. Instead of proof, just make a claim about something. And it makes me wonder about a companion to the work that’s happening in schools that parents feel inadequate to support, that students might not want to teach their parents. But which they could both, on a daily basis, say, “Here’s a way we can engage in this at a level that is comfortable to both of us.” Just dreaming out loud here. No question asked. No response needed. I just love your work. And made me wonder about that. Can you let me know your thoughts about technology? It is very rare that we have someone on the call who is an academic and very well-versed in research, but who also is published not just in in papers and textbooks, but also in digital media. It’s consumed by lots of people. So I am trusting that you have opinions about how math looks in technology. And I wonder if you’d offer some thoughts about how it goes, right? How it goes wrong from your own eyes.

Marjorie Schaeffer (27:14):

OK. That’s a great question. I think that we need more research. I first wanna say that I think that technology has really exploded in the last few years. How children have access to technology and screen times has really changed. And what we need is high-quality research happening. That said, I think that all of the things we know from child-development research still apply to technology. And so we know that children learn best when they are engaging in interactions with their parents. And so when families can use technology together, or at least can talk about what’s happening, it can be really effective. I also think technology, especially math apps, are best at teaching concrete skills with very clear answers. So I think practicing math facts is a great use of technology. So I love that Sushi math app where you solve multiplication problems and then get to quickly pull the sushi off the cart, right? But for higher-level questions, where we’re thinking about word problems or where what we’re helping to teach students is complex thinking, apps have a harder time doing that. Because students can often figure out the answer without engaging in the thinking that we are hoping that they’ll learn. And so I think technology absolutely has a piece. I think technology is helpful for parents. I think the logistics of helping parents live their lives is a good reason to use technology. But I think we need to be conscious of what it’s replacing. And so I think a world in which we think fourth graders can learn math only from apps is not realistic. But absolutely apps can be a great supplement to what’s already happening in the classroom.

Dan Meyer (28:56):

Yeah, that’s super-helpful. We have done a lot of work in digital curriculum here at Amplify, and often face the question on a daily basis, “Should this math be digital or on paper? Should we have the students stand up and talk or type something?” And those decisions are way too crucial and way more sensitive than a lot of the app-based education gives credit to. So appreciate your perspective there.

Marjorie Schaeffer (29:22):

OK. And I don’t think there’s one answer, or one answer for all classrooms. I think it’s like always a balancing act. I do think that one of the reasons our work is successful is because the parent-child interaction. And we want parents to learn from these experiences. And I think the same thing is true for for teachers.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (29:41):

Dr. Schaeffer, thank you so much for being with us today and for sharing about your research, and again, for inviting us to reconsider ways that we can develop a more positive relationship with math. And that parent or caregiver or teacher relationship with a child, we’re seeing just how incredibly impactful that is. And I really appreciate your work and your voice on this. Thank you so much for your time.

Dan Meyer (30:07):

Thank you.

Marjorie Schaeffer (30:08):

Thank you for having me.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (30:12):

Thank you again, Dr. Schaeffer, and thank you all for listening to our conversation. You can check out the show notes for more on Dr. Schaeffer’s work and to see a link to the app that we shared about Bedtime Math.

Dan Meyer (30:25):

Please keep in touch with us on Facebook at Math Teacher Lounge Community, and on Twitter at MTLShow.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (30:32):

We would love to hear … you’ve been listening to this series; we’re dipping our toe into all these aspects of math anxiety. Is there something that you’re still wondering about? Something you wanna share about your own story with math anxiety?

Dan Meyer (30:43):

And if you haven’t already, if this is your first exposure to the Math Teacher Lounge podcast, please subscribe to Math Teacher Lounge, wherever you get your fine podcast products. And if you like what you’re hearing, please rate us! Leave us a review. You’ll help more listeners find the show.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (31:01):

And let a friend know. But you know, it’s, it’s nice and cozy here in the Lounge, right? There’s no pressure. We’re hanging out. It’s all about learning. We’re learning together. We’re glad you’re here and we want others in your community to join us in the Lounge as well. You can find more information on all of Amplify’s shows at our podcast hub. Go to amplifycom.wpengine.com/hub. Next time on Math Teacher Lounge, we’re gonna be chatting about where we are today that we weren’t a few months ago in this topic.

Dan Meyer (31:31):

We’ll be chatting about this last series about math anxiety, and trading our favorite insights and observations from the run of the season.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (31:41):

I just love this series, Dan. And thanks, all, for listening. We really appreciate having you in the Lounge.

Stay connected!

Join our community and get new episodes every other Tuesday!

We’ll also share new and exciting free resources for your classroom every month.

What Marjorie Schaeffer says about math

“We want it to be a fun, low-stakes environment, especially in high-stakes scenarios like testing. We want children to have fun math experiences.”

– Marjorie Schaeffer

Assistant Professor of Psychology at Saint Mary’s College

Meet the guest

Marjorie Schaeffer is an assistant professor of psychological sciences at Saint Mary’s College. She received her Ph.D in developmental psychology from the University of Chicago. Marjorie is interested in the role parents and teachers play in the development of children’s math attitudes and performance. She is specifically interested in the impact of expectations and anxiety and on children’s academic performance. Her work has been published in outlets including ScienceJournal of Experimental Psychology: General, and Developmental Science.

A laptop displaying a Facebook group page for "Math Teacher Lounge Community," featuring profile photos, a group banner, and geometric shapes in the image background.

About Math Teacher Lounge

Math Teacher Lounge is a biweekly podcast created specifically for K–12 math educators. In each episode co-hosts Bethany Lockhart Johnson (@lockhartedu) and Dan Meyer (@ddmeyer) chat with guests, taking a deep dive into the math and educational topics you care about.

Join the Math Teacher Lounge Facebook group to continue the conversation, view exclusive content, interact with fellow educators, participate in giveaways, and more!

S5-04. Coaching tips for managing math anxiety in teachers

A blue graphic with text reading "Math Teacher Lounge" in multicolored letters and "Amplify." at the bottom, with abstract geometric shapes and lines as decoration.

So far this season, we’ve investigated math anxiety in students and its causes with passionate researchers and curriculum experts, including one from Sesame Workshop! Now we hear from Dr. Heidi Sabnani, consultant, coach, and co-host of Math 4 All, as she gives us research-based tips for teachers who are facing math anxiety themselves! Listen as we discuss Heidi’s own math anxiety and journey through math, the effects teacher math anxiety can have on instruction, and practices educators can implement right away for overcoming math anxiety.

Listen today and don’t forget to grab your MTL study guide to track your learning and make the most of this episode!

Download Transcript

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (00:00):

Coaching is the opportunity to provide that just-in-time kind of professional development for teachers, if we go at it in a slightly different way.

Dan Meyer (00:10):

Hey folks, welcome back to Math Teacher Lounge. I’m your host, Dan Meyer.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (00:14):

And I’m Bethany Lockhart Johnson.

Dan Meyer (00:16):

Bethany, how are you doing, and how are you feeling about our current trajectory through this exploration of math anxiety?

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (00:24):

Dan, I gotta tell you — let me make it about me for a second. <laugh>.

Dan Meyer (00:29):

Go. Do it.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (00:30):

If only I had known that so many other people experienced math anxiety, and I wasn’t the only one. I mean, I’ve said it before, but you know, I hope that this series so far is helping to reframe math anxiety for folks who maybe have a narrow definition of it … and I guess expand, reframe. And also, for those folks who are working with students who have math anxiety, or who they themselves have experienced math anxiety, I hope they’ve found some tools, some resources. Right? Like, “Yes!”

Dan Meyer (01:04):

Yes! Same.

New Speaker (01:06):

And what about you? How are you feeling?

Dan Meyer (01:08):

Yeah, I hope this has been cathartic for all of our listeners who have experienced math anxiety, and not re-traumatizing, that there are lots of people who feel this way about math in particular. And that it’s so well-experienced, so broadly experienced, that people have decided to study it a whole bunch. Which is great. And now we’re moving into our kind of solutioning. You know, in my relationships, I’m sometimes told that I rush too quickly to solutions before trying to understand what’s going on. So I’ve loved our episodes that have been about what is going on. And now, with Dr. Truglio last episode and our guest today, we’re moving more into some solutions, which I’m excited about.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (01:49):

I don’t know, Dan, I think next time I see you I’m gonna bring a list of some concerns or worries I have, and I would love if you just get right to the solution. I’m actually OK with that.

Dan Meyer (02:01):

All right. Good to know. Good to know. I’ll say I am coming off of a day where I was feeling some teacher anxiety today, because I taught really real students. So just to let you know where I’m coming from here. I taught some seventh grade students at Montera Middle, here in Oakland Unified School District. Taught ’em a lesson outta the Desmos curriculum. And it was one of those lessons where some thorny stuff comes up. I’m talking students who are wrong for smart reasons, who are right for the wrong reasons, and their minds are working so hard trying to figure out inequalities. And I’m like trying to just step into that process as an educator with some curriculum and help shape those ideas. But it’s just … I don’t know, you want it to be as easy as like, “let me just show you how it’s done a few times, and now you got it.” But whew, some of these ideas, they take a long time to form up and they’re really easily reshaped by lots of stuff going on. So that’s where I’m at, anxiety-wise, right now. The teacher anxiety stuff.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (03:04):

I think there’s probably plenty of teachers who do kind of just say, this is how you do it. And so, from what I have seen of your teaching and what I know of the Desmos curriculum, it is such an opportunity to think hard about the things that we are assuming about our students, assuming about what we know about the math itself. And yeah, that requires some thought.

Dan Meyer (03:30):

Yeah, for sure. I came in ready, like, “When you multiply both sides of an inequality by a negative, this sign flips around.” And I could just say that to kids and say, “Hey, remember that! Write that down!” And a lot of them would do it really well, you know, provided the assessment problems looked like ones we’ve gone over in class. And they’re also learning — in addition to that math, they’re learning that math is a giant sack of tricks they gotta memorize, right? So there’s just these pros and cons. And at the end of the one period I’m gonna teach this week, I was like, “Well, your teacher’s gonna go over that tomorrow, when they’re with you instead of me.” So it felt a bit like I copped out on that one. And I’m just in in my feelings about that right now. And I’m gonna try to come on down here and be present in the math-anxiety world.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (04:25):

I appreciate you sharing that, Dan. And I think … I have a feeling that you could write a pretty catchy rhyme to allow the students to flip and <starting to rap> “multiply by negative. and dit-dit-dit-dit.” Can you feel it? You picking up that beat?

Dan Meyer (04:40):

Ooh, yeah. A nice little beat. Uh-huh. Yup.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (04:41):

Yeah. You know, you could come up with something pretty clever, and yet you did not lean on your wordsmithing skills. You said, “No, let us dive in.” So what are you gonna do with this lesson, by the way? What happens now? You popped in for one period, and then what happens?

Dan Meyer (05:03):

Yeah. So this is gonna be a blast. I hope you folks tune in. We’re gonna actually release the footage of me teaching this lesson live. You know, it’ll be replayed live. And on top of that, a couple of my favorite teacher coaches and just smart people about teaching are going to be giving commentary. They are gonna be giving the director’s commentary, the sports announcers’ commentary on what they’re seeing. I beg for their generosity in their commentary. But I think it’ll be a lot of fun. I’ve never seen anything like this before, a commentary track on top of a teaching lesson, in this way. So I’m just gonna gonna be excited to see what they noticed that I didn’t, what they might have done, the thoughts they might have. Maybe I’ll do a post-game interview, you know.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (05:50):

Ooh, yes!

Dan Meyer (05:50):

With my towel around my neck, <laugh> looking all sweaty.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (05:54):

Ready, set, grow!

Dan Meyer (05:55):

Like, “Yup, we gave it all out there, you know, just a real team effort.” You know, that kind of thing. We’ll see how that goes.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (06:02):

I actually love that idea. I love that it’s not just this one random lesson that just kind of floats out there, and it’s about, you walk away with whatever feelings you have, and the students obviously walk away, but that this is gonna help other educators.

Dan Meyer (06:17):

Yeah. Yeah. We’ll multiply my anxiety and make it more people’s anxiety. We’ll see how that goes. So stay tuned on the Math Teacher Lounge feed for that. All right?

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (06:25):

All right! And speaking of anxiety, Dan Meyer, we gotta get to today’s show. You know, last time we had some amazing strategies for helping students from Dr. Truglio from Sesame Workshop. I gotta tell you, I sent that episode to so many of my friends, like, “Listen to these ideas!” and have had some interesting follow-up conversations. And we would love to hear what you think about this season so far, at MTLShow on Twitter or in our Facebook group, Math Teacher Lounge. So today, we’re gonna focus on strategies for supporting teachers.

Dan Meyer (07:00):

Yes. Which is why we’re so excited to bring to you folks Heidi Sabnani, who — we’ve had researchers. We’ve had Sesame Workshoppers. And Heidi Sabnani has been a classroom teacher; she’s teacher-consultant; newly minted doctoral degree holder. We’re so pumped to bring to you folks: Heidi Sabnani.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (07:25):

Dr. Sabnani, thank you for being here. Can we call you Dr. Heidi? What would you. …

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (07:31):

You can just call me Heidi. Yeah. Heidi is good.

Dan Meyer (07:36):

Right on.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (07:36):

  1. Heidi, thank you for joining us in the Lounge. We’re so excited to talk with you.

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (07:41):

I am super-honored to be here. It’s really exciting and I just really appreciate the opportunity.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (07:47):

I will say I don’t have a PhD, although the two people I’m talking with right now, both do, and you’re both like holding up your degrees as we speak and saying, “Wah-wah.” But I imagine that if I did, I’d wanna throw that doctor in more frequently, so.

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (08:02):

Well—

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (08:03):

If I sneak in a “Doctor,” Heidi, it’s only out of respect.

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (08:05):

  1. I appreciate it.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (08:07):

Dan makes me call him Dr. Meyer all the time.

Dan Meyer (08:10):

You don’t call me Dr. Dan or Dr. Meyer, ever. So—

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (08:13):

I will now!

Dan Meyer (08:14):

—this respect only goes towards Dr. Heidi, it seems. But yeah, we’ll take that off the air.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (08:19):

Well, we are going to delve into your research on math anxiety soon, because I actually — speaking of becoming a doctor, a new doctor, I have some questions. We have questions about your research, but on a personal level, I really appreciated the way that you share that you yourself experienced math anxiety as a student. So I’m wondering if you could tell us a bit about your own math anxiety, your <laugh> journey through math.

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (08:50):

Yeah, so much like the people in the research that I did, and with the research that I read by others, many of us can tie the beginnings — or like the evil villain origin story of math anxiety — to a particular event, or series of events. And my series of events started, the big blow-up, I guess, in fourth grade. And I had had some struggles in school — I have mild dyslexia and dyscalculia. And so I had always been in the special group of kids who got some extra attention <laugh> from the teacher, or from an aide, or whoever happened to be in the room. But in fourth grade — at that time, they taught multiplication and division facts in fourth grade. Many, many moons ago. And I struggled greatly with just understanding what was happening and why we were moving so quickly. And, my teacher was probably not the best person to be entrusted with my learning at the time. Like, her style may have been OK for others, but it was obvious that she felt like kind of wasting her time with some people in the classroom. And I happened to be one of those people.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (10:26):

Mmm. You said that really diplomatically, though. <Laugh>

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (10:30):

Well, you know, you look back at things from the perspective of many years. And having made lots of mistakes myself in the classroom as a teacher, I try to give some grace to things that happened, and how you remember them. Yeah, that’s my story, but maybe she had a different one, right?

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (10:55):

Yeah. But fourth grade Heidi was still, you know, still experiencing that. Yeah.

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (11:01):

Yeah. Fourth-grade Heidi didn’t like being in the “dumb group” and didn’t like being told that she would probably not graduate from high school. So that was kind of the general environment. And I got further and further behind in math. The dyslexia was less and less of an issue the older I got, because I had great comprehension. And so I could figure out the fluency thing just by the pattern of language, because mine is mild in comparison to so many who struggle with that. But math was not working in that same way. And I got more and more behind and to the point where I was having to stay in every day at recess. And I had had it after like a month. Like, I’m not staying in at recess anymore to do this math that I don’t understand, by myself. Like, not doing it. So I—

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (11:53):

Which, by the way, if there’s one way to make you hate it, <laugh> like, to engender, to endear you to a subject, could it be, “Let’s have you stay in at recess”?

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (12:07):

Right. And so one day I just stormed out of the classroom, I was like, “I’m not coming. I’m not staying, I’m not doing this anymore. I’m done.” And I can remember her standing up at the top of the hill screaming at me to come back, and I was like, “No way. Not doing it. Done with this.” I went to a parochial school, though, and my dad is a pastor. So that whole little incident blew up in the greater community in a way that I didn’t really anticipate as a fourth grader. And my parents had no idea that this was going on. And so they were shocked and dismayed that their — up until that point — oldest child, rule-follower, had done this. But then even more upset when they found out what was happening with my math understanding, or lack thereof. And they did what they knew best at the time. So my mom was a great memorizer. She has a brain like an elephant. And my dad grew up in the British system in India and Singapore, and it was at that time very much based on memorization. And so they were like, “We are gonna just work really hard. We’re gonna buckle down and do this thing <laugh>.” And so that’s what we did, and that’s where all of it began. It was not — it was just about “We’re gonna learn the facts. We’re not gonna ask questions; we’re not gonna think about it, because it’s just the rules. And if you can figure out the rules or the system or what the teacher wants, and mimic what the teacher is doing, then you’ll be successful.” And it was really successful for me, once I figured that out all the way through. My whole goal in high school when I took high school math was to take enough math courses with a high-enough GPA that when I got my BA in college, that I would never have to take math again. And I succeeded in that and got an English degree and a Master’s in world lit. And I was in no way doing math ever again.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (14:31):

But little did you know that Future You was going to be researching math anxiety. How did you wind up researching it then? How did you wind up researching math anxiety?

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (14:43):

So I took a job in school improvement when I was working in Ohio, after a number of years teaching high school English in Southern California and Guatemala and Michigan, all over the place. And I took a job in school improvement with a co-consultant who was gonna be doing the math end, and I was gonna be doing the literacy end, and we were just gonna go in, and I was gonna make kids love reading, and she was gonna make kids love math, and it was gonna be so fun. And then she decided she didn’t like working with adults and they couldn’t find anyone else. And my boss said, “So you’re just gonna do both for the rest of the year.” After that year, I got requested to go back and, and do this again. I said, “Well, if I’m gonna do this, I’m going to go back and reteach myself the math in ways that I wish that fourth-grade Heidi had learned it, and fourth-grade-and-up Heidi had learned it.” And so that was like the, the beginning of the switch. And so now equal amounts of time in my career have been spent in both. But when I started, when I continued working, when I left the classroom to continue working with teachers, and when I transitioned more into an elementary setting, I began to notice the same behaviors that I had in high school of avoiding math, and avoiding teaching math, were happening in the classrooms that I was supporting. And so I would have teachers come and say, “Oh, can we talk about this literacy thing?” And even if it was like a math meeting, or we were supposed to split the time evenly, and ohhh, for some reason the literacy time talk would just like move over <laugh>. And then there was no time to talk about math at the end. And “Oh, that’s just too bad.” Like, we’re just gonna move on to this next thing. Funny how that happens, right?

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (16:32):

Yeah. <laugh>.

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (16:34):

And noticing teachers’ behaviors around going to and or avoiding math professional development that I was giving. Or getting sick. Or like having to leave the room for a long period of time. And so I began to notice these behaviors. And initially I thought I wanted to look at math anxiety in children, which is one branch of the research that I started with. But as I got into things more, the people that I have the most influence in are adults right now.

Dan Meyer (17:09):

Right.

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (17:09):

And so as I started looking at the research that had already been done, I feel like we do a really nice job of admiring the problem of math anxiety, and we do less in the “what to do about” phase. And so I was like, “Well, if I’m going to continue to be in this career and in this profession, then I need to be doing something in the space of ‘what are we gonna do about it?’” And so that’s how I switched to looking at “what do we do to help teachers?” Particularly elementary school teachers, because that’s the area of greatest need, based on previous research that we could at least do something to help.

Dan Meyer (17:51):

Yeah. A previous guest mentioned that a lot of research is better understood as me-search, especially in this kind of arena, where we’re going back in to try to understand what it was that happened for us and how to prevent it for future generations. And I have nothing but respect for that motivation right there. And your point is well-put, that it is very possible to spend a ton of time examining math anxiety from every angle, every facet, you know, put it up there on a mounted board and admire it … and there’s a lot of value there, but I appreciate that you’re moving into, “So, now what?”

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (18:27):

Yep.

Dan Meyer (18:28):

And so I’d love if you’d share with us and our listeners the broad details of your study, and what you ultimately found. Like, if there are any large takeaways here, what were they?

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (18:40):

Yeah. So a couple of things to kind of just lay a little bit of the groundwork. One out of four teachers say that they have math anxiety. Those numbers increase rapidly, the younger of the grades that the teachers teach. So if we think about preK to two, it’s about 88%, based on other people’s research. So I was like, “Well that’s a lot of people <laugh>!” And so, that’s the scope of the problem. And so I was thinking, “OK, what do we do in these moments?” Because other researchers had said they’re spending — when they don’t like it, they’re spending less time teaching math and avoiding it, or relying on methods that were done to us. Just out of fear of trying something different, at many times. And so one thing that has become more prominent in math education since I transitioned 16 years ago into this has been the role of coaches in school systems. And so one of the questions I wanted to think about was, “What can coaches or math specialists who work with adults as well do to help the teachers that they work with?” So that was kind of the lens that I was looking at. Like, let’s think about the systems that we currently have in place. Is there something that we could be doing that would help teachers, that wouldn’t be so huge or so monumental that with little shifts in our own behavior as coaches or professional development providers that we could make that would make a difference? So that being said, this was a qualitative study, so a small group of people in very intense settings. So I kind of always wanna preface that, because in academic world, you know, there’s <laugh> all sorts of thoughts about that. So I had asked teachers from districts that I work with who self-identified as having math anxiety if they would be interested in the study. So, this is what we’re thinking of, this is what it would look like, and the scope of the support they would have.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (20:50):

So basically you’re tracking these four teachers who self-identified as math anxious. And were you serving as their coach and kind of seeing what was working?

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (21:00):

I was serving as their coach. Yeah. I was serving as their coach during that time period. And some fairly recent research that had been done was in the idea of “Can we do some reflective conversations or reflective writing around where your math anxiety started, and how that makes you feel both as a teacher of mathematics now, because you are teaching math, and how that affects your identity as a mathematician?” And so that was the first starting point. And that was a really critical moment that I’m glad that I had stumbled across the research on, because it turned out that having someone hear and acknowledge that what happened to them was both wrong and inappropriate, in many cases, and in a couple instances, was traumatic and also abusive — that that mattered. That it was OK to feel anger and hurt and frustration based on what happened to you in the past. And then have that moment to reflect on, “OK, so what do you want the classroom environment that you’re building as a teacher to feel like for your students?” So it was turning that moment of how they felt to thinking about, then, what kind of environment do we wanna make within the math classroom? And what steps can we take to ensure that happens? So that was like, Step One is just thinking about what that looks like. What kind of math identities then do you want to create for your students? Because all of the teachers were very concerned with not continuing the cyclical nature that often happens with math anxiety, from teacher to student and back again.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (22:54):

Well, and even that validation, right? Like, how many of them hadn’t even had, like you said, had that? We had another, when in our first episode, Dr. Gerardo Ramirez talked about that validation and how key.

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (23:09):

Yeah. That was the first thing. The next step of it, which very different from what I often do — I don’t generally go in and model for teachers — just me, taking over your classroom. I really like to co-plan with teachers and co-teach with teachers and have it not feel like they’re losing control over what’s happening in that moment. And that’s generally the way that I go in when I’m doing professional development in a classroom, right? Like, I’m working with the teacher and we’re a team; we’re doing this together. But in these four cases, these teachers were very, very resistant <laughs> to co-teaching. And so I said, “OK, well, let’s throw everything out. Let’s try whatever it happens to be.” So the modeling aspect turned out to be really important, in part when three out of the four cases, because they were like, “Oh, I can do that.” <laugh> like, Well, yeah, I know you can! Like, it was that having a moment to sit back and see someone else doing it — which is harder to do when you’re co-teaching, right? It’s harder to be reflective in the moment when you’re still thinking about the teaching choices you’re making, because you’re both co-teaching.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (24:24):

Right. Or sometimes you see, like in co-teaching, it falls into “one teach, one manage,” you know, or something like that.

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (24:31):

Yes.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (24:31):

I have definitely fallen into that. But you, by modeling … it was almost, I don’t know, it feels like you’re kind of holding their hand. Like, “I’ll show you!” And not that it has to exactly look like that, right? But you found if a coach is coming in and the teacher gets to sit back and basically watch their students learn, they’re probably gettinga ton of information about their students, and they’re really learning some teaching strategies for mathematics that they can then like dip their toe in. I think? <Laugh> Am I kind of thinking of this? I’m trying to picture this and it feels rich and rife with possibilities <laugh>.

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (25:16):

Well, and it, it turned it from … I think sometimes, when I go into a classroom, I learn so much from watching teachers and being able to sit and listen to students, that you don’t always have the luxury of when you’re the teacher. <Laugh> Right? It’s so much harder to be like, “OK, I’m gonna be watching what a kid does, because I’m hoping someone uses this strategy, so I can connect it to this other person’s strategy, so that we can take that apart and look at it and really have immediate discussion around it.” Those are all so many things that are happening in the moment as a teacher. You don’t get to sit back and look at it from a researcher kind of lens. Or look, you know, from the up-above lens. And when I had these conversations with teachers, I was like, “That’s what I want you to do. I want you to be able to sit back and look at all the things that are happening.” Because then you begin to notice not only the moves that the teacher — in this case, me — who was modeling for them was doing, but also the student conversations. And it was almost like having a case study within that moment, where they got to sit back and just experience, versus thinking about all the decisions that they would make at the moment. So that was something that was really surprising to me.

Dan Meyer (26:33):

Yeah. And I love the idea that they’re seeing the pedagogical moves, but they’re also experiencing perhaps a sense of math that’s de-stressed. You know, they are allowing themselves to sit next to students and feel as though they are a student, in ways that if you’re co-teaching, you are still like enmeshed in the gears of the whole lesson. I wonder if that’s a part of this too. So I’m hearing from you that we’re taking these teachers who have all admitted to some math anxiety, and that one of the interventions, or one of the findings, was that modeling worked really well for, again, this set of teachers. But you modeling lessons that highlighted mathematics, that was less anxious, that helped the teachers see that students were engaging in really productive un-anxious ways, brave ways. Were there other kinds of takeaways that you experienced there?

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (27:24):

Yeah. So in addition to that, we had to think about and start at Step One. One of the teachers that I worked with had done her student teaching with a teacher who had math anxiety, and who never taught math. And so she entered her teaching career, never having taught math before or seen it taught. And so in her situation, she had had one course in her teacher preparation program, that was on fractions.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (27:54):

That’s often the case, right? One math methods course! Help, we have to get it all in in this semester! <Laugh>

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (28:01):

<Laugh> Yes. And so she came in and said, “I feel like I have to start at the beginning.” And so there was no question that was inappropriate, or that we weren’t going to explore or think about. And so that was, I think, the starting place with that particular teacher. And then one other, who was kind of in her same age range, where we had to start thinking about, “OK, how did you learn as a learner? What ways are you seeing your students learn as learners? And then let’s focus on those first as the areas that you wanna explore in your teaching.” And so a lot of that ended up being much more visual and hands-on ways of exploring. And so those were some of the changes in, I think, pedagogy that were the most significant. In a couple of cases, these are early elementary teachers who had had one experience with manipulatives in their whole teaching career up until that point. And so one teacher brought me a bucket of Cuisenaire rods and said, “These are in my room. I don’t know what they are. <Laugh> Are we building things with them? Are they blocks that are just small? <Laugh> Like what are they for?”

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (29:20):

Yes!

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (29:21):

And so, <laugh> it was that idea of, “OK, let’s, let’s explore all the different ways that we can use these, and that we can think about how your students might learn best with this particular tool that you have in your room.”

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (29:34):

So hearing you talk about this research — which by the way, I know, you’re like, for our listeners, it’s all, “Quick, boil down your years and hours of research and synthesize it for us.”

Dan Meyer (29:50):

Your life’s work.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (29:50):

In a little tiny neat package. But really though, even though I know there’s so many layers to your research, and your work with these teachers, I wanna flag for our listeners that even the things that you’ve identified for us, you were giving teachers space — as coach, giving teachers space, and validating their experience as a mathematician, as you know, as a young student, right? Making space for that experience and validating “Yeah, that was really lousy and your math anxiety is real.” Like, Step One is already powerful. And then you’re creating space where they get to be in their classroom as a learner, right? And have a lesson modeled. And then you’re creating more <laugh> space for them to learn and ask questions. And I have absolutely seen teachers like, “I don’t know what to do with these,” and kind of shove aside the district-provided tools or the curriculum-provided tools. And so even those things, Heidi — Dr. Heidi <laugh> — you know, even if … I don’t know, for me, I am listening to you and just holding those points in mind and feeling like that, alone, if a coach did even just that … I know there’s so much more to it, but what a powerful opportunity for reclaiming math as an educator, right? That’s what I’m feeling.

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (31:25):

Well, and I was hoping that there wouldn’t be … I mean, OK, it’s a double-sided hope. If there was something like so novel and so fantastic that was so different from the things that we have already at our disposal, that would’ve made a much better book or dissertation. <Laugh> But the reality is, there are things that we already know work. And we don’t often take the time or, or are given the time to be able to explore those things. Right? So even as coaches, you have district initiatives or things like, “this is what we’re working on this year,” and that’s fantastic, right? We keep those things moving forward. But if we’re thinking about coaching teachers with math anxiety, no teacher with math anxiety is going to be coming to NCTM.

Dan Meyer (32:16):

Right. Right. Or the training.

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (32:19):

Or the training. They’re like, “Oh, PD day? Literacy! Yes, please! Bye!” You know, it’s that piece of it. So when we have these moments, the coaching is the opportunity to provide that just-in-time kind of professional development for teachers, if we go at it in a slightly different way. It does not have to be huge. It can be things like, they feel that they’re stronger in literacy. Well, then, let’s explore some of the ideas around math, anxiety and math identity and examples of people who’ve overcome either those things or other barriers in their life. And how can those things help form not only your students’ math identity, but your math identity. And it gives entry points in ways that you have access to if you’re a person’s coach.

Dan Meyer (33:18):

So in that sense, I’d love to know from you, if someone came to you at a coach’s meeting at NCSM and asked you, “What is something I can do right now to support the teachers at my site and my district, who are commonly experiencing math anxiety?” What is something that you would offer them in that brief moment you had with that coach?

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (33:40):

So it is hearing their story first. That’s the big one. And then, can you, in your coaching, provide opportunities to slow down? We all have these pacing guides in some form or another, that drive the things that are coming. Is there a way that you can set up meetings a month or more in advance of the content that those teachers are going to teach? Can we explore a month in advance, that content? And ways to teach it and understand it? There’s the ways to teach it, but there’s also like, “What is this math and how do kids experience this math?” What kind of experiences do we want to have ourselves as learners and then have as kids? If we can create cycles like that, that then don’t feel so rushed. It’s so hard when we’re like, “Oh, we have a planning meeting and we’re meeting with our coach!” And you’re teaching this lesson tomorrow. “Learn all this stuff about adding and subtracting on a number line. Go!” It’s so fast. And so if we had those opportunities to build in cycles, where we could slow down that process, it would make a huge difference in the lives of so many teachers. And it’s finding that time and the willingness. If you listen to teachers, they will work with you. If you validate what happens to them, and acknowledge that sometimes that still happens to us. I mean, I still have experiences like that. Sometimes I’ll walk into a classroom and I’m like, “Oh, I forgot how to do that!” You know, like, “I’ve not reached that far in my remaking of my own education!”

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (35:24):

Yehhhh, heh heh heh.

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (35:25):

<laugh>. And you think, “I don’t wanna look like an idiot. I’m the math consultant who’s here to duh duh duh.” All of those things still come up. Yeah. And stopping and saying like, “OK, everybody, this is what’s happening to me right now.” <laugh> The vulnerability you have, you have to think about that. Even if you don’t have experiences of math anxiety in your own life. Let’s say you always rocked out in math, and you’re now a math specialist and you love it. You think it’s the most spectacular thing. There’s some other element in your life where you face some anxiety. All of us do. So it’s about thinking about, “OK, this is where I experience anxiety. Can I find that in the teachers that I work with? And then, can my teachers find that in the students they work with?” You know, the teachers, as they begin to reflect on their own experiences, began noticing which students always went to the nurse during math time, always asked to go to the bathroom during math time, always couldn’t find a pencil, or whatever it happened to be. And they began to be more aware of their students’ behaviors as well, and could then say, “Hey, let’s sit and talk about how you feel in math class. Like, I’ve been noticing that when it’s time for math, like your stomach hurts. Can we talk about like why that might be?” Because those teachers with math are more attuned, often, to those students. And so it just … the time factor, I guess is, is the bottom line.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (36:59):

I just wanna say, it’s so great to have you in the Lounge. Because I think you’re really bringing this perspective that we haven’t talked about, which … we are not expecting coaches to walk in and know it all. That’s actually the exact opposite. You are allowed to be vulnerable. We are not saying, “Come,” quote-unquote, “Fix this.” It’s like, “Hey, how can you facilitate and make space?” And I feel like you have given us just a taste of like how that might be possible. And you know, I think even if it’s just a chance for teachers to reflect on their own experience in math, even that would probably be kind of revolutionary for — and I don’t say that word lightly — for some PD spaces, especially if they have another peer in their team that is like quote-unquote, “a whiz,” or like, “Oh, I don’t feel like I can be vulnerable in my math anxiety because this teacher seems to know it all.” But you’re creating space where it’s like, “Hey, we all have strengths. We all have areas where we could support each other.” And I love that invitation for coaches. I love that invitation for teachers. And … yeah. I’m just, I’m so glad we get a snapshot of your research. Again, I know, I respect that this is not the whole thing!

Dan Meyer (38:22):

Can we find … is there a link to your dissertation in the show notes, for those of us who peruse dissertations? Can we add something here? Think about —

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (38:29):

Oh, I have no idea!

Dan Meyer (38:30):

Just think about it. Just think about it. But —

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (38:34):

It’s somewhere on ProQuest. It did get some. …

Dan Meyer (38:36):

Right on.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (38:36):

Is that a thing, Dan? Could I go, like, Google your dissertation?

Dan Meyer (38:39):

You definitely could. Yeah, for sure. It’s around. Yeah, same way. Well, that’s awesome. And I think it’s so helpful for those who write those enormous unwieldy essays to, you know, distill it in different ways. I hope it’s been … we’ve enjoyed so much, hearing you carve up a huge project into pieces that were really helpful for us to think about here in the Lounge. Thank you so much for coming on and hanging out with us. Dr. Sabnani, it’s been a pleasure.

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (39:06):

Hey, I’m happy to do it any time. Always the biggest joy in the work that I do is little changes in a positive direction.

Dan Meyer (39:18):

Right on.

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (39:19):

That’s all that this is about. Right? Whether it’s kids, whether it’s teachers, whether it’s administration. The work that we all do is so valuable, and it is more and more difficult over time. And just giving ourselves a little bit of space to think about and acknowledge that, I think, is really important. So I appreciate you all making space as well. And thinking about this idea. Because <laugh> we’re math people! And we don’t have math anxiety! Right?

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (39:51):

<laugh>

Dan Meyer (39:51):

So people would assume

Dr. Heidi Sabnani (39:54):

<laugh>. Yeah.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (39:54):

Thank you so much. You’re welcome back in the Lounge anytime. <laugh> Thanks so much for listening to our conversation with Dr. Heidi Sabnani, consultant and co-host of the show “Math for All.” I can’t get enough about talking about math anxiety!

Dan Meyer (40:13):

Especially from people who are working with teachers so closely.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (40:18):

Yes, totally. I loved that lens of, “Hey, look at what happens if we actually focus on the teacher’s experience and help them kind of reclaim this comfort, this sense of identity, relationship with math that’s positive. How does that impact their teaching?” I loved talking about it, and I’m really interested in how that work continues to evolve. So thank you so much Dr. Sabnani, for your time. And you know, listeners, please keep in touch with us on our Facebook, in our discussion group, Math Teacher Lounge Community, or you can find us on Twitter at MTL show.

Dan Meyer (40:58):

If you haven’t already, please subscribe to Math Teacher Lounge, wherever you get podcasts. Also, if you like what you’re hearing, please rate us and leave us a review. It will help more listeners find the show. And it just makes me and Bethany feel good about ourselves, too. You can find more information on all of Amplify’s shows at our new podcast hub. Go to Amplify.com/hub.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (41:20):

You know, Dan, I also always like to say, I find most of my podcasts through recommendations from other listeners, friends, folks. So if you like what you’re hearing, share it in your teacher lounge. Just, like, on break, turn it up and start vibing and having the conversation right there.

Dan Meyer (41:40):

Yep. Yep. I got a better idea. Take the link to this podcast and then copy it and find the longest — the thread in your inbox with the most people on it. One of those ones that’s like, someone accidentally cc’d like 500 people, everyone at your school. Press “reply.” This is crucial. Not “reply,” but “reply all.” Paste that link in. Press “send.” Watch what happens.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (42:04):

Nothing but good —

Dan Meyer (42:04):

Good fortune will be yours.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (42:06):

Nothing but good things can happen when you send this to 500 people in the next 10 minutes. Next time on Math Teacher Lounge, we’re gonna be joined by Dr. Marjorie Schaeffer of St. Mary’s College for a conversation about math anxiety, and specifically Dan, how parents and caregivers, how their disposition influences the way their kiddos feel about math.

Dr. Marjorie Schaeffer (42:29):

I think the most important thing we know from literature right now is that high-math-anxious parents, when they interact with their children, their children learn less math over the course of the school year.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (42:40):

And get this, she’s gonna talk to us about an app that just might be something worth, you know, heading over to the app store for.

Dan Meyer (42:49):

I’ve used some apps, I have opinions, and I can’t wait. We just share recommendations on apps with Dr. Schaeffer.

Bethany Lockhart Johnson (42:56):

That’s next time on Math Teacher Lounge. Thanks so much for listening.

Stay connected!

Join our community and get new episodes every other Tuesday!

We’ll also share new and exciting free resources for your classroom every month.

What Dr. Heidi Sabnani says about math

“Much like the people in my research, many of us can tie the beginnings or the ‘evil villain origin story’ of our own math anxiety to an event or series of events.”

– Dr. Heidi Sabnani

Consultant and Co-host of Math 4 All

Meet the guest

Heidi Sabnani is always surprised that she works in math education. She developed math anxiety as a young student and spent much of her school life and early career avoiding math. After teaching English in the United States and Guatemala, and earning her MA in World Literature, she found herself in the uncomfortable position of working in math classrooms as a school improvement consultant. Once she realized that her life was going to involve math, Heidi decided to relearn math in the ways she wished she had learned the first time around. 18 years later she is still learning with and from the students and teachers she has the privilege to serve.

Heidi’s doctoral research at Northeastern University focused on interventions for math anxiety in elementary teachers. She currently works as a consultant, speaker, and author.

Portrait of a woman with long dark hair, wearing a light gray sweater, smiling in front of a blurred outdoor background, with graphic elements framing the photo—perfect for math teacher resources or a welcoming math teacher lounge.
A laptop displaying a Facebook group page for "Math Teacher Lounge Community," featuring profile photos, a group banner, and geometric shapes in the image background.

About Math Teacher Lounge

Math Teacher Lounge is a biweekly podcast created specifically for K–12 math educators. In each episode co-hosts Bethany Lockhart Johnson (@lockhartedu) and Dan Meyer (@ddmeyer) chat with guests, taking a deep dive into the math and educational topics you care about.

Join the Math Teacher Lounge Facebook group to continue the conversation, view exclusive content, interact with fellow educators, participate in giveaways, and more!

A powerful partnership

Amplify Science was developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify.

The word "Amplify" is written in orange bold letters with a period at the end against a white background.
The logo for The Lawrence Hall of Science, University of California, Berkeley, features blue text on a light background and is recognized by educators using Amplify Science for middle school science programs.

Back to school 2020–21 updates

Back to school 2020 is coming! Click here for more information on all of the improvements and new features we’re adding to Amplify Science for the new school year.

Program introduction

Onboarding: what to expect

Welcome to Amplify Science! To help you know what’s coming next, we created the following outline of the steps of the onboarding process. You can use it as a reference.

Administrators receive launch email

  • Share the information with teachers
  • Submit the shipping survey sent to your email

Log In

  • Go to learning.amplify.com
  • Click on Log in with Clever or Google 
  • Enter your FCPS credentials
  • Demo Account for full access to Amplify Curriculum without access to personalized class rosters:
    • Go to learning.amplify.com
    • Click on login with Amplify
    • Username: t.Fayette2020@tryamplify.net
    • Password:  AmplifyNumber1

Ensure you have received all materials and components

  • Teachers have access to a series of “Unboxing your materials kit” videos. If you’re interested in watching those, click here.

Check out the professional learning opportunities and/or access the Getting Started Resources below.

If you need assistance, please see the help resources or reach out to your Educational Partnerships Manager or PD manager at caffleck@amplify.com, pworks@amplify.com with any questions.

K–5 resources

To ensure your first day using Amplify Science in the classroom is as seamless and smooth as possible, we recommend reviewing the following checklist before the first day of school.

A graphic with the text "Pre-launch checklist for teachers" and an orange "Download PDF" button below. An icon of a checklist with a down arrow is on the left.

What’s coming to my school?

Each unit of Amplify Science comes with a hands-on materials kit. Each hands-on materials kit arrives in one to three boxes and contains:

  • Consumable materials for two uses of 25 or 36 students (depending on school purchase)
  • Non-consumable materials
  • Classroom wall materials
  • Premium print materials (card sorts, vocabulary rings, etc.).
  • 18 copies of each Student Book (5 titles each unit, K–1 will receive 5 big books per unit)
  • A blackline master of the Student Investigation Notebook

You can find complete materials lists for each unit in the following PDF. This information is also available in the digital Teacher’s Guide within the program.

Button for downloading a PDF of a K-5 materials list. An icon of a document with a downward arrow is on the left.

Onboarding videos

Our team has created a series of short videos to help get you started with Amplify Science:

What’s online?

Planning strategies

How to log in and navigate

NGSS introduction

Planning guides

As you prepare to plan for a unit, download our planning guides to help walk you through the most important resources to locate in either the print or digital Teacher’s Guide to help you plan:

    Additional resources

    If you’re interested in learning more about each unit’s anchor phenomena, the Student Books in each unit, and more program features, download the resources below:

      S1-05: How does coding fit in the science classroom? A conversation with Aryanna Trejo of Code.org

      Podcast cover titled "Science Connections" featuring Aryanna Trejo, Season 1, Episode 5. It includes abstract illustrations of a globe and telescope, discussing coding in the science classroom.

      In this episode, Eric sits down with Aryanna Trejo, a professional learning specialist of Code.org. Aryanna shares her journey from working as an elementary teacher in New York City and Los Angeles to teaching other educators at Code.org. Eric and Aryanna chat about computer literacy within the science classroom, problem-solving skills, and ways to model productive struggle for students. Aryanna also shares ways to teach coding and computer literacy in schools, no matter the classroom’s technology level. Explore more from Science Connections by visiting our main page.

      Download Transcript

      Aryanna Trejo (00:00):

      I would hear teachers saying things like, “Well, I just can’t do coding; this is too hard for me; the time has passed.” And I would ask them, “Would you say that to your student about math or English?” And they would always sheepishly go, “No.” And I’d say, “Well, be as kind to yourself as you would be to your student.”

      Eric Cross (00:19):

      Welcome to Science Connections. I’m your host, Eric Cross. My guest today is Aryanna Trejo. Aryanna is a member of the professional learning team at Code.org. Before joining Code.org, Aryanna led computer science professional development for elementary school teachers, and served as an instructional coach for new educators. She also taught fourth and fifth grade in both New York City and in Los Angeles. In this episode, we discuss Aryanna’s journey to Code.org, where she helps educators connect coding to real life, how to use a rubber duck to solve problems, and how coding and computer science principles can be taught to students in areas without access to the internet…or even a computer. I hope you enjoy my conversation with Aryanna Trejo. So I was born and raised here, and I saw that you went to UC San Diego.

      Aryanna Trejo (01:11):

      I did, I did. I actually just put a deposit down on an apartment in University Heights, ’cause I’m moving back.

      Eric Cross (01:16):

      You’re coming back?

      Aryanna Trejo (01:17):

      I’m coming back. Yeah.

      Eric Cross (01:19):

      So if you need a classroom to visit….

      Aryanna Trejo (01:21):

      I would love to do more classroom observations!

      Eric Cross (01:24):

      Are we doing this? Let’s do—we’re making this happen.

      Aryanna Trejo (01:26):

      We are. Yeah. So I’ll be there. I’m moving there in April. I actually grew up in Orange County too, so I’m like a very diehard SoCal person.

      Eric Cross (01:35):

      So I feel like I know the answer to, hopefully—Tupac or Biggie? ‘Cause you’re on the East Coast, and you’re on the West Coast.

      Aryanna Trejo (01:40):

      Yeah. I like Tupac, but I have more Biggie songs committed to memory. Which is not a lot. I have “Juicy” and “Hypnotized” memorized.

      Eric Cross (01:53):

      All right. So you’re just memorizing, and you have the Biggie songs memorized, but not the Tupac ones.

      Aryanna Trejo (01:58):

      No, but I do love Tupac songs. You know, it’s like, Biggie has the flow, but Tupac has the lyrics. Nobody’s—they both have something really amazing about them.

      Eric Cross (02:06):

      You know, I can respect that you broke it down into both of their strengths.

      Aryanna Trejo (02:11):

      Thanks for buttering me up before this interview. And not….

      Eric Cross (02:15):

      <laugh> Oh, we already started.

      Aryanna Trejo (02:16):

      Huh? We already started?

      Eric Cross (02:17):

      We’re already started. Yeah. We’re already into this.

      Aryanna Trejo (02:19):

      We’re into it.

      Eric Cross (02:21):

      You were in the classroom, fourth and fifth grade, and you were doing TFA.

      Aryanna Trejo (02:26):

      I did. I did Teach For America. I was 2012, New York City Corps. Right after graduation. ‘Cause I graduated UC San Diego in 2012. So graduation was on June 17th, and I touched down at JFK on June 19th.

      Eric Cross (02:40):

      Even though I wasn’t in TFA, I know a lot of the fellows that are in it. And there’s just some phenomenal teachers in there. How long were you doing elementary school when you were teaching?

      Aryanna Trejo (02:49):

      Yeah, I taught for—well, I did, three years of teaching fourth grade. Then there happened to be an instructional coach opening in my fourth year. I took that, did some instructional coaching within the same network, and then I moved back to LA and I taught fifth grade for a year.

      Eric Cross (03:11):

      1. And what was it like now? Did you go to Code.org right after the classroom?

      Aryanna Trejo (03:17):

      No, I didn’t. No. I transitioned after teaching fifth grade for a year in downtown Los Angeles, in the Pico-Union neighborhood. I ended up getting this email out of the blue from someone who had actually found me through the Teach for America job site. ‘Cause I was hitting the pavement; I was really looking to transition out of the classroom. And she invited me to interview with this company called 9 Dots. And they taught computer science to kids K–6 throughout Los Angeles and Compton. And I was like, “Sure, no problem. Let’s do it.” So I interviewed, I got the job, and yeah, that’s how I transitioned to 9 Dots. And then after almost four years there, I transitioned to Code.org, with the same person. Actually, she moved over to Code.org first, and then she helped me get this job.

      Eric Cross (04:07):

      Oh, that’s happened a lot—like, that relationship kinda carries over.

      Aryanna Trejo (04:11):

      Yeah. We’re meant to be coworkers.

      Eric Cross (04:13):

      Yeah. Are you still? Is she still there? Are you both still together?

      Aryanna Trejo (04:17):

      Yeah, we’re on the same team and it’s nice. I saw her last night for Happy Hour, with another coworker who’s in LA. So we’re tight. And she’s a wonderful, wonderful mentor to me.

      Eric Cross (04:28):

      That’s great. Did you have computer-science background, when you were doing elementary school teaching? Did you have—

      Aryanna Trejo (04:34):

      No. <laugh> Not at all. When I was teaching in New York City, I had like four desktop computers in my classroom, and we rarely used them. Which was such a shame. And then when I moved to Los Angeles and taught fifth grade there, we were a one-to-one school, and the joys of that are just amazing. It was just really wonderful to, you know, get the students used to typing on the computer, using different software to submit their assignments. Getting creative—as creative as you can get—with Google Slides. You know, to show off what they know. And stuff like that. That’s all I had, though. And you know, when I transitioned to 9 Dots I was like, “Sure, why not? Let’s give a shot.” And I learned a lot. It was really interesting, yeah.

      Eric Cross (05:26):

      And so now at Code.org you are…well, so my journey with Code.org, I’ve been in the classroom for eight years. Still in the classroom as of…an hour ago, I was there. <Laugh> And I use Code.org, and I feel like I’ve checked it periodically, and I feel like it’s evolved over the gaps. And I’ve seen it. It’s become more robust in the things that they offer, over the years I’ve been an educator. Just to kind of…could you give a thumbnail sketch? Like, what is Code.org? Who’s it for? Who’s the target audience? What resources are there?

      Aryanna Trejo (06:00):

      Yeah. So it’s for everyone. It is a nonprofit that provides curriculum and training and a platform for teachers and students. We provide curriculum for K through 12. It’s completely free. And it comes with lesson plans, slideshows, all that. We focus specifically on underrepresented groups. So we have targeted measures for Black students, for Native American students, for students who identify as female. That’s a huge part of our mission. But we’re really working to expand access to computer science to as many students as we can.

      Eric Cross (06:41):

      One of the things I’m hearing in your story is you were teaching in Compton; you were in Bronx, New York. One of the reasons why I got into the classroom is because of educators, and the impact they made on me in exposing me to science and technologies I’d never had access to. And that intentionality, that you’re going about it…are there…not just the code, but how you bring that across to different groups…are there strategies, or are there ways to connect this idea of coding to diverse groups and diverse audiences? Or is it kind of, the curriculum applies for everyone? ‘Cause in science, when I’m teaching, I’m always trying to make what I’m doing relevant to the backgrounds of my students.

      Aryanna Trejo (07:28):

      Sure.

      Eric Cross (07:28):

      So I’m teaching biology, and I’m trying to make this kind of connection. Sometimes it’s more organic; sometimes it feels kind of forced. Because it’s just not always a nice fit. But it sounds like Code.org is really about inclusion. And in the numbers that I’ve seen for representation, in especially computer science software engineers, the groups that you’re focusing on are not necessarily represented in the professional workforce. At least disproportionately.

      Aryanna Trejo (07:54):

      Yeah, absolutely. Yeah, that’s correct.

      Eric Cross (07:57):

      And so how do you go about being intentional about reaching groups that we don’t see in, you know, the Silicon Valley software engineers? How do you start that? Like, at a young age, do you look for specific schools in specific areas to say, “We are going to bring this to the school. We’re going out to these populations of the cities”? Because we’re just not seeing…you know, on the map, we’re not seeing anybody really doing anything with coding here. Or we’re not seeing the numbers come out of these areas, out of these cities, of students who are going into STEM or going into computer science fields.

      Aryanna Trejo (08:41):

      Yeah. I don’t necessarily work on the recruitment side of it, is the issue, in my position. But I do work on the professional learning, that is brought out to teachers. And we have a huge focus on equity throughout the workshops that we create from K–12. It’s something we’re really passionate about. We definitely aim to prepare teachers to teach computer science. That’s a huge part of it. Knowing the content, but also thinking through, “What does recruitment look like at your school to make sure that the demographics of your classroom match the demographics of your entire school?” Also, thinking through, “How can we make sure that female students feel included in your classroom? How can we make sure that we are, giving students creativity to think about, or we are setting students up to be creative and think about the problems that are in their community, and how they can use computer science to solve them, or at least work towards them?”

      Eric Cross (09:39):

      So solving real-world problems and that inclusion aspect…are there things like…you were saying “female or students who identify as female”…are there things that teachers can do to ensure that they’re being more inclusive? Or to recruit, or encourage more female students to take part? One of the things I was thinking of, that I’ve seen, is I’ve seen coding kind of camps.

      Aryanna Trejo (10:06):

      Sure.

      Eric Cross (10:08):

      That were specifically for a female audience. And that seemed to help with recruitment. Is that something that you see on your side?

      Aryanna Trejo (10:16):

      That’s not something that we set up, no. But the curriculum that I work with is CS Principles. And it’s offered as an Advanced Placement course, as well as an AP class. So that’s a curriculum that’s designed for students who are in grades 10 through 12. And so at that point, we can really talk to teachers and ask them what the recruitment strategy is. But in terms of strategies that teachers can use to recruit those students…I mean, I’ve heard over and over from lots of different teachers who identify as female that they didn’t think that computer science was for them, until they saw a role model in that position. And so just being a role model for those students is really wonderful.

      Eric Cross (11:00):

      And I see it too, with—like, we do “Draw a Scientist” activity, which is like a popular science thing—

      Aryanna Trejo (11:05):

      Sure, yeah, I’m familiar.

      Eric Cross (11:05):

      But it’s the same thing, right? Like, it fleshes out. My students don’t draw themselves as scientists. They draw what they perceive, based on what television says. I imagine with computer science, it’s probably really similar, when you think about “What’s a software engineer look like?” Do students tend to draw themselves? Or is it even a mystery? Because I don’t even know what a software engineer looks like.

      Aryanna Trejo (11:28):

      Yeah, absolutely. Well, one of the things we love to do with our professional learning workshops is talk about understanding yourself, your identities, how they show up in the classroom as biases. And, you know, things like stereotype threat. We see that as really important to understand, and think through, and consider, before you step into the classroom. So that you’re not, you know, coddling certain groups of students because you don’t believe that they are able to be successful in computer science. Holding all the students to the same expectations and believing that they can succeed. And computer science, I think a lot of the times people have this conception of it being this utopian, bias-less, technocratic field. When in reality, everything has bias. And people talk about algorithmic bias and facial recognition, but also the people who created computers and computer languages have their own bias that comes through. And I think it’s really important to show students that. So that they can, one, know what they’re working with, and two, make sure that they can create products that reduce that bias.

      Eric Cross (12:50):

      It’s like…it’s not objective, just because we’re creating software. Like, once it gets to a point of being so sophisticated…I think, like, AI software, right? With facial recognition? And we’re seeing more and more articles come out about, you know, predicting trends based on historical data.

      Aryanna Trejo (13:12):

      Sure.

      Eric Cross (13:13):

      But then, the trends and things that they’re seeing tend to target things that have happened in the past. But it also doesn’t take into consideration a lot of other factors that can lead to certain groups or populations being identified. And I’ve seen some articles lately about how your code is really just representation of what you put into it. And like you just said, your bias—if you have that, conscious or unconscious—you’re gonna put that into your code. And the input is gonna be an impact, is gonna impact the output.

      Aryanna Trejo (13:44):

      Yeah, absolutely. Or even just—and I’m ashamed to say this, ’cause this is an idea that came to me just recently, through an article that I read—but computers themselves have bias. The hardware assumes that you have vision, that you can see the screen, that you are able-bodied, that you can use your hands to work the keyboard, the mouse, et cetera, and that you don’t have to use assistive technology. You know, there are small things like that, where we think that technology, like I said, is this utopian, futuristic science…but there are biases throughout.

      Eric Cross (14:19):

      You’re absolutely right. I’ve never even—I’ve never even considered that. Even though I do use assistive tech, and figure it out, I’ve never thought from the ground up, the process is built for an able-bodied, sighted, hearing person.

      Aryanna Trejo (14:31):

      Exactly.

      Eric Cross (14:32):

      To be able to engage with the hardware. And then these other things, these tertiary things that we kind of add on, so that you can do this, but it’s not designed from the ground up for people who are, you know, different audiences, physically. So I’m glad you brought that up, though. Now I’ve seen—and I haven’t done this—but I know Hour of Code is a big thing. And this is something that’s ongoing. Can you talk a little bit about what Hour of Code is? I know it’s, it’s a big thing for the classroom teachers.

      Aryanna Trejo (15:08):

      Yeah. So Hour of Code is really exciting, and it’s just blossomed from something small to something tremendous. This year is gonna be the 10th Hour of Code. So what it is, is it happens during CS Education Week in December, during Grace Hopper’s—or to honor Grace Hopper’s birthday. She was a computer scientist and Navy Admiral. And basically the aim of it is to get as many students on the computer doing an hour of code, and demystify what coding is. You know, to do seed-planting. To show teachers that this is something that you can facilitate for your students. And also to show students like, “Hey, computer science is something you can absolutely do. Not just for an hour, but more if you want.” So, yeah. Now it’s worldwide, and it’s really exciting.

      Eric Cross (15:58):

      That’s awesome. And I think about teachers and I still hear the apologetic—when I’m helping teachers in the classroom with education technology—the self-deprecating “I’m a dinosaur; I’m not good with tech,” which is never true. Like, they’re better than they even realize. And I feel like sometimes there’s still a stigma, too. It’s like <laugh> The Simpsons’ Comic Book Store Guy. The condescending tech support person—

      Aryanna Trejo (16:27):

      Sure.

      Eric Cross (16:28):

      —who has that tone. And so I feel like some people have been so negatively impacted by that person. So I know when I’m helping people, I actually try to go full-spectrum the other side. But I’m thinking about teachers’ barrier to entry. Sometimes code is like, “Whoa.” And I don’t teach computer science. Do you see those barriers to entry, or at least the perception of them? And then, what’s the reality for like someone listening, and going, “I’m a fourth grade teacher,” or “I’m a humanities teacher in ninth grade.” What’s the perception that you see, versus reality, with the teachers that you train? Is it much more accessible than we think? Or is there a level of sophistication that you have to have coming into it?

      Aryanna Trejo (17:10):

      No, not at all. I know computer science, and that says a lot! <Laugh> You know, I know my own corner of computer science. And you know, that’s me being self-deprecating, too. But I think learning computer science has helped me in so many different ways that I wasn’t expecting. I recently took the GRE in hopes of, you know, getting back into grad school. And I think just the way that computer science teaches you to search for bugs in your code, or errors, and kind of tirelessly look at a problem from multiple different angles, I was able to carry that into the math that I was doing. And I noticed just a huge difference in the way that I approached it, and the way that I was open to it. But you asked a great question, in regards to the barriers to technology. In my position at 9 Dots, I was working directly with teachers to lead professional development with them. Sometimes it would be a full day; sometimes it would be an hour after school. And the one thing that I always had in my back pocket that was really useful is that I would hear teachers saying things like, “Well, I just can’t do coding; this is too hard for me; the time has passed.” And I would ask them, “Would you say that to your student about math or English?” And they would always sheepishly go, “No.” And I’d say, “Well, be as kind to yourself as you would be to your student.” You know, it takes some patience and nobody’s gonna get it perfect 100 percent of the time. Have I banged my head against the wall trying to solve one tiny little syntax error in my code? Absolutely! But it feels absolutely phenomenal to fix that. And I was an English major in undergrad, and I had never done computer science before. So it’s something that becomes really satisfying.

      Eric Cross (19:07):

      Yeah, I imagine. I had someone—a trainer or a presenter—one time bring up the fact that our students rarely get to see us learn in real time.

      Aryanna Trejo (19:19):

      Yeah.

      Eric Cross (19:19):

      So we don’t get to ever really model failure. I mean, unless we’re in a classroom situation <laughs> in our failures, with classroom management. Then they see it, they see it! But they don’t get to see us model learning failure. And I don’t mean like failure—and yes, I know, “first attempt is learning,” and “no such thing as failure”—that’s not what I’m talking about. But just when we’re not successful with our code, and then we experience real-time frustration.

      Aryanna Trejo (19:42):

      Yep.

      Eric Cross (19:42):

      And they said that is actually a great learning experience for your students to watch you go through productive struggle. And that was really liberating for me. Because now I’m in the classroom, and I’m trying to go through it with my students, and the beautiful thing was, they started helping me. We were all trying to solve the problem. And then we had this authentic problem-solving experience. I think it was like a Scratch program, where we were trying to solve, trying to embed it somewhere, or something. And then, in the background of the class: “Mr. Cross! I got it! I figured it out!” And it was this really neat bonding experience. And I felt that—your ears get red, and you get hot, ’cause you’re not—

      Aryanna Trejo (20:19):

      Oh yeah.

      Eric Cross (20:20):

      You don’t know it! And you’re in front of 36 kids! And I said, “OK, I need to tell them how I feel.”

      Aryanna Trejo (20:25):

      Yeah.

      Eric Cross (20:26):

      So I said, “Now I feel really frustrated.” Like, “I want to go through this, and here’s my thoughts.” ‘Cause I knew that it would be helpful if they saw and would hear my thoughts. So I just did a quick think-aloud and I said, “In my head, <laugh> I want to just quit,” I said, “But I realize that this is the part where my learning’s happening. So I just want you all to hear what’s going on in my brain.” And now I feel like when I’m doing coding with my students, and it’s just basic coding, I feel much more comfortable, like, not knowing. But I needed someone to release me from that “I have to be the expert in everything” to do it.

      Aryanna Trejo (21:06):

      And teachers are used to being the experts. Right? And they should be. And coding is just such a different landscape. But I think once you kind of give over to the power of tinkering, I think it’s really gratifying. I love being able to…you can revise a sentence, and then read your paragraph back to yourself in English, and say, “OK, I get it.” But there’s something so gratifying about changing a line of code or a block and then being able to hit play and watch your program come to life, and say, “Hmm, that’s not quite what I wanted. Let’s try something different.”

      Eric Cross (21:39):

      I love your connection to tinkering. ‘Cause—I had never thought about it—’cause I love tinkering with my hands. But I always think about physical things. But coding is exactly that. It’s tinkering.

      Aryanna Trejo (21:47):

      It’s exactly that.

      Eric Cross (21:47):

      That’s exactly what it is.

      Aryanna Trejo (21:49):

      And a lot of it is, for me, especially when I’m trying something new, it’s guess-and-check. It’s like, “OK, that didn’t work. What if I add a semicolon here? Will it finally work? Or what if I add a ‘for’ loop? Will this get me what I want?” And it’s wonderful because you have that with students as well. Like, you have that record of their thinking, and you can ask them to go step-by-step and tell you, you know, “First, I added this, because I wanted the program to do this,” and so on and so forth. And so you have that record, but you can always get rid of it. Students often wanna get completely get rid of it. That’s something that I’ve noticed a lot as I’ve taught computer science. But, once you can get them to target the specific parts of the program, tinker with that, and continue, that’s a really wonderful learning space. There was also something you said about modeling failure. I love the fact that in computer science you can model failure for your students. You said to your students, “I’m getting frustrated.” I love that, because I never got that in math. Nobody ever showed me what it was like to be frustrated with graphing a parabola. Right? Like, my math teachers were always like, “Doot, doot, doot, here you go, you’re done!” <Laugh> And I would get so frustrated, because it didn’t come that easily to me. And I think there’s two parts to that. So there’s modeling the learning and the thinking and the productive struggle, but also there’s the identity of being a computer scientist and modeling what that looks like. So for me, when I get really frustrated with a program, I walk away. I take five minutes. I take a deep breath. I say, “I’m not gonna think about it in these five minutes.” And I come back to it. And I think once you start teaching computer science, you can facilitate that for students. And there’s so many different strategies that they can pick up. They can pick up rubber ducking, which is where they pick up a rubber duck or a similar object, and they talk to it as if they were a partner and talk through their code. And oftentimes, as you’re rubber ducking, you’re gonna find that error, because you’re explaining it to someone who’s a stand-in for a novice. And rubber ducking is a well-known strategy for computer scientists who make it their career. You know, there’s pair programming. Some students love pair programming; some students hate it. But the students start to build this identity about how they problem-solve. And how they approach failure. And I just love that.

      Eric Cross (24:31):

      I’m writing this down. Because the rubber-ducking strategy, I love. I just imagine my seventh graders, a bunch of 13-year-olds with, like, rubber on the desk. And not necessarily in coding, but I was thinking in my science class. And they’re working through a challenge, and they’re all looking at this duck, and they’re talking to it. But I just love the the idea of externalizing your thought process and talking through it yourself so that you can hopefully arrive at a conclusion. But it’s such a great practice, and this is something that’s been around for a long time, apparently. So.

      Aryanna Trejo (24:59):

      Yeah. Yeah. It’s a real thing. And you know, you can go low-fi. It doesn’t have to be a rubber duck. You can have students talk to their pencils or their imaginary friends. That’s not the issue; the issue is, you know, talking to somebody.

      Eric Cross (25:10):

      I know you support teachers. But I just wanted to…I was just curious about your typical day, what that’s like. And then what you do, how you support ’em.

      Aryanna Trejo (25:15):

      So, at my previous job at 9 Dots, I was in there with the teachers in the classrooms. I was coaching our internal staff who went out to co-teach with teachers. And I loved that. And I had such a great impact on a local scale. But now at Code.org, I have a much broader impact. But I don’t get to interface with—that’s such a tech-y word!—I don’t get to interact with—

      Eric Cross (25:42):

      You work at Code.org! You get to—

      Aryanna Trejo (25:42):

      I know! But I’m a teacher at heart, forever, right? That’s my identity that I forged when I was 22 years old. And a typical day looks like opening up my computer, taking a look at my calendar. I often have meetings to talk about, different things that we’re doing to support our facilitators who go out to our teachers and lead their workshops for them. I recently worked on a product that was designed for CS principles, teachers, to onboard to the course if they weren’t able to get into an in-person workshop. And it’s completely self-paced, so it gives teachers an on-ramp into the course. And now I’m working on some in-person workshop agendas. So I feel really wonderful that my work is going out to thousands of teachers. But at the same time, I really, really miss talking to teachers. Because that’s something that energizes me so much.

      Eric Cross (26:46):

      When should students start learning computer science? I feel like we see it in this kind of narrow lane. Like, this is computer science if you make an app. Can it be more than that? As far as like the benefit of computer science? And—I guess two-part question—when should students, one, start being exposed to it? And then two, what are some of the benefits beyond just, “I wanna just make an app”?

      Aryanna Trejo (27:08):

      I taught coding to kindergartners. It can start as early as you as you want it to. And it doesn’t necessarily need to be on the computer. A lot of students that I worked with didn’t have computers at home, were interacting with computers for the first time. And that’s a huge barrier, of course, to a lot of teachers. But there are so many unplugged lessons that you can do to start to start to have students think about algorithms, which is just a series of steps to complete to solve a problem. As long as a student can use a computer, I think they can do computer science. There are products out there like codeSpark, where students—and Code.org has these products too—where students are moving an avatar around a board, kind of like a quadrant to…you know, they feed the directions to a computer and then the computer enacts it for them. And with that, they can learn algorithms. You know, that is computer science. And a lot of people don’t see it that way, but it really is. And it starts to set students up for more complex thinking as they move on.

      Eric Cross (28:13):

      One of the biggest underserved communities, geographically, are students in rural areas.

      Aryanna Trejo (28:20):

      Yep.

      Eric Cross (28:21):

      They can be reservations; they can be places just not an urban area. Is there a way to serve our communities of students and bring these skills in an unplugged way?

      Aryanna Trejo (28:32):

      Yeah. Yeah. If you typed in “unplugged computer science lessons” to Google, you’ll have a ton of hits. And there are so many students out there—not just in rural areas. But there’s incarcerated students. It hurts my heart to even say those words, but in urban areas too. Like in my classroom, where I only had four desktop computers. Access is a real struggle. And there’s things, like I said, instead of moving an avatar around a grid on the computer, I used to have an actual mat that I would take out to my kindergarten classrooms, lay it out, and it would have a grid on it. And we’d have one of the students act as the avatar and the rest of the students would give them directions to get to a different point on the grid. And there, you’re building an algorithm or just a series of steps. Like I said, it’s not some fancy term to solve a problem. And there’s multiple ways to solve that problem, too. And I think investigating that can be a really good way to stretch those lessons.

      Eric Cross (29:32):

      It almost sounds like an oxymoron, but this low-tech computer science strategy. Develop these skills and then transfer that once you have access to the tools.

      Aryanna Trejo (29:39):

      Yeah. Yeah. Absolutely. And I think it’s a good way for students who need kinesthetic means to start to understand something, or just different learning styles, to start transferring that over.

      Eric Cross (29:53):

      I probably have students in the classroom where those kinesthetic moving things would help be a great way—or WILL be a great way—for them to learn the principles and the fundamentals of coding. Instead of only giving the option to just do the computer, actually giving them some choice. Or giving them a way to be able to manipulate things. We’re still in the system of education that’s still very siloed. It’s been the same way for a hundred years. We got math and then we got science and we got English. I’m wondering, how can a teacher fit this into their daily lessons? And then, do you have any experiences or stories or things that you’ve seen, just really creative ways that you’ve seen teachers incorporate this? Outside the norm of, “This is a computer science class; we’re just gonna code.” But have you seen it branch out? In the trainings that you’ve done?

      Aryanna Trejo (30:40):

      I’ve seen examples of that. I’ve seen a teacher use Scratch to demonstrate different climates of California, and show the different climates. This past year for Hour of Code, my friend Amy—the one who helped me move to 9 Dots and at Code.org—she created this incredible tutorial called Poetry Bot. And it was a way to get students to match the mood of the poem to some of the elements that were happening in the stage. So they would have different backgrounds show up at different parts of the poem. When the words would show up, they would have different sprites show up. They would have, sometimes, sounds. Or the text would show up with different animations. So there are cross-curricular opportunities everywhere, if you can be creative enough to find them, or if you beg, borrow, steal from other educators who are doing this incredible work out there.

      Eric Cross (31:36):

      Yeah. I say this all the time, but I’m an educational DJ, not an MC.

      Aryanna Trejo (31:44):

      Oh yeah.

      Eric Cross (31:45):

      So MCs write their lyrics and DJs remix with things that other people have done.

      Aryanna Trejo (31:48):

      Absolutely.

      Eric Cross (31:48):

      I was like, I’m a DJ. I was like, all day. Sometimes I’ll write a lyric, once or twice, but most of the time I’m remixing things. So teachers, if you’ve been out there and you got an awesome interdisciplinary thing, or you’ve incorporated coding and it’s something that’s traditionally not seen, please send it to us. Share it with us.

      Aryanna Trejo (32:03):

      Yeah. And there are so many different places where you can find that. We have a forum for Code.org, but there’s also CSTA, the Computer Science Teachers Association. You can join your local chapter and get to know other computer science teachers out there.

      Eric Cross (32:19):

      I guess…to wrap up, I’ve been using Scratch programming, the MIT website. My students do the basic animated name, CS First, stuff. But over the years, I’ve noticed that my students are coming in with a higher level of sophistication in Scratch to where now the differentiation…some of my students are just doing very basic…and then I have other students who’ve created full-on video games with complex…like, you look at their Scratch page and it’s just an amazing amount of blocks and integrations and things that they have. Is there anything on Code.org that could be a next step? That takes them beyond, maybe like the visuals? And if so, what would be a good next step, to take students to advance them to another platform? There’s so many coding languages out there, I feel like. Or I might not even be thinking about that the right way.

      Aryanna Trejo (33:20):

      No, I think you are. You know, we have three different curricula out on our website right now. We have CS Fundamentals, which is probably more in line with what you’re talking about. We have a free CS Discoveries curriculum, and that is designed for, grades, I believe, 6 through 10. And that would be a really good entry point, for both teachers and for students.

      Eric Cross (33:44):

      There’s a lot of new stuff that I hadn’t seen yet, a few years ago.

      Aryanna Trejo (33:49):

      Yeah.

      Eric Cross (33:49):

      So I was really excited.

      Aryanna Trejo (33:50):

      One thing that I do know is that CS Discovery has just added an artificial intelligence slash machine-learning unit, that you can just pick up and give to your students. You don’t have to go in order with CS Discoveries, like you do with CS Principles. And I’ve gone through some of those lessons. They are really rad. And I would’ve loved to have learned that when I was in middle school or high school. So yeah, we’re constantly thinking of how we can make things one, relevant to our students, and two relevant to what’s going on in the world.

      Eric Cross (34:20):

      So would I be overselling it if I said, “If you go through this, you’ll be able to create an AI or a neural net to do all your homework”?

      Aryanna Trejo (34:26):

      You would be overselling it.

      Eric Cross (34:27):

      I would be? OK. So what I’ll do is, I’ll wait until the end of the school year, and then introduce it, and then by the time they’ve realized it’s not true, they’ll be eighth graders.

      Aryanna Trejo (34:35):

      There you go. Good old bait-and-switch.

      Eric Cross (34:37):

      You’re amazing. Thank you for serving teachers, and for being part of such a great organization that puts out great stuff. So much free curricula for teachers to be able to use. Especially nowadays we hunt and scour the internet for those types of things. And to be able to bring computer literacy into the classroom, and with your focus of serving communities of underrepresented groups, it feels good to know that not only is it high-quality material, but it’s also trying to raise everyone up. Because ultimately when we have more people trying to solve a common problem, we come up with better solutions. And I was talking to somebody who was a materials engineer somewhere in Europe, and he said one of the things about the U.S., As he was critiquing me on this flight, critiquing the U.S., He said, “One of the things about your country is that you have a heterogeneous group of people who, in a group, when you have multiple perspectives attacking a problem, you come up with more novel solutions.” He says, “That’s one of the great things, is that there’s not necessarily just a hive mind.” And I think that that’s one of the great things. We uplift different communities, and we uplift women, people of color, people who, have backgrounds that parents didn’t go to college but have these amazing qualities and strengths. And we put everybody focusing on the same issue. We come up with novel solutions that we wouldn’t have come up with if only select groups were trying to look at it and solve it. And so—.

      Aryanna Trejo (36:22):

      Yeah.

      Eric Cross (36:23):

      And we couldn’t do that without organizations like yours, that help empower teachers. So.

      Aryanna Trejo (36:27):

      Yeah! You really said it.

      Eric Cross (36:29):

      You’re coming to my classroom when you’re back in San Diego?

      Aryanna Trejo (36:31):

      Yeah! I totally will. Yeah. Let’s make it happen.

      Eric Cross (36:34):

      Last question. If you think back in your schooling, your own schooling, K through college, is there a person or a teacher that had a big impact on you? Or a learning experience that had an impact on you? And it could be, you know, positive or negative. But something that impacted you, even to this day, that stands out to you, that you remember?

      Aryanna Trejo (36:56):

      This is a big diversion from the topics that we’re talking about. But in grades 10 through 12, my drama teacher, Mr. Byler, who I still talk with, was such a huge impression on me. Really wonderful. And I couldn’t tell you the teaching moves that he did that were wonderful. I don’t know much about his management. But I can tell you that he gave me space to be confident, and grow into myself, through drama productions. They were high school productions, so they weren’t amazing. But I just really came into myself in high school, because I had the confidence to get on stage. And he was just such a wonderful mentor to all of us. So, props to Mr. Byler.

      Eric Cross (37:39):

      Shout out to Mr. Byler for creating space for Aryanna to fly! Thanks for making time, after your workday, to talk with us and to share Code.org with teachers.

      Aryanna Trejo (37:54):

      Of course. Happy to.

      Eric Cross (37:59):

      Thanks so much for joining me and Aryanna today. We want to hear more about you. If you have any great lessons or ways to keep student engagement high, please email us at stem@amplify.com. Make sure to click subscribe wherever you listen to podcasts. And join our brand new Facebook group, Science Connections: The Community for some extra content.

      Stay connected!

      Join our community and get new episodes every other Tuesday!

      We’ll also share new and exciting free resources for your classroom every month.

      What Aryanna Trejo says about science

      “I would hear teachers saying things like, ‘Well I just can’t do coding, it’s just too hard for me.’ And I would ask them…Would you say that to your student about math or English? Be as kind to yourself as you would be to your student.”

      – Aryanna Trejo

      Professional Learning Specialist, Code.org

      Meet the guest

      Aryanna is a member of the Code.org Professional Learning Team. Before joining Code.org, Aryanna led computer science professional development for K-6 teachers and served as an instructional coach for new educators. She also taught fourth and fifth grade in New York City and Los Angeles. In her spare time, Aryanna loves taking advantage of the California sunshine, creating wheel-thrown pottery, and hanging out with her dog Lola.

      Person with curly hair smiling, standing in front of a brick wall. Circular frame with decorative star in the corner.

      About Science Connections

      Welcome to Science Connections! Science is changing before our eyes, now more than ever. So…how do we help kids figure that out? We will bring on educators, scientists, and more to discuss the importance of high-quality science instruction. In this episode, hear from our host Eric Cross about his work engaging students as a K-8 science teacher. Listen here!

      Making reading comprehension connections

      A smiling girl in a green shirt sits at a desk with an open book, holding a pencil, highlighting the importance of literacy benchmarks. A yellow background with a book icon is shown behind her.

      Comprehension isn’t just a process, or just a product—it’s both. And connecting reading and understanding is what most teachers are working on every day.

      That fundamental connection was the focus of our recent Science of Reading Webinar Week: Comprehension Connections—Building the Bridge Between Reading and Understanding, a five-day, expert-filled series that unpacked what really drives comprehension, from early decoding to middle school mastery.

      Here’s a quick look at what you’ll learn when you watch—and a few ideas you can use right away.

      Day 1: What Is Reading Comprehension, Anyway?

      Speaker: Susan Lambert, Ed.D., Chief Academic Officer, Literacy, Amplify; Host of Science of Reading: The Podcast

      “Reading comprehension is more than just language comprehension. It’s language comprehension on the page, which makes it much more complex.” — Susan Lambert, Ed.D.

      If you ask ten teachers to define comprehension, you might get twelve answers. Lambert opened the week by grounding everyone in the Science of Reading, including the Simple View of Reading and the Reading Rope. Skilled reading, she reminded viewers, is the result of multiple strands—decoding, language comprehension, and knowledge—woven together over time.

      The takeaway? The most effective approaches don’t teach comprehension strategies—such as “find the main idea”—in isolation. Rather, they connect word recognition to meaning through rich texts, conversation, and writing. Whether you’re teaching second-grade reading comprehension or sixth-grade reading comprehension, students need the same thing: a clear path from sounding out words to making sense of ideas.

      Day 2: Comprehension and Knowledge Building: A Two-Way Street

      Speakers: Sonia Cabell, Ph.D., Sigmon Endowed Professor of Reading Education, Florida State University

      HyeJin Hwang, Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Department of Educational Psychology, University of Minnesota Twin Cities

      “Better background knowledge leads to improved reading comprehension, which in turn enables readers to learn more from text, thereby building additional knowledge.” —HyeJin Hwang, Ph.D.

      In their session, Sonia Cabell and HyeJin Hwang explored one of the clearest findings in reading research: Comprehension and knowledge develop together. Cabell began by explaining how comprehension (including oral language, background knowledge, vocabulary, syntax, and verbal reasoning) forms one of the essential strands of the Reading Rope.

      Students can’t activate knowledge they don’t yet have. Teachers need to help them build it early, and intentionally. Cabell’s research found that integrating literacy and content instruction produced gains in vocabulary and content knowledge.

      Likewise, Hwang’s two large-scale longitudinal studies showed that better knowledge instruction leads to better reading, which leads to even more knowledge. These findings held true across languages and grade levels, underscoring the universal value of content-rich instruction.

      Classroom takeaways:

      • Plan literacy units around connected science or social studies topics to build coherent knowledge.
      • Use content-rich interactive read-alouds with discussion before, during, and after reading.
      • Ask inferential comprehension questions (“Why?” “How?”) that require students to connect ideas using their own words.
      • Encourage quick writing or drawing tasks that help students show what they’ve learned.

      Day 3: Where and How to Measure Comprehension to Drive Improvement

      Speakers: Danielle Damico, Ph.D., Executive Director of Learning Science, Amplify

      Gina Biancarosa, Ed.D., Ann Swindells Chair in Education, University of Oregon

      “Reading comprehension is both a process and a product.” —Danielle Damico, Ph.D.

      Too often, comprehension is measured only as a finished product—how well students answer questions after reading—without revealing how they built understanding along the way. This session explored what comprehension actually involves: reading words accurately, understanding their meaning, applying background knowledge, and making inferences. As researcher Sharon Vaughn, Ph.D., has described, these interconnected skills all work together as students learn to read.

      Biancarosa showed how looking at comprehension as a complex process helps teachers see student thinking in action. She described the major types of inferences—lexical, bridging, gap-filling, and causal—and the importance of understanding how students connect ideas and construct meaning.

      Try this:

      • Treat comprehension as ongoing thinking, not a one-time test score.
      • Use brief think-alouds or class discussions to get a look at how students connect ideas.
      • Match assessments to the precise question you’re trying to answer.
      • Let assessment guide instruction—data should lead directly to next steps.

      Day 4: Comprehension in Middle School: More Important Than Ever

      Speaker: Deb Sabin, Chief Academic Officer, Amplify ELA

      “Writing done right encodes knowledge. And discourse done right gets into the realm of higher-order thinking.” —Deb Sabin

      By the time you’re teaching fourth-grade reading comprehension through sixth-grade reading comprehension, decoding should be automatic. At this stage, the upper strands of the Reading Rope—vocabulary, background knowledge, and syntax—move to the forefront. In this session, Deb Sabin highlighted how comprehension in middle school relies on academic knowledge, disciplinary vocabulary, and structured discourse—and how it truly blossoms when reading, writing, and speaking reinforce one another.

      Classroom moves that help:

      • Pair writing with reading: Even short, text-based responses consolidate knowledge in long-term memory.
      • Use structured discussion (“accountable talk”), where students cite text evidence and build on one another’s ideas.
      • Center rich, grade-level texts that challenge thinking and vocabulary.

      Speaker: Julie A. Van Dyke, Ph.D., Clinical Assistant Professor, Yale University Child Study Center; Research Scientist, Yale-UConn Haskins Global Literacy Hub

      “Teach phonics for decoding. Teach syntax for understanding.” —Julie A. Van Dyke, Ph.D.

      In the final presentation of the series, Julie Van Dyke explored an often-overlooked element of comprehension: syntax—the way words combine to create meaning. Van Dyke argued that syntax is to comprehension what phonics is to decoding.

      She illustrated how the Science of Reading and the Reading Rope locate syntax within the language-comprehension strands—critical to understanding who did what to whom in complex sentences. Explicitly teaching sentence structure helps all learners, including multilingual/English learners, access higher-level meaning.

      Simple practices can make a difference:

      • Have students paraphrase tricky sentences. (Starter question: “Who’s doing the action?”)
      • Pull strong sentences from your class texts to show how structure shapes meaning.
      • Encourage students to mirror those structures in their own writing.

      What linked all five sessions together? The understanding that comprehension develops when teachers connect the code, the language, and the knowledge. Whether students are decoding in second grade or crafting essays in sixth, they thrive when we help them move from reading to understanding—step by step, strand by strand.

      Watch all five on-demand recordings.

      More to explore:

      What’s included

      Along with compelling print materials, powerful digital resources, and more hands-on materials than any other program, Amplify Science California also includes engaging and realistic experiences, access to diverse role models, countless a-ha moments, and the inspiration and confidence to consider a future as a scientist or engineer.

      Choose level

      Year at a glance

      Amplify Science California is organized around units where students explore compelling phenomena and real-world problems, develop and strengthen claims by collecting evidence and testing assumptions, and apply their learning in new contexts.

      Educational curriculum chart showcasing a progression of amplify science lessons from kindergarten to grade 5, categorized by grade and subject areas like plants, animals, weather, and energy.

      Units at a glance

      In each Amplify Science California unit, students are asked to inhabit the role of a scientist or engineer in order to investigate a real-world problem. These problems provide relevant, 21st-century contexts through which students investigate different scientific phenomena.

      An illustration from Needs of Plants and Animals unit

      1

      Needs of Plants and Animals

      Students take on the role of scientists in order to figure out why there have been no monarch caterpillars in the community garden since vegetables were planted. They investigate how plants and animals get what they need to live and grow, and make a new plan for the community garden that provides for the needs of the monarch caterpillars in addition to producing vegetables for humans.

      An illustration from the Pushes and Pulls unit

      2

      Pushes and Pulls

      Students take on the role of pinball machine engineers as they investigate the effects of forces on the motion of an object. They conduct tests in their own prototypes (models) of a pinball machine and use what they learn to contribute to the design of a class pinball machine. Over the course of the unit, students construct a foundational understanding of why things move in different ways.

      Silueta de una estructura de parque infantil contra un cielo azul con nubes y tres soles amarillos.

      3

      Sunlight and Weather

      The principals of Woodland Elementary and Carver Elementary need student weather scientists to help them explain why Woodland’s playground is warmer than Carver’s at recess. Students gather data from models of the sun and Earth’s surface and observe their own playgrounds to figure out how sunlight causes changes in the temperatures of different surfaces. Students then use models to figure out why Woodland’s playground sometimes floods.

      Illustration of sea turtles swimming among seaweed in the ocean, with a large shark in the background.

      1

      Animal and Plant Defenses

      Students play the role of marine scientists. In their role, students apply their understanding of plant and animal defense structures to explain to aquarium visitors how a sea turtle and her offspring can defend themselves from ocean predators when they are released into the wild.

      Dos manos sosteniendo un papel con un dibujo de pirámide y árbol, iluminado por una linterna, proyectando otra sombra de la imagen en la pared.

      2

      Light and Sound

      Students take on the role of light and sound engineers for a puppet show company as they investigate cause and effect relationships to learn about the nature of light and sound. They apply what they learn to design shadow scenery and sound effects for a puppet show.

      An illustration from the Spinning Earth unit

      3

      Spinning Earth

      As sky scientists, students explain why a boy living in a place near them sees different things in the sky than his grandma does when he talks to her on the phone. Students record, organize, and analyze observations of the sun and other sky objects as they look for patterns and make sense of the cycle of daytime and nighttime.

      An elephant standing next to a tree uses its trunk to pick a fruit from a branch while more fruit hangs above.

      1

      Plant and Animal Relationships

      In their role as plant scientists, students work to figure out why there are no new chalta trees growing in the Bengal Tiger Reserve, which is part of a broadleaf forest. Students investigate what the chalta tree needs to survive, then collect and analyze qualitative and quantitative data to solve the mystery.

      A hand holds a red bean on a table, while a wooden stick spreads white glue and scattered beans. Also on the table are a white cup and a yellow pen.

      2

      Properties of Materials

      As glue engineers, students are challenged to create a glue for use at their school that meets a set of design goals. Students present an evidence-based argument for why their glue mixture will be good for their school to use.

      Ilustración de una costa con acantilados, un edificio de centro recreativo con un techo rojo y un letrero, árboles de hoja perenne, una bandera azul y una playa de arena debajo.

      3

      Changing Landforms

      The director of the Oceanside Recreation Center gets a scare when a nearby cliff collapses overnight. Research reveals that the distance between the Recreation Center’s flagpole and the edge of the cliff have changed over time. Students play the role of geologists and work to figure out why the cliff has changed over time. Based on what they learn about erosion, they advise on whether it is safe to keep the center open even though the cliff is changing.

      An illustration from the Balancing Forces unit

      1

      Balancing Forces

      People in Faraday are excited to hear that a new train service will be built for their city, but concerned when they hear that it will be a floating train. Students are challenged to figure out how a floating train works in order to explain it to the citizens of Faraday. They develop models of how the train rises, floats, and then falls back to the track, and then write an explanation of how the train works.

      An illustration from the Inheritance and Traits unit

      2

      Inheritance and Traits

      Students play the role of wildlife biologists working in Greystone National Park. They study two wolf packs and are challenged to figure out why an adopted wolf (“Wolf 44”) in one of the packs has certain traits. Students observe variation between and within different species, investigate inherited traits and those that result from the environment, and explain the origin of several of the adopted wolf’s traits.

      An illustration from the Environments and Survival unit

      3

      Environments and Survival

      In their role as biomimicry engineers, students work to figure out how the traits of grove snails affect their survival in different environments. They then explore how the traits of different organisms make them more likely or less likely to survive, collecting and interpreting data to understand how organisms’ traits affect their survival in different environments. Students then apply their understanding to a new challenge: designing effective solutions for the removal of invasive plants.

      An illustration from the Weather and Climate unit

      4

      Weather and Climate

      In their role as meteorologists, students gather evidence to decide where to build an orangutan reserve by analyzing patterns in weather data. After choosing the strongest evidence, students use data to make arguments about which of three fictional islands has weather most like that of orangutans’ existing habitats, Borneo and Sumatra. They then discern patterns in the locations of natural hazards in order to figure out which ones the Wildlife Protection Organization must prepare for.

      An illustration from the Energy Conversions unit

      1

      Energy Conversions

      Students take on the role of systems engineers for Ergstown, a fictional town that experiences frequent blackouts, and explore reasons why an electrical system can fail. Students apply what they learned as they choose new energy sources and energy converters for the town, then write arguments for why their design choices will make the town’s electrical system more reliable.

      An illustration from the Vision and Light unit

      2

      Inheritance and Traits

      As conservation biologists, students work to figure out why a population of Tokay geckos has decreased since the installation of new highway lights in the rainforest. Students use their understanding of vision, light, and information processing to figure out why an increase in light in the geckos’ habitat is affecting the population.

      An illustration from the Earth's Features unit

      3

      Environments and Survival

      Playing the role of geologists, students help the director of Desert Rocks National Park explain how and when a particular fossil formed and how it came to be in its current location. Students figure out what the environment of the park was like in the past and why it has so many visible rock layers.

      An illustration from the Waves, Energy, and Information unit

      4

      Weather and Climate

      In their role as marine scientists, students work to figure out how mother dolphins communicate with their calves. They write a series of scientific explanations with diagrams to demonstrate their growing understanding of how sound waves travel. Then they apply what they’ve learned about waves, energy, and patterns in communication to figure out how to create patterns that can communicate information over distances.

      An illustration from the Patterns of Earth and Sky unit

      1

      Patterns of Earth and Sky

      Playing the role of astronomers, students help a team of archaeologists figure out what the missing piece of a recently discovered artifact might have depicted. As they learn about the sun and other stars and the movement of Earth, students can explain what is shown on the artifact and what might be on the missing piece.

      An illustration from the Modeling Matter unit

      2

      Modeling Matter

      In their role as food scientists at a fictional company, students are introduced to the idea that all matter is made of particles too small to see, and that each different substance is made of particles (molecules) that are unique. They are then challenged to solve two problems: one requires them to separate a mixture, and the other requires them to make unmixable substances mix. Students are challenged to use the particulate model of matter to explain their work to the CEO of the company.

      An illustration from the Earth System unit

      3

      The Earth System

      The cities of East Ferris and West Ferris are located on different sides of a mountain on the fictional Ferris Island. East Ferris is having a water shortage while West Ferris is not. As water resource engineers, students learn about the Earth system to help figure out what is causing the water shortage problem and design possible solutions, including freshwater collection systems and proposals for using chemical reactions to treat wastewater.

      An illustration from the Ecosystem Restoration unit

      4

      Ecosystem Restoration

      As ecologists, students work to figure out why the organisms in a part of a Costa Rican rainforest ecosystem aren’t growing and thriving. As they solve this problem, students learn more generally how organisms in an ecosystem get the matter and energy they need to survive, and then write a series of restoration plans that include arguments about why the rainforest ecosystem is not thriving and recommend actions to restore its health.

      Print & digital components

      Amplify Science California includes instructional guidance and student materials in English and Spanish for a year of instruction, with lessons and activities that keep students engaged every day.

      Component

      FORMAT

      NEW! Classroom Slides

      Meet your new hands-free TG! These lesson-specific PowerPoints make delivering daily instruction a snap with embedded links to related resources and suggested teacher talk in the Notes section of each slide.

      Digital

      Most adopted curriculum for the NGSS California

      Teacher’s Reference Guide

      Available digitally and in print, this unit-specific reference guide includes scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3-D Statements, detailed lesson plans, and tips for delivering instruction and differentiating learning.

      Print and digital

      Two digital devices displaying educational content, one a tablet showing a green-themed start page, and the other a laptop depicting various science chapters.

      Hands-on materials kits

      Each unit-specific kit contains consumable and nonconsumable materials for use during hands-on investigations. In each kit you will find:

      • Hands-on materials
      • 18 copies of each of the Student Books
      • Big books (grades K–1)
      • Classroom display materials
      • One Student Investigation Notebook

      Kit

      Amplify Science California supports 3-D learning with more materials than any other program.

      NGSS Benchmark Assessments

      Delivered four times per year in grades 3–5 and three times per year in grades 6–8, our benchmark assessments report on students’ facility with each of the grade-level appropriate DCIs, SEPs, CCCs, and performance expectations of the California NGSS.

      And now, Amplify Science California users can choose to administer the NGSS Benchmark Assessments (grades 3–8) through their Illuminate assessment platform.

      *Also available in Spanish

      Digital

      An open laptop displaying a website with a quiz question about geographical changes over time, featuring a series of island maps from different years.

      Component

      FORMAT

      Student Investigation Notebooks

      Available for every unit, the Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

      *Also available in Spanish

      Print and digital

      Two educational books titled "amplifyscience," one in spanish and one in english, featuring illustrations of desert canyon landscapes on the covers.

      Big books (grades K–1)

      Amplify Science California never asks our youngest readers to read alone. Rather, we provide scaffolded literacy experiences every step of the way. With our large-format big books, introducing and revisiting concepts though read-aloud and shared reading experiences is a breeze.

      *Also available in Spanish

      Print

      Two hardcover books titled "maravillas rocas" and "rocky wonders" by amplify science, lying open, showing a continuous desert rock formation across both covers.

      Simulations and practice tools (grades 2+)

      Developed exclusively for the Amplify Science California program, these serve as venues for exploration and data collection, allowing students to explore scientific concepts that might otherwise be invisible or impossible to see with the naked eye.

      *Spanish versions coming soon

      Digital

      A computer screen displays an educational website titled "Earth's Features" with chapters and illustrations of canyons; a printed teacher’s guide is shown beside it.

      Explore more programs

      Our programs are designed to support and complement one another. Learn more about our related programs.

      Top 10 Science of Reading podcasts to get you started

      Since 2019, Science of Reading: The Podcast has delivered the latest insights from researchers and practitioners in early reading. Hosted by Amplify’s Chief Academic Officer Susan Lambert, each episode welcomes a renowned leader in the education and literacy community, explores a timely topic related to the Science of Reading, and offers instructional advice to educators implementing evidence-based practices in their schools.

      New to the podcast? Here are 10 popular episodes to acquaint yourself with the Science of Reading. Listen, enjoy, and subscribe — we have new episodes every other Wednesday!

      S1-E1: Natalie Wexler on “The Knowledge Gap”

      Susan hosts Natalie Wexler for a deep dive into her latest book, The Knowledge Gap: The Hidden Cause of America’s Broken Education System—And How to Fix It, and a discussion of the lack of equity in reading education among students, the benefits of knowledge-rich curriculum inside and beyond the classroom, why it’s important to build background knowledge while teaching foundational skills, and why professional development doesn’t seem to be making a difference and how it can be improved.

      S1-E3: Emily Hanford on reporting on education and the Science of Reading

      Susan sits down with Emily Hanford, education reporter and host of the Education Post podcast, to examine the big takeaways from her experience reporting on dyslexia and the patterns that emerged in her investigation; why reading instruction isn’t more aligned with the Science of Reading; and the evolution of whole language, balanced literacy, and phonics instruction.

      S1-E8: Tim Shanahan on evidence-based literacy practices

      Reading expert Tim Shanahan discusses his view on teaching reading, including an explanation of the four crucial things you need to teach reading, and what it means to really do a “close read” in literature.

      S3-E1: Dr. Jane Oakhill on Scarborough’s Reading Rope

      Dive into the first episode of our Deconstructing the Rope series as Dr. Jane Oakhill, professor of experimental psychology at the University of Sussex, provides an overview of Scarborough’s Reading Rope. She also emphasizes the importance of inferencing in comprehension, why the Simple View of Reading is still relevant almost 40 years later, and how each element of the Rope comes together to deconstruct the complexity of reading.

      S3-E3: Dr. Louisa Moats on decoding

      Join Dr. Louisa Moats, President of Moats Associates Consulting, as she unwinds decoding, a strand of Scarborough’s Reading Rope. In the third episode of our Deconstructing the Rope series, Louisa highlights the significance of decoding in the Science of Reading and discusses the value of becoming students of our own language. She also explains the reciprocal relationship between decoding and encoding and why both are essential to provide effective phonics instruction to children in the classroom.

      S2-E7: Sonia Cabell on research, comprehension, and content-rich literacy instruction

      Join Sonia Cabell, Assistant Professor of Education at Florida State University, as she shares findings from her research trials on content-rich literacy curricula and whether activating students’ background knowledge alongside explicit phonics instruction is more effective than traditional approaches. She also explains what constitutes “compelling evidence” in the Science of Reading and why students need to interact with both written and spoken language while learning to read.

      S3-E5: Dr. Bruce McCandliss on sight recognition

      Join Dr. Bruce McCandliss, Professor at the Graduate School of Education of Stanford University, as he unwinds sight recognition, a strand of Scarborough’s Reading Rope. In the fifth episode of our series, Bruce explains the role of sight and word recognition in the Science of Reading and highlights the importance of the rapid integration of print, speech, and meaning. He also encourages listeners to be cognizant of the ever-changing technological learning environment while nurturing young readers and writers.

      S2-E1: Dr. LaTonya Goffney on a district-wide SoR adoption

      Join Dr. LaTonya Goffney, Superintendent of Schools for Aldine Independent School District in Texas, as she recounts her two-year journey with her team of district educators to adopt a new early literacy curriculum. Hear how they successfully challenged the traditional adoption process, studied the science of teaching reading, analyzed student data and experiences, and developed a district-wide set of beliefs and expectations.

      S3-E7: Maria Murray on The Reading League’s Defining Movement

      In this special episode, Dr. Maria Murray, President, and CEO of The Reading League analyze the intricacies of literacy instruction and shares common misconceptions that educators have about the Science of Reading. She also explains why the Science of Reading: A Defining Movement coalition was founded: the belief in a clear understanding of what the Science of Reading is and what it is not, in order to promote the proper use of instructional practices aligned with its findings.

      Language comprehension: Building mental models

      ©Alexander Huth / The Regents of the University of California

      Throughout this five-part series, we will cover the main components of the Science of Reading (SoR) and provide additional resources and research to guide your exploration and implementation of this important movement.

      Say you’re given a passage of text to read. This particular paragraph describes half an inning of a made-up baseball game.

      After you read the passage, you are asked to reenact the scene.

      Which is more likely to aid your success?

      A. Your ability to read

      B. Your knowledge of baseball

      C. It makes no difference

      Would you be surprised to know the answer is actually B?

      In part one of our series, “What is the Science of Reading anyway?,” we discussed the two main components of the Science of Reading: decoding (converting written words into speech) and language comprehension (understanding that speech). We also provided in-depth coverage of both learning and teaching how to decode the symbols of the English alphabet and strengthen the reading muscle.

      LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION

      In 1988, two young researchers and 64 students took part in an experiment that has forever changed how we think about reading and comprehension. One by one, the students were handed the same story covering half an inning of a made-up baseball game and asked to reenact it.

      To the researchers’ surprise, they found that reading ability had little impact on how well kids understood the story—but knowledge of baseball did. In fact, students who were weak readers did as well as strong readers if they had knowledge of baseball.

      Teaching knowledge explicitly improves reading comprehension. As Willingham has said, “Reading tests are knowledge tests in disguise.”

      Researchers at the Haskins Lab at Yale tested this theory and found an extraordinarily high correlation between how well a 7-to-9-year-old child can recognize words and how well they comprehend text.

      Common teaching mistake — Strategy instruction

      So if reading comprehension is driven by a student’s vocabulary and knowledge, are widely taught strategies like finding the main idea equally critical?

      Many strategies make intuitive sense: Stopping and re-reading when comprehension breaks down, for instance, is helpful for many children. But teaching the main idea strategy over and over is less helpful.

      It is hard to find the main idea of a piece of writing if you don’t really understand any of the ideas in it. And even if you know a strategy — like re-reading when stuck — you also need to be well-versed in when to apply the strategy. You need to notice that you didn’t understand the text.

      Often, strategy instruction neglects to offer students practice with identifying the situations in which they should use the strategy.

      In the 1940s, a skills shift began to take place in education systems throughout the world. Its effects can be traced in the U.K., Sweden, Germany, and, most recently, France. This shift brought an emphasis on reading and math, squeezing out the broader knowledge taught in the sciences and social sciences. Some have linked the decline in standardized test scores—the SAT in the U.S. and the DEPP national exam in France—to this shift.

      The National Survey of Science and Mathematics Education reported that today, classes in grades K–3 spend just 19 minutes per day on science and 16 minutes per day on social science.

      To counter this loss of broader knowledge in our students, research suggests that we teach comprehension strategies in moderation and use the freed-up time to build knowledge (and vocabulary).

      But simply exposing students to everyday speech doesn’t build a strong vocabulary. In a typical conversation, there are around 20 unusual words—such as dismayed or zeal—per 1000 words. Newspapers and books contain more than twice as many. Rich vocabulary, then, is gained not solely through speech, but through reading. Rich vocabulary, then, is gained not solely through speech, but through reading—especially when reading a variety of text types.

      Mental models

      Some readers with good word recognition, vocabulary, and knowledge are still weak comprehenders. Why might this be the case?

      After students read a passage, they aren’t likely to recall the precise wording, but they will probably remember the ideas. Researchers use the term mental model to describe the structure you create in your mind to perform this feat of comprehension. Think of the process of building a mental model as a sort of micro-comprehension. Weak comprehenders build poor models. Hence, when asked prediction or mapping character development questions, they answer poorly.

      There are four critical skills students need to improve their mental modeling:

      1. Decoding the usage of anaphoras (she, they, him). Some early readers can’t reliably figure out who the pronoun is referring to, especially in ambiguous text.
      2. Understanding the use of markers to signal ways that the text fits together — connectives, (like so, though, whenever) structure cues, and directions. Inexperienced readers may not know that but, though, yet, and however signal that something opposite follows.
      3. Writers make assumptions about what can be left unstated. For instance, when they read “Carla forgot her umbrella and got very wet today,” good readers will use their prior knowledge to conclude that it rained. Weaker readers who fail to make these gap-filling inferences wind up with gaps in their mental model.
      4. When something doesn’t make sense, you stop, re-read, and try to figure it out. Weaker readers just keep going—not because they’ve failed to figure it out, but because they’ve failed to notice that they don’t understand. They need explicit instruction in monitoring comprehension as they read.

      Overview

      Think of reading as a suitcase that you need two keys to open. The first key is word-level decoding, a skill that becomes automatic and fluent. The second key is language, vocabulary, and domain-specific knowledge. The more words you can decode, the more new words — and their meanings — you can learn. Similarly, the more knowledge you have on a topic, the more you can soak up on the same topic — and on related topics.

      These two keys make up the Science of Reading. When schools focus heavily on one key or the other, the suitcase doesn’t open. So now the greater task of applying this knowledge in the classroom awaits us.

      For more in-depth examples, brain scans, and information about the Science of Reading, download our free primer:

      Science of Reading – Make the Shift Today

      National Reading Month: Making reading in elementary schools fun

      Happy National Reading Month!

      Of course, every month is reading month—and every day is reading day!

      But March makes National Reading Month official, and we’d like to help you celebrate.

      • Brain Builders” is an animated video series you can share with your students to help them understand what the brain does in order to read—placing reading science in the hands (and brains!) of students.

      Your kids will join Minh on his journey as his babysitter, Tamara, helps him cultivate a love for reading—while also learning a bit of cognitive science. The series includes 13 episodes that you won’t want to miss!

      • Reading Buddies” makes learning to read fun (with the help of a talking dog, of course). Created by a pair of performers during the COVID-19 quarantine, the show became a smash hit when The Reading League came on to help it grow.

      The series is based on the Science of Reading—but that’s not why students like it! They get to follow and practice along with Dusty the Dog as his person, Dott, teaches him to read. All the while, the kids are learning the underlying components of skillful word reading such as phonological awareness, letter names/sounds, and blending sounds.

      And for a little good old-fashioned coloring, we’ve also created this literary reference sheet for your students to bring alive with their own imaginations.

      We hope you enjoy celebrating your kids’ brains and creativity!

      More to read and learn

      From Amplify’s Science of Reading: The Podcast:

      Find out how “Reading Buddies” came to be (and managed to outpace “Sesame Street”)!

      Meet Margaret Goldberg, co-founder of The Right to Read Project, to get her take on Brain Builders and the importance of the comprehension strand of the Science of Reading.

      Request a free sample of CKLA.

      Brain Builders video series

      Brain Builders is an animated video series you can share with your students to help them understand what the brain does in order to read–the first time the Science of Reading has been placed in the hands of students.  Join Minh on his journey as his babysitter, Tamara, helps him cultivate a love for reading and understanding the Science of Reading. Series includes 13 episodes you don’t want to miss!

      Illustration of a stylized brain surrounded by various colorful icons representing gears, atoms, and a ship's wheel, emphasizing the science of reading, with the word "amplify" underneath.
      Girl shares her love for reading with a boy.

      Episode 1

      Reading: Why Though?

      Watch now

      Boy is introduced to the importance of written language.

      Episode 2

      How to Travel Through Time

      Watch now

      Animated image of a man in a boat, startled by a large whale surfacing from the ocean, with the phrase "learning to read" written in large red letters.

      Episode 3

      Spelling: Weird? Or not weird?

      Watch now

      Boy learns the importance of understanding words and what they mean in sentences.

      Episode 4

      The Origin of my Reading Brain

      Watch now

      Boy learns that words have patterns that can give clues to define an unknown word.

      Episode 5

      Why Some Words Look Weird

      Watch now

      Illustration showing text "she drives a big train" with a woman driving a red train, a man with glasses, and a smiling girl with yellow hair and red glasses learning to read.

      Episode 6

      Speed: Is There a Need?

      Watch now

      Boy is introduced to sight words.

      Episode 7

      Every Word Wants to be a Sight Word When it Grows Up

      Watch now

      Boy and girl read together at book club.

      Episode 8

      Fluency, and What Stuff Means

      Watch now

      Girl gives a presentation.

      Episode 9

      How to Learn More Words!

      Watch now

      Animated characters from "Summer Camp Island" standing in a colorful room with quirky decorations and a rocket ship door, focused on learning to read.

      Episode 10

      How to Be at Home in New Worlds!

      Watch now

      Boy learns the importance of understanding what you read.

      Episode 11

      Reading is Thinking

      Watch now

      Boy reflects on his journey as a reader and what he has learned about the Science of Reading.

      Episode 12

      Reading: Here’s Why!

      Watch now

      Girl gives a presentation.

      Episode 13

      Summary

      Watch now

      Ways to use Brain Builders

      • Start the week by playing one for your whole class!
      • Binge them as a reward one Friday afternoon!
      • Share this link to parents and caregivers!

      Learn more about Amplify literacy solutions

      Learn more

      NYC Solves Regents Prep A1

      Hello NYC high school math educators!

      Welcome to Amplify Desmos Math NYC Solves Regents Prep A1. This sequence of lessons is specifically designed for students who passed Algebra 1 in eighth grade but did not pass the NYS Regents exam in June. The instructional resources are accessed through the Amplify Desmos Math platform, affording students a highly engaging experience to prepare them for the January administration of the Regents by reinforcing conceptual understanding.

      On this site, you’ll find a variety of resources to guide you in learning more about the course and how to get started.

      Ready to jump in? This quick start guide will help you take the first steps to get started. Remember to use your NYCDOE email for access. 

      Laptop displaying a math website called Desmos Math 6–A1, featuring an interactive exercise involving a sketch of a car and graphs.
      amplify math middle schoolers in classroom

      About Amplify Desmos Math

      Amplify Desmos Math 6–A1 is based on the highly rated IM K–12™ curricula from Illustrative Mathematics, with extensive enhancements that include teacher supports, interactivity, assessments, and reporting.

      The program is aligned with the expectations outlined in the New York City Department of Education Definition of Culturally Responsive-Sustaining Education and the New York State Culturally Responsive-Sustaining Education Framework.

      Download the CR-SE alignment.

      Your NYC Solves Regents Prep A1 course uses key lessons and activities from Amplify Desmos Math to prepare students for the A1 Regents.

      NYC webinar series

      Figuring out how to implement a problem-based learning approach to mathematics can be fun—and challenging. Rest assured that you will not be alone on this journey. Amplify will be by your side every step of the way. Our back-to-school math webinar series for K–8 administrators and teachers:

      • Introduces the new NYC Solves initiative.
      • Establishes the foundation for all educators to effectively understand and implement the NYCPS Shifts in Mathematics in their classrooms.
      • Provides an overview of Amplify Desmos Math, the pre-approved NYCPS curriculum chosen to ensure every school can successfully implement these math shifts and is supported with high-level, tailored professional development and coaching throughout the process.

      Please see the specific webinars and the recordings below to learn more!

      On-demand webinar 1
      [Aug. 29 and Sept. 3, 2024]

      Would you like to learn more about the NYCPS Shifts in Mathematics and enhance your understanding of each of the five shifts?

      Explore how the NYCPS math shifts are transforming mathematics education from a procedural approach to a more engaging, discoverable, and connected learning experience.

      Listen to the Understanding the NYCPS Shifts in Mathematics session recording.

      On-demand webinar 2
      [Sept. 10 and Sept. 12, 2024]

      Let’s unpack the why, what, and how to unlock every student’s mathematical mind and build math proficiency for life! In this webinar, we discuss the power of teaching our children to be skilled mathematicians through a structured approach to problem solving

      Listen to the Unlocking Mathematical Minds: A Structured Approach to Problem-Based Learning session recording.

      On-demand webinar 3
      [Sept. 17 and Sept. 19, 2024]

      For some educators, transitioning to problem-based learning might seem daunting. There is often concern that its open-ended nature could derail students from achieving mathematical goals. However, by finding the right balance between open-ended opportunities and structured classroom activities, students can be encouraged to share their thinking while meeting key learning targets. Uncover simple shifts that educators can implement to foster open-ended student thinking while maintaining focus on mathematical instructional goals.

      Listen to the Making the Shift to Problem-Based Learning session recording.

      Live webinar 4
      [Oct. 1 and Oct. 3, 2024]

      Learn More and Experience Amplify Desmos Math LIVE, an NYCPS Approved Math Curricula.

      This is the final session of the series. Amplify Desmos Math New York K–A1 is math that motivates! During this session, you’ll experience a Grade 6 lesson that captures the essence of NYC Solves.

      Choose from two convenient times and register below:

      Program features to know

      Screenshot of an educational module titled "Balloon Float" on Desmos Classroom. It focuses on proportional relationships with tables and lists goals related to quantities, patterns, and numerical relationships.

      Desmos Classroom digital lessons

      Digital lessons should be powerful in their ability to surface student thinking and spark interesting and productive discussions. We’ve joined forces with Desmos Classroom to bring this vision to life with a complete library of interactive, collaborative lessons.

      A screenshot of an educational software showing a turtle race. Users write equations for four turtles to determine their speed. Lane 4 is empty, waiting for an equation to be written. Graph and table included.

      Engaging student experience

      Relevant content and interactive math tools create an intuitive and engaging student experience. Plus, working together in real-time allows students to see that communicating their ideas and learning from each other are important parts of math class.

      Laptop screen displaying an illustrative mathematics pattern on a grid in a graphics editing software interface, with annotations and tool icons visible.

      Visibility into student thinking

      Imagine having more visibility into your students’ mathematical thinking. Now imagine students have access to this same information. With our collaborative lesson interface and teacher dashboard, students stay engaged. What’s more, they have visibility into the thinking of their peers—exposing them to a wider variety of approaches to solving the same problem.

      A screenshot displays a Pizza Maker educational tool. Four pizzas are shown, and a question about oven temperature for multiple pizzas is posed. Various student responses are visible below.

      Ready-to-teach lessons

      The two tracks for scope and sequence include ready-to-teach lessons to prepare students for the A1 Regents. Lessons come complete with slides, step-by-step teaching notes, suggested student and teacher responses, tips for incorporating instructional routines, support for developing mathematical language, and links to useful resources. Teachers can also control what slides students see, giving teachers the ability to control the pace of the lesson to suit the needs of the class.

      Planning for instruction

      To start using the program quickly in your classroom, check out the following onboarding videos, guide, and planning resources. They cover what you need to know to get going fast.

      Amplify Desmos Math Regents Prep Course Session I

      NYC Solves Regents Prep A1 is customized specifically to meet the needs of students in ninth grade preparing for the Algebra 1 Regents exam. Within each document below, you’ll find the scope and sequence with course structure and lessons.

      Screenshot of an educational website's dashboard, displaying colorful banners for math 6, math 7, math 8, and algebra 1 courses under the featured collections section.

      Logging in to access the program

      Login instructions:

      Questions? Check out this Tech FAQ for more information.

      Additional support:

      A desktop screen displaying various educational graphs and charts, including trajectory and bar graphs, with icons and text details related to Desmos math lessons.

      Lesson Sampler

      Amplify Desmos Math delivers the instructional power of student-centered learning in a lesson format that’s teacher-friendly and manageable.

      With easy-to-follow instructional support, implementing a problem-based program is effective and enjoyable for both you and your students. Paired with the Desmos Classroom digital experience, math class becomes fun and dynamic, with plenty of opportunities for students to talk through their reasoning, work with their peers, and gain new understanding.

      Cover of "Amplify Desmos Math, Algebra 1, Teacher Edition" depicting students interacting with mathematical graphs and geometric shapes in a futuristic setting.

      Algebra 1 [A1] Teacher Edition Sampler

      LEARN MORE 

      A math worksheet titled "Working Backwards" featuring a warm-up exercise involving a number machine, with a table to complete for different values of x and an illustration of machine operations.

      Algebra 1 [A1] Student Edition Sampler

      LEARN MORE 

      Additional features

      Universal design

      Every student is brilliant, and every student has brilliant mathematical ideas worth sharing and cultivating. Incorporating principles of Universal Design for Learning (UDL) into lessons brings students’ brilliance to the forefront. UDL is a research-based framework designed to ensure that all learners can access and participate in meaningful, challenging learning opportunities.

      A feedback form with two questions, "How well did you understand the math in this lesson?" and "How did you feel about learning math in this lesson?" with corresponding emoji options for responses, perfectly complements the New York Math curriculum.

      Diversity and representation

      Helping students develop strong, healthy, and flexible math identities is a cornerstone of our program. Throughout the curriculum, students are taught that they themselves are mathematicians, that today’s math has been shaped by a diverse range of mathematicians who deserve to be celebrated, and that learning is never finished.

      Illustration of a laptop displaying various colorful icons and graphics representing diverse professions and historical figures on its screen, emphasizing illustrative mathematics and desmos math concepts through its displayed content.

      Assessments

      Less exciting, but essential for learning: assessments. Amplify Desmos Math features a robust variety of formative and summative assessments, including readiness checks, exit tickets, quizzes, end-of-unit tests, and benchmarks aligned with New York State Next Generation Mathematics Learning Standards.

      Illustration of a laptop displaying various colorful icons and graphics representing diverse professions and historical figures on its screen, emphasizing illustrative mathematics and desmos math concepts through its displayed content.

      Reporting

      Not only do our reports reveal progress toward standard mastery, they also include details on how students performed against the standard in the past and how many encounters are yet to come. This feature alone helps teachers prioritize instruction and intervene with additional resources when necessary.

      A computer screen displays a New York math skills tracking interface, highlighting standard 6.EE.C.9, with progress indicators and a class average score of 74% shown in a yellow pie chart.

      Looking for help?

      Throughout your implementation, you can reach our support team by live chat, phone, or email Monday through Friday,
      7 a.m. to 7 p.m. ET.

      • Chat: Click the orange icon while logged in to get immediate help.
      • Phone: Call our dedicated support line for NYCPS (888) 960-0380.
      • Email: Send an email to help@amplify.com. In the message body, please include your name and question. Provide as much detail as possible, so we can help you find a solution.
      A laptop screen displays an educational curriculum interface with a list of core units and colorful illustrated unit tiles for sixth grade ELA.

      Prepare Professional Development (PD)

      Learning experiences to prepare for literacy and math instructional shifts

      The following literacy and math sessions can help any educator—regardless of the program used—enhance their instructional practices.

      • Science of Reading sessions offering research-backed strategies to deepen understanding and improve student outcomes.
      • Problem-based approach to math sessions that empower educators to facilitate meaningful learning experiences and develop critical thinking skills.
      • Multiliterate learner sessions enable educators to make a meaningful impact on students’ literacy development.
      Two women are seated at a table with laptops and papers, engaging in a discussion about program implementation in a classroom or meeting setting.

      Professional learning journey

      Four connected circular icons illustrating a business process: idea generation, planning, execution, and achievement, depicted with relevant symbols.
      Prepare Begin Practice Advance
      Learning sessions will help shift literacy and math instruction in areas such as the Science of Reading and/or problem-based approaches to math. Program-aligned packages will support those who are new to Amplify programs. Program-aligned packages will support those who have experience using Amplify programs. Offerings will support advanced implementation, build capacity for instructional leaders, certify in-house trainers to deliver Launch sessions, and more.
      “Gain the literacy knowledge and skills you need to thrive and help your students thrive. Through these sessions, you’ll understand typical literacy development and how to describe and address literacy difficulties.”

      —Susan Lambert, Chief Academic Officer, Elementary Humanities

      Host, Science of Reading: The Podcast

      Science of Reading learning experiences

      Listening to students read is magic. But knowing how to get them reading? That’s science.

      Making the shift to the Science of Reading is no small feat, but participating in professional development sessions can help you make this change seamlessly.

      Amplify Science of Reading sessions offer flexible, professional learning experiences for teachers that incorporate engaging activities grounded in what science tells us about literacy development.

      Two women smiling and looking at a laptop in a classroom. One woman is wearing a striped shirt and the other a black top. Classroom decor is visible in the background.

      Build your knowledge of the Science of Reading

      Virtual | 90-minute session

      This introductory session provides educators with a foundational overview of what the Science of Reading means and what it tells us about how to teach using evidence-based reading practices.

      Participants will learn to:

      • Define the Science of Reading by examining evidence-based research.
      • Explain how two frameworks, the Simple View of Reading and the Reading Rope, work in tandem to guide effective literacy instruction.
      • Identify instructional principles aligned to the Science of Reading.
      Three people stand in front of a whiteboard with colorful sticky notes, engaging in professional development for teachers as they discuss ideas and collaborate using a tablet and a laptop.

      Deepen your knowledge of the Science of Reading

      On-site or virtual | 3-hour session

      This session will build a base of common knowledge about the Reading Rope and support educators in identifying effective instruction grounded in the Science of Reading.

      Participants will learn to:

      • Identify the strands in the Reading Rope.
      • Describe how each strand plays an important role in developing skilled readers and writers.
      • Identify key look-fors in effective Science of Reading instruction.

      Science of Reading: The Learning Lab online course

      This series of three self-paced online courses, crafted by literacy expert Susan Lambert and built around International Dyslexia Association (IDA) Knowledge and Practice Standards, guides you through the essential Science of Reading skills and knowledge needed to teach students to read proficiently, as well as advanced strategies for aiding struggling readers. Each course builds on the last, equipping you with the tools and confidence to make a lasting impact on your students’ literacy journeys.

      Benefit from flexible learning on an interactive platform spanning 20–25 hours of instruction. Each course is accessible for 12 months. Upon completion, you’ll be provided with a downloadable certificate, validating your new expertise in the Science of Reading.

      A boy kneels and reads a book near stacked books, while a girl stands with folded arms; both observe a mobile with colorful shapes and letters, reflecting elements of classroom instruction inspired by the Science of Reading.

      Foundations to the Science of Reading

      This course offers a comprehensive overview of research in the field. Each of the eight modules contains three lessons covering the foundations of literacy acquisition.

      Explore the scope and sequence of Foundations to the Science of Reading with a  Pacing Guide.

      Access the free Preview Pass for this course.

      A child points at large outlined letters on a board with a pointer stick, next to a stack of books—capturing an engaging moment in classroom instruction.

      Advanced topics in the Science of Reading: Assessment and reading difficulties

      The second course is aimed at providing an in-depth examination of assessments, a deeper understanding of reading difficulties, and familiarity with pertinent legal frameworks for educators, all of which influence instructional decision-making.

      Explore the scope and sequence of Advanced topics in the Science of Reading with our Pacing Guide

      Access the free Preview Pass for this course.

      Three people in lab coats stand around a lab table with test tubes and a flask, engaging in classroom instruction as they discuss and gesture to each other.

      Coming soon!
      Applied structured literacy

      The final course in the series is designed to review key concepts and knowledge from previous coursework, explore fundamental aspects of structured literacy within lessons, observe and analyze structured literacy instruction in action, and investigate how data informs instructional decisions.

      [Available June 2025]

      “Amplify’s Science of Reading online course builds background knowledge on how students read, then goes deeper to give you strategies that correlate with current research that can be implemented into your classroom right away. The course opened my thinking to new ways of teaching and I can’t wait to try it with students! If you want to walk away feeling successful with helping kids read, take this course! ”

      Allie Appel

      Coach, WI

      New

      Supporting multiliterate learner sessions

      Unlock the magic of teaching multiliterate learners with evidence-based literacy practices. Making the shift to effectively support diverse readers in multiple languages is no small feat, but our professional development sessions are here to guide you effortlessly.

      Empower your teaching with these engaging sessions, and make a meaningful impact on your multiliterate students’ literacy development.

      Two children are seated at a small table in a classroom. Engaged in classroom instruction, the girl is writing in a notebook while the boy reads a book. Colorful storage bins are visible in the background, enhancing the learning environment

      Build your knowledge of multiliterate learners

      Virtual | 90-minute session

      This session provides educators with a foundational overview of how to teach multiliterate learners using evidence-based literacy practices.

      Contact us to request a quote.

      A young boy in a striped shirt sits at a desk, focused on writing in a notebook with a pencil. Surrounding him are classroom supplies and papers, exemplifying the effective program implementation strategies from professional learning sessions.

      Deepen your knowledge of multiliterate learners

      On-site or virtual | 3-hour session

      This session will build an understanding of how the brain learns to read in multiple languages, as well as how to leverage cross-linguistic transfer, and align instruction to best practices for multiliterate learners.

      Contact us to request a quote.

      Problem-based approach to math instruction sessions

      Elevate educational experiences by placing students’ ideas at the core of math lessons through problem-based learning. These sessions offer flexible professional learning experiences, allowing you to gain firsthand experience with a problem-based approach as a learner. You then learn to integrate this approach seamlessly into your teaching practices, bringing renewed energy to your math classroom.

      A woman sits indoors, smiling while using a tablet. Wearing a blue lanyard and casual clothing, she appears engaged in professional learning; the background shows blurred people and chairs.

      Build your knowledge of a problem-based approach

      Virtual | 90-minute session

      This session provides you with a foundational overview of what an engaging problem-based approach in math entails for K–5 students.

      During this session you’ll learn to:

      • Explain how a problem-based approach to math brings delight to both teaching and learning and builds lasting student understanding.
      • Identify actionable strategies for using a problem-based approach in a math classroom.

      Contact us to request a quote.

      Deepen your knowledge of a problem-based approach

      On-site or virtual | 3-hour session

      This session provides you with hands-on experience facilitating problem-solving in math, leaving you with an increased understanding of how to teach conceptual understanding, procedural skill and fluency, and applications of math.

      During this session you’ll learn to:

      • Explain how a problem-based approach to math brings delight to both teaching and learning and builds lasting student understanding.
      • Identify actionable strategies for using a problem-based approach in a math classroom.
      • Connect your current teaching practice to a problem-based approach, and choose a next step to implement a more problem-based approach.

      Contact us to request a quote.

      Get in touch with a PD expert

      We’re here to provide answers and guidance as you explore your PD options. Fill out the form to connect with us and discover how Amplify PD can enhance your educational journey.

      Prepare Professional Development (PD)

      Learning experiences to prepare for literacy and math instructional shifts

      The following literacy and math sessions are designed to support all educators—regardless of the program used—in enhancing their instructional practices.

      • Sessions devoted to Science of Reading offer research-based strategies to deepen understanding that support students’ reading development.
      • Sessions focusing on a problem-based approach to math empower educators to facilitate meaningful learning experiences and foster critical thinking skills in their students.
      • Sessions supporting multilingual/English learners enable educators to make a meaningful impact on students’ multiliteracy development.
      An open book with stars on the left and a math-themed scene with numbers and shapes on the right, separated by a circular sync icon in the center.

      Professional learning journey

      Four circular icons in sequence—a lightbulb, pencil, whiteboard, and podium—are linked by arrows, illustrating professional learning steps ideal for professional development for teachers or Science of Reading initiatives.
      Prepare
      Begin
      Practice
      Advance
      Learning sessions will help shift literacy and math instruction in areas such as the Science of Reading and/or problem-based approaches to math. Program-aligned packages will support those who are new to Amplify programs. Program-aligned packages will support those who have experience using Amplify programs. Offerings will support advanced implementation, build capacity for instructional leaders, certify in-house trainers to deliver Launch sessions, and more.
      “Gain the literacy knowledge and skills you need to thrive and help your students thrive. Through these sessions, you’ll understand typical literacy development and how to describe and address literacy difficulties.”

      —Susan Lambert, Chief Academic Officer, Elementary Humanities

      Host, Science of Reading: The Podcast

      Science of Reading learning experiences

      Listening to students read is magic. But knowing how to get them reading? That’s science.

      Making the shift to the Science of Reading is no small feat, but participating in professional development sessions can help you make this change seamlessly.

      Amplify Science of Reading sessions offer flexible professional learning experiences for teachers that incorporate engaging activities grounded in what science tells us about literacy development.

      A chart outlining nine Science of Reading principles is shown, with a note to prepare for a virtual session and an estimated time of 90 minutes.

      Build your knowledge of the Science of Reading

      Virtual | 90-minute session

      This introductory session provides educators with a foundational overview of what the Science of Reading means and what it tells us about how to teach using evidence-based reading practices.

      Participants will learn to:

      • Define the Science of Reading by examining evidence-based research.
      • Explain how two frameworks, the Simple View of Reading and the Reading Rope, work in tandem to guide effective literacy instruction.
      • Identify instructional principles aligned to the Science of Reading.
      A graphic outlines elements of early reading, showing how skills like vocabulary and reasoning support language comprehension and word recognition; “3 hours” is noted for session duration.

      Deepen your knowledge of the Science of Reading

      On-site or virtual | 3-hour session

      This session will build a base of common knowledge about the Reading Rope and support educators in identifying effective instruction grounded in the Science of Reading.

      Participants will learn to:

      • Identify the strands in the Reading Rope.
      • Describe how each strand plays an important role in developing skilled readers and writers.
      • Identify key look-fors in effective Science of Reading instruction.

      Science of Reading: The Learning Lab online courses

      This series of three self-paced online courses, crafted by literacy expert Susan Lambert and built around International Dyslexia Association (IDA) Knowledge and Practice Standards, guides you through the essential Science of Reading skills and knowledge needed to teach students to read proficiently, as well as advanced strategies for aiding struggling readers. Each course builds on the last, equipping you with the tools and confidence to make a lasting impact on your students’ literacy journeys.

      Benefit from flexible learning on an interactive platform—each course spans 25–30 hours of instruction and is accessible for 12 months. Upon completion, you’ll be provided with a downloadable certificate, validating your new expertise in the Science of Reading.

      A boy kneels and reads a book near stacked books, while a girl stands with folded arms; both observe a mobile with colorful shapes and letters, reflecting elements of classroom instruction inspired by the Science of Reading.

      Foundations to the Science of Reading

      This course offers a comprehensive overview of research in the field. Each of the eight modules contains three lessons covering the foundations of literacy acquisition.

      Explore the scope and sequence of Foundations to the Science of Reading with a  Pacing Guide.

      Access the free Preview Pass for this course.

      A child points at large outlined letters on a board with a pointer stick, next to a stack of books—capturing an engaging moment in classroom instruction.

      Advanced topics in the Science of Reading: Assessment and reading difficulties

      The second course is aimed at providing an in-depth examination of assessments, a deeper understanding of reading difficulties, and familiarity with pertinent legal frameworks for educators, all of which influence instructional decision-making.

      Explore the scope and sequence of Advanced topics in the Science of Reading with our Pacing Guide

      Access the free Preview Pass for this course.

      Three people in lab coats stand around a lab table with test tubes and a flask, engaging in classroom instruction as they discuss and gesture to each other.

      Applied structured literacy

      The final course in the series is designed to review key concepts and knowledge from previous coursework, explore fundamental aspects of structured literacy within lessons, observe and analyze structured literacy instruction in action, and investigate how data informs instructional decisions.

      Explore the scope and sequence of Applied structured literacy with our Pacing Guide.

      Access the free Preview Pass for this course.

      “Amplify’s Science of Reading online course builds background knowledge on how students read, then goes deeper to give you strategies that correlate with current research that can be implemented into your classroom right away. The course opened my thinking to new ways of teaching and I can’t wait to try it with students! If you want to walk away feeling successful with helping kids read, take this course! ”

      Allie Appel

      Coach, WI

      Sessions supporting multiliterate learners

      Unlock the magic of teaching multiliterate learners with evidence-based literacy practices. Making the shift to effectively support diverse readers in multiple languages is no small feat, but our professional development sessions are here to guide you effortlessly.

      Empower your teaching with these engaging sessions, and make a meaningful impact on your multiliterate students’ literacy development.

      Graphic showing speech bubbles with "Hello!" and "¡Hola!" and text reading "Prepare: Virtual session" and "90 minutes.

      Build your knowledge of multilingual/English learners

      Virtual | 90-minute session

      This session provides educators with a foundational overview of how to teach multiliterate learners using evidence-based literacy practices.

      Contact us to request a quote.

      Graphic showing text bubbles with "¡Hola!" and "Hello!" and a note indicating to prepare for an on-site or virtual session lasting 3 hours.

      Deepen your knowledge of multilingual/English learners

      On-site or virtual | 3-hour session

      This session will build an understanding of how the brain learns to read in multiple languages, as well as how to leverage cross-linguistic transfer and align instruction to best practices for multiliterate learners.

      Contact us to request a quote.

      Sessions focusing on a problem-based approach to math instruction

      Elevate educational experiences by placing students’ ideas at the core of math lessons through problem-based learning. These sessions offer flexible professional learning experiences, allowing you to gain firsthand experience with a problem-based approach as a learner. You then learn to integrate this approach seamlessly into your teaching practices, bringing renewed energy to your math classroom.

      A graphic showing steps for a virtual learning session: Warm-Up, Activities, Synthesis, and Reinforce, with a progress bar and "90 minutes" indicated.

      Build your knowledge of a problem-based approach for grades K–5 or 6–8

      Virtual | 90-minute session

      This session provides you with a foundational overview of what an engaging problem-based approach in math entails.

      During this session you’ll learn to:

      • Explain how a problem-based approach to math brings delight to both teaching and learning and builds lasting student understanding.
      • Identify actionable strategies for using a problem-based approach in a math classroom.

      Contact us to request a quote.

      Screenshot of a math practice activity showing an equation with blocks, a table to fill in values, and a note indicating a 3-hour preparation for on-site or virtual sessions.

      Deepen your knowledge of a problem-based approach for grades K–5 or 6–8

      On-site or virtual | 3-hour session

      This session provides you with hands-on experience facilitating problem-solving in math, leaving you with an increased understanding of how to teach conceptual understanding, procedural skill and fluency, and applications of math.

      During this session you’ll learn to:

      • Explain how a problem-based approach to math brings delight to both teaching and learning and builds lasting student understanding.
      • Identify actionable strategies for using a problem-based approach in a math classroom.
      • Connect your current teaching practice to a problem-based approach, and choose a next step to implement a more problem-based approach.

      Contact us to request a quote.

      Get in touch with a PD expert

      Educator Spotlight Series: The Power-Ups of Student Engagement

      Educator Spotlight Series: Phenomena-Driven Science Instruction

      Educator Spotlight Series: Enhancing the Remote Learning Experience

      Educator Spotlight Series: Adapting to Your Changing Classroom

      Educator Spotlight Series: Creating Community Connections

      Educator Spotlight Series: Literacy Integration and Differentiation

      Science of Reading professional development for Maine educators

      Hello, Maine educators,

      We’re excited to be part of your Science of Reading journey!

      The following professional learning sessions are designed to support all educators—regardless of the program used—in enhancing their instructional practices. These Science of Reading courses offer research-based strategies to deepen understanding that supports students’ reading development. All are approved by the Maine Department of Education.

      Two women are seated at a table with laptops and papers, engaging in a discussion about program implementation in a classroom or meeting setting.
      Two women smiling and looking at a laptop in a classroom. One woman is wearing a striped shirt and the other a black top. Classroom decor is visible in the background.

      Build your knowledge of the Science of Reading

      Virtual | 90-minute session

      This introductory session provides educators with a foundational overview of what the Science of Reading means and what it tells us about how to use evidence-based reading practices in the classroom.

      Participants will learn to:

      • Define the Science of Reading, examining evidence-based research.
      • Explain how two frameworks, the Simple View of Reading and the Reading Rope, work in tandem to guide effective literacy instruction.
      • Identify instructional principles aligned to the Science of Reading.

      Deepen your knowledge of the Science of Reading

      On-site or virtual | 3-hour session

      This session will build a base of common knowledge about the Reading Rope and support educators in identifying effective instruction grounded in the Science of Reading.

      Participants will learn to:

      • Identify the strands in the Reading Rope.
      • Describe how each strand plays an important role in developing skilled readers and writers.
      • Identify key look-fors in effective Science of Reading instruction.
      Three people stand in front of a whiteboard with colorful sticky notes, engaging in professional development for teachers as they discuss ideas and collaborate using a tablet and a laptop.
      Three adults, two women and one man, engage in professional development for teachers using computers in a library setting.

      Science of Reading: The Learning Lab online courses

      This series of three self-paced online courses, crafted by literacy expert Susan Lambert and built around the International Dyslexia Association (IDA)’s Knowledge and Practice Standards, guides you through the essential Science of Reading knowledge and skills needed to teach students to read proficiently; the series also offers advanced strategies for aiding struggling readers. Each course builds on the last, equipping you with the tools and confidence to make a lasting impact on your students’ literacy journeys.

      Benefit from flexible learning on an interactive platform. Each course spans 20 to 25 hours of instruction and is accessible for 12 months. Upon completion, you’ll receive a downloadable certificate, validating your expertise in the Science of Reading.

      Contact us

      Support is always available. Our team is dedicated to helping you every step of the way. Contact your dedicated representative here for program access, samples, and additional information.

      Ali Weis

      Lead Account Executive,
      Northern Northeast
      Email: aweis@amplify.com
      Phone: (480) 510-6703

      A woman with straight blonde hair wearing a green sweater stands outdoors, smiling at the camera with a blurred natural background.

      Ready to learn more?

      Fill out this form, and we’ll be in touch with you shortly.

      A curiosity-driven K–8 science curriculum

      Amplify Science is a K–8 phenomena-based science curriculum that blends hands-on investigations, literacy-rich activities, and interactive digital tools. The result? Elementary and middle school students who think, read, write, and argue like real scientists.

      Amplify Science for grades K–8 has been rated all green by EdReports.

      Explore a unit
      A teacher and three students explore a science tool in a classroom, highlighting the elementary school science curriculum, with icons of an avocado, Earth in space, and an EdReports Review Year 2023 badge.

      Our approach

      Each unit of Amplify Science engages all learners in a relevant, real-world problem where they assume the role of a scientist to investigate scientific phenomena, engage in collaboration and discussion, and develop models or explanations to arrive at solutions.

      A research-backed approach to 3D learning

      The research-based Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize instructional approach—developed by UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science—provides students with multiple opportunities and modalities with which to access science instruction. Independent research proves that this model of learning benefits all learners, and our efficacy research shows improved student achievement.

      Explore our research and success stories

      Students take on roles of scientists and engineers.

      In each unit, students take on the role of a scientist or engineer to investigate a realistic problem. These problems provide relevant contexts through which students investigate real-world phenomena that are seamlessly integrated throughout the unit. By positioning students as engineers or scientists, they are actively engaged in designing innovative solutions and making sense of the world around them.

      EXPLORE OUR PHENOMENA AT GRADES K–5

      EXPLORE OUR PHENOMENA AT GRADES 6–8

      Two children wearing safety goggles conduct a science experiment, pouring liquid from one beaker into another over a blue tray on a table.
      Two girls sit at a table smiling and playing with colorful modeling clay and clear containers against a light blue background.

      Authentic 3D learning brought to life

      Amplify Science integrates the NGSS—and state standards based on them—not just at a surface level, but throughout every lesson of the unit. Students engage with science and engineering practices, figure out disciplinary core ideas, and make connections when they apply Crosscutting Concepts across thoughtfully structured, multimodal lessons.

      See it in action

      Developed by science education experts

      Amplify Science was developed by The Lawrence Hall of Science at UC Berkeley in partnership with Amplify. It reflects state-of-the-art practices in science teaching and learning, which lays the foundation for our high quality instructional materials (HQIM).

      Children climb on a large DNA double helix sculpture outside The Lawrence Hall of Science, with the building and fountains visible in the background.

      A flexible, blended program

      Amplify Science includes hands-on activities, print materials, and powerful digital tools to support online and offline teaching and learning. Highly adaptable and user-friendly, the program gives schools and individual teachers flexibility based on their technology resources and preferences.

      Explore the digital experience

      Teach science confidently, with Amplify PD expertise.

      Amplify professional development (PD) connects you with dedicated learning specialists who become genuine partners in your teaching journey. Our in-house experts work closely with your grade K–5 and 6–8 teams to understand your unique classroom needs and provide ongoing support that adapts as you grow. Choose from flexible sessions—on-site, virtual, or hybrid—to build teacher confidence, strengthen instruction, and keep student curiosity thriving—all backed by our commitment to your long-term success.

      Children climb on a large DNA double helix sculpture outside The Lawrence Hall of Science, with the building and fountains visible in the background.

      What’s included

      Our flexible resources work seamlessly together.

      A middle school science textbook cover sits beside an open laptop displaying a digital unit overview for "Spinning Earth: Investigating Patterns in the Sky" from Amplify Science.

      Teacher’s Guides

      Available digitally and in print, the Teacher’s Guides contain all of the information teachers need to facilitate classroom instruction, including:

      • Detailed lesson plans.
      • Unit and chapter overview documentation.
      • Differentiation strategies.
      • Standards alignments.
      • In-context professional development.
      Explore the world of middle school science with Amplify Science investigation notebooks, featuring captivating titles like "Balancing Forces: Investigating Floating Trains" and "Properties of Matter.

      Student Investigation Notebooks

      Available for every unit, the Student Investigation Notebooks provide space for students to:

      • Record data.
      • Reflect on ideas from texts and investigations.
      • Construct explanations and arguments.
      Five educational science books with captivating covers explore fascinating topics like magnets, plants, biomimicry, and geological wonders. Perfect for middle school science enthusiasts, this series complements Amplify Science's engaging curriculum.

      Student Books

      Age-appropriate Student Books allow students to:

      • Engage with content-rich texts.
      • Obtain evidence.
      • Develop research and close-reading skills.
      • Construct arguments and explanations.
      Explore the digital farming simulation interface, perfect for middle school science classes with Amplify Science integration. Watch plant growth stages, water flow graphics, and detailed soil analysis come to life on tablet and computer screens.

      Simulations and Modeling Tools

      Developed exclusively for the Amplify Science program, these engaging digital tools:

      • Serve as venues for exploration.
      • Enable data collection.
      • Allow students to explore scientific concepts.
      • Show what might be impossible to see with the naked eye.
      Discover the wonders of Amplify Science with a pegboard, rubber bands, and a ball. Perfect for middle school science enthusiasts, this set also includes an electronic component with wires and clips, complemented by three containers filled with intriguing powders.

      Hands-on materials kits

      Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science. Each unit kit contains:

      • Consumable and non-consumable hands-on materials.
      • Print classroom display materials.
      • Premium print materials for student use (sorting cards, maps, etc.).
      A laptop displaying an educational webpage titled "Geology on Mars" sits next to an "Investigation Notebook" graphic, perfect for Amplify Science lessons in middle school science.

      Teacher’s Guides

      Available digitally and in print, the Teacher’s Guides contain all of the information teachers need to facilitate classroom instruction, including:

      • Detailed lesson plans.
      • Unit and chapter overview documentation.
      • Differentiation strategies.
      • Standards alignments.
      • In-context professional development.
      Five middle school science books from the Amplify Science series, including "Matter and Energy in Ecosystems" and "Introduction: From Silk." Each cover showcases unique images like landscapes and spiders, engaging young minds with captivating visuals.

      Student Investigation Notebooks

      Available for every unit, the Student Investigation Notebooks provide space for students to:

      • Record data.
      • Reflect on ideas from texts and investigations.
      • Construct explanations and arguments.

      Available with full-color article compilations for middle school units

      Discover the wonders of Amplify Science with a pegboard, rubber bands, and a ball. Perfect for middle school science enthusiasts, this set also includes an electronic component with wires and clips, complemented by three containers filled with intriguing powders.

      Hands-on materials kits

      Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science. Each unit kit contains:

      • Consumable and non-consumable hands-on materials.
      • Print classroom display materials.
      • Premium print materials for student use (sorting cards, maps, etc.).
      Three computer screens display data visualizations: two show charts with colored markers, and one shows percentages with color-coded grids. This setup provides an engaging way to explore middle school science concepts, making it easier for students to visually comprehend data.

      Digital student experience

      Students access the digital simulations and Modeling Tools, as well as lesson activities and assessments, through the digital student experience. Students can interact with the digital student experience as they:

      • Conduct hands-on investigations.
      • Engage in active reading and writing activities.
      • Participate in discussions.
      • Record observations.
      • Craft end-of-unit scientific arguments.
      On a laptop screen, a chart titled "After Overfishing in Northern Benguela" showcases a three-circle Venn diagram, reminiscent of lessons from middle school science. In the background, a document featuring an individual in a lab coat and glasses adds to the scholarly scene, evoking elements of Amplify Science curriculum.

      Science articles

      The middle school science articles serve as sources for evidence collection and were authored by science and literacy experts at the Lawrence Hall of Science.

      Ready to learn more?

      Fill out this form and we’ll be in touch soon.

      What educators say

      “Just looking through the Amplify Science curriculum, I’m wishing I could go back in time and learn these concepts with these resources! I love that Amplify is more focused on diving deeper into fewer concepts over the year, rather than grazing the surface of more topics.”

      Lizzie

      Middle school teacher, KIPP charter network Hear from teachers

      What educators say

      “In using this program, I have seen that my students are completely engaged and are able to visualize models of concepts using the simulations that they otherwise would not be able to visualize. The program is not about rote memory of facts—rather, it addresses the bigger picture and assesses a deeper understanding of science concepts.”

      Julie

      Science teacher, Georgia Hear from teachers

      What educators say

      “The engineering units are engaging and really helped me better understand the new standards. I love being able to walk around and talk to students as they explore solutions, make claims, and reason with their peers.”

      Karla

      Science teacher, California Hear from teachers

      Read more Amplify Science success stories.

      Hear from teachers

      Explore more programs.

      Our programs are designed to support and complement one another. Learn more about our related programs.

      Winter Wrap-Up 03: Ideas to build math fluency

      Promotional graphic for "Math Teacher Lounge" episode featuring Valerie Henry, Ed.D., on ideas to build math fluency, with a photo of Valerie Henry in the bottom right corner.

      Join us for the third episode in our Winter Wrap-Up! In this episode from season 3 of Math Teacher Lounge: The Podcast, we sit down with Dr. Valerie Henry to talk about math fluency and what that means for students. Listen as we dig into the research, hear Val’s three-part definition of fluency, and explore her five principles for developing it.

      Explore more from Math Teacher Lounge by visiting our main page

      Download Transcript

      Dan Meyer (00:03)

      Hey folks. Welcome back. This is Math Teacher Lounge, and I am one of your hosts, Dan Meyer.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (00:07):

      And I’m your other host, Bethany Lockhart Johnson. Hi, Dan.

      Dan Meyer (00:11):

      Hey, great to see you. We have a big one this week to chat about and some fantastic guests. We are chatting about fluency, which is the sort of word and concept that I feel like people have very, very non-neutral associations with it. A lot of them are very negative, for a lot of people.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (00:26):

      I saw you frown a little. What’s up with that, Dan? You kind of, like, shrank.

      Dan Meyer (00:30):

      I have strong feelings about it. You know, there’s lots of ways that people go about helping people become fluent in mathematics. And a lot of them are harmful for students, and ineffective. And it got me thinking about fluency as it exists outside of the world of mathematics, where we have a lot of very clear images of it. We’re getting fluent in things all the time. Like, as humans. Human development is the story of fluency. And I just was wondering….Bethany, would you describe yourself as fluent at something outside of the world of mathematics? What is that? How’d you get fluent at it? What was the process?

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (01:05):

      Hmm, I think I’m a pretty fluent reader. I read all the time. I’m a happier person if I’ve read that day. I once saw this poster in a classroom; it said “10 Ways to Become a Better Reader: Read, Read, Read, Read, Read…you know, 10 times. Get it? Reading? You get better at reading by reading! So I would say reading. And it’s been kind of cool—I have a one-year-old who, it’s been really exciting slash overwhelmingly anxiety-producing to see him get very fluent with walking slash running, ’cause he’s getting faster every day. And it’s kind of fun. When I think of what’s something somebody’s trying to get fluent with…walking! He’s trying to be more fluid. He’s practicing transitions. He doesn’t wanna hold my hand while he traverses rocky terrain. He’s getting better at it. He’s practicing. What about you? What’s something…?

      Dan Meyer (02:08):

      I think about driving a lot. I’m a very fluent driver and I think a lot about when I was first a driver, you know? And how l have my hands on 10 and 2, vice grip, and do not talk to me; do not ask me anything; don’t ask me my NAME. I need to focus so hard. And then a year later, you know, I’m driving with one hand, smash the turn signal, take a sip off of whatever, change the CD. And then it’s no big deal.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (02:38):

      Wait, did you pass the first time? Your test?

      Dan Meyer (02:40):

      Yeah, I don’t like to brag about it. <laugh> But I do all the time. <laugh> But I got a hundred on my driving test. I don’t care who knows it. And I hope it’s everybody. But I guess all of this is just to say there are areas of life where fluency feels natural, with the case of walking. There’s areas of life where fluency feels motivating, with like driving—I wanna be able to switch the CD out or whatever. And there’s areas where fluency feels terrifying and hard to come by, like mathematics, sometimes. So we have a set of guests here. Our first guest will help us figure out what do we mean by fluency? And what’s the research say about what fluency is and how students develop it in mathematics? And then our other guests will help us think about what it looks like in practice in the classroom. What are some novel, new ways to work on fluency? So first up we have Val Henry, Dr. Val Henry.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (03:32):

      So we knew we needed help with the fluency definition, because when we think about it, it’s kind of big, right? And we wanted to look at what research about fluency really says. So we called on Valerie Henry. Val is a nationally board-certified teacher, taught middle school for 17 years, and since 2002 has worked with undergraduates graduates, credential candidates as a lecturer at the University of California, Irvine, one of my alma maters. So after doing her dissertation on addition and subtraction fluency in first grade, Val created a project to study ways to build addition and subtraction and multiplication and division fluency while also developing number sense in algebraic thinking. And the pilot grew and grew over the last 18 years into a powerful daily mini-lesson approach to facts fluency called FactsWise. And when we thought of fluency, the first person I thought of was Val. Welcome, Val Henry, to the Lounge! I’m so excited to have you here. Welcome.

      Valerie Henry (04:36):

      Thanks, Bethany. And thanks to you, Dan. It’s great to be here today.

      Dan Meyer (04:41):

      Great to have you; help yourself to whatever you find in the fridge. The names that people write down on those things in the bags are just recommendations. It’s potluck-style here. I’m curious, Val, if you’re, like, on an airplane, someone asks you what you do, and you say you study fluency…what is the layperson’s definition of what does it mean to be fluent in mathematics? And if you can give a brief tour through what the research says about what works and what doesn’t that would really help us orient our conversation here.

      Valerie Henry (05:12):

      The first thing I have to do when I talk to somebody on a plane is define the idea of fluency. And I often use an example of tying your shoelaces. Because that works with first graders as well as adults. This idea that when we first start trying to put our shoes on and get those shoelaces tied, somebody tries to, first of all, just do it for us. But then of course maybe tries to teach us the bunny-ears approach. And we struggle and struggle as little kids and eventually either the bunny-ears approach or something else starts to work for us. But we still have to pay attention to it. We have to think hard and it’s not easy. And then over time we get to the point where we basically don’t even think about it. When I tie my shoes in the morning. I’m not thinking about right-over-left and left-over-right and all of those things. I just do it. And so that’s a good, easy example of becoming fluent with something. I think what we’re talking about today though, is the basics, the adding and subtracting that we hope kids are going to have mastered maybe by second grade, and the multiplication and division facts that we wanna maybe have mastered by third, maybe fourth grade. So now what does that mean to become fluent with those basics? I have a three-part definition that seems to match up really nicely with the common core approach to fluency. Which is, first of all, we want the answers to be correct. And then second, we want the answers to be easy to know. And so what does that mean? Well, to me, it means without needing to count,

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (07:12):

      You mean without having to kind of muscle through it? Or say more about you mean.

      Valerie Henry (07:16):

      Well, I guess what I mean is that when you watch a young child try and solve something even as simple as two plus three, they might put up two fingers and then go 3, 4, 5 with three more fingers winding up on their hand, one or the other of their hands. While they’re doing that, they don’t really have a sense of whether even their answer is right or not, quite often. Especially when you get to the larger adding and subtracting problems, you can see a lot of errors happening as they’re trying to count. And it’s taking up cognitive energy to do that counting process, especially as you get to the larger quantities. So my definition of fluency now is “getting it right without needing to do that hard work like counting.” Now, some people might say, well, we just want them to have ’em memorized. But in my research, I’ve learned that a lot of very fluid adults don’t always have every fact memorized. In fact, if you ask a room full of adults, what’s seven plus nine, you might learn that they can all get it correct quickly, quickly…but they don’t all have it memorized. And so when you ask them, “How did you get that?” Many of them will say, “Well, I just gave one from the 7 to the 9 and I know that 10 plus 6 is 16.”

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (08:53):

      That’s such an important distinction. My brain literally just did that actually!

      Valerie Henry (08:58):

      <laugh> Right? <laugh> But you’re fluid with it, because it doesn’t take you much cognitive energy at all.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (09:05):

      Right.

      Valerie Henry (09:07):

      So now we have “correct without needing to put that cognitive energy,” which usually means that you’re counting. And then the third thing is “relatively quickly,” so that you’re not spending 15 seconds trying to figure it out. Even that part-whole strategy approach can be done really quickly, almost instantaneously. Or it can take a long time. So if a student can get the answer correct within, you know, three or four seconds— is I’m pretty generous—I figure that they’re pretty darn fluent with that fact. So that’s my three-part definition of these basics, fluency.

      Dan Meyer (09:55):

      I love the distinction between getting it correct and getting it quick. It’s possible to be quick with wrong answers. It’s possible to be like, “Those are separate components there.” And I echo Bethany’s appreciation for this third option in between knowing it instantaneously through memorization and muscling through it. But there’s like a continuum there of how much energy it took you to come up with it that all feels extremely helpful.

      Valerie Henry (10:21):

      And you know, one of the things that I’ve noticed is that when kids are pressured to come up with those instantaneous answers, they often default to guessing and get it wrong.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (10:30):

      Mm, yeah.

      Valerie Henry (10:30):

      So that’s one of the things that I’ve learned is that as we’re trying to help students develop fluency, it’s important to start with building their conceptual understanding of what it means to do, you know, 3 times 9 and what the correct answer is, maybe using manipulatives or representations of some sort. Not skip-counting! I really have found that skip-counting just perpetuates itself in many students’ minds and that they never stop skip-counting, which means they’re putting in not very much mental energy if it’s 2 times 3 but a ton of mental energy if it’s 7 times 8. Because frankly, it’s really hard to skip count by sevens. And by eights.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (11:18):

      I can get to 14 and then I’m like, wait, wait, what was next? Right? No, no, no…21! What do you feel are some misconceptions that maybe teachers, maybe parents have about fluency in math?

      Valerie Henry (11:30):

      I think maybe one of the first ones is that if students count or skip-count, their answers repetitively over and over and over and over, that they’re bound to memorize them. And the study that I did back in 2004, I actually had a school that had decided that they were going to do time tests with their students every day, all year. And that undoubtedly by the end of the year, those students would be fluent.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (12:06):

      And to clarify by time test, you mean like, sit down, pencil, paper, ready, go, worksheet kind of thing.

      Valerie Henry (12:15):

      Yes.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (12:16):

      Some of us might remember quite vividly.

      Valerie Henry (12:18):

      <laugh> Very vividly. And you know, you have to get it done within a certain amount of time. So they made it fun for the students. Apparently the students enjoyed it. I was a little leery about that, but in the end, when I went and checked on the students and I did one-on-one assessments with half of the students in every class that were randomly selected so that I could get a sense of where they were with their fluency—and these were first graders—they basically had nothing memorized. They were simply counting as fast as they possibly could. And, you know, mostly getting the right answers. But they had not memorized. So that’s one of the myths, I think, is that repetitive practice of counting gets you to memorization.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (13:10):

      If I put it in front of you enough times, you’ll become fluent.

      Valerie Henry (13:14):

      Right, right. Now these students didn’t really get any instruction, any help learning these. They just simply tested over and over and over. So that’s another thing that I think is a misconception. It’s that if we test students, but don’t really teach them fluency, then they’re going to become fluent. If we just test them every Friday or that kind of thing. And that they’ll learn them at home. But really what that means is a few lucky kids who have parents who have the time and the energy and the background to know how to help will take that job on at home. Not that many students are really that fortunate.

      Dan Meyer (14:01):

      It’s almost like the traditional approach, or the approach you’re describing, confuses process and product. It says, “Well, the product is that eventually fluent students will be able to do something like this, see these problems and answer them, answer them quickly,” and says, “Well, that must be the process then as well; let’s give them that products a whole lot.” But as I hear you describe fluency with bunny ears on shoelaces, there’s these images and approaches and techniques that require a very active teacher presence to support the development of it. That’s just kind of interesting to me.

      Valerie Henry (14:35):

      My initial project, the pilot project that I tried, was to simply ask teachers to follow five key principles. And the first one was to do something in the classroom every day for—I told them, even if you’ve only got five or 10 minutes, work on fluency for five or 10 minutes a day, and let’s see what happens. So that was one key element was just to teach it and to give students opportunities to get what the research calls for when you’re trying to memorize, which is actually immediate feedback. When I talk about immediate feedback with my student teachers, I say, “I’m talking about within one or two seconds of trying a problem, and then sort of immediately knowing, getting feedback of whether you got the answer right or not so that your brain can kind of gain that confidence. ‘Oh, not only did I come up with an answer, but somebody’s telling me it’s the correct answer.’”

      Dan Meyer (15:38):

      There’s a lot of apps now in the digital world that offer students questions about arithmetic or other kinds of mathematical concepts and give immediate feedback of a sort: the feedback of “You’re right; you’re wrong” sort. Is that effective fluency development, in your view?

      Valerie Henry (15:57):

      I haven’t heard and I haven’t seen them being super-effective. The ways I think about this are “Immediate feedback isn’t the only thing we need.” Probably one of the biggest things that we need is for students to develop strategies. And this is one of the other things I’ve learned from international research, from countries that do have students who become very fluent very early, is that they don’t shoot straight for memorization, but they go through this process of taking students from doing some counting and then quickly moving them to trying to use logic. So, “Hey, you really are confident that 2 + 2 is 4; so now let’s use that to think about 2 + 3.” Actually, as an algebra teacher, I would much rather have students that have a combination of memorization and these strategies, than students who’ve only memorized. Isn’t that interesting that my most successful algebra students were good strategy thinkers. Not just good memorizers.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (17:09):

      So you mentioned there were five that kind of helped root this idea in like, “What can teachers do? What is the best thing that teachers can do to support with fact fluency?” So, everyday was key.

      Valerie Henry (17:22):

      Then the next principle that I really focus on is switching immediately to the connected subtractions so that students—

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (17:33):

      Not waiting until you’ve gotten all the way through addition. But making “Ooh!”

      Valerie Henry (17:38):

      Totally. And I didn’t do that the first year. And when we looked at the results of the assessments at the end of the year, we realized that our students were so much weaker in subtraction than addition. So the following pilot year, we tried this other approach of doing subtraction right after the students had developed some fluency with that small chunk of addition. And we got such better subtraction results.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (18:11):

      What are the other principles?

      Valerie Henry (18:13):

      The biggest one is to use these strategies. So the strategies makes the third. And then the fourth I would say is to go from concrete to representational to abstract.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (18:27):

      Don’t put away those manipulatives. Don’t put away those tools.

      Valerie Henry (18:31):

      Oh, so important to come back to them for multiplication and division. And my fifth principle is to wait on assessment. To use it as true assessment, but not race to start testing before students have had a chance to go through this three-phase process. Which is conceptual understanding with manipulatives; building strategies, usually with representations; and then working on building some speed until it’s just that natural fluency.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (19:07):

      I wanna say thank you so much for offering your really learned perspective, because you have not only done the research, but seen it in action and seen how shifting our notions of fluency and what fluency can be and what a powerful foundation it can be for all mathematicians. Really, that shift is so powerful. And I appreciate you sharing it with our listeners and with us. So we’re so excited that we got to talk with you today, Val—

      Dan Meyer (19:35):

      Thank you, Dr. Henry.

      Valerie Henry (19:37):

      You’re welcome!

      Dan Meyer (19:41):

      With us now we have Graham Fletcher and Tracy Zager, a couple of people who understand fluency at a very deep and classroom level. I wanna introduce them and get their perspective on what we’re trying to solve here with fluency. So Graham Fletcher has served in education in a lot of different roles: as a classroom teacher, math coach, math specialist, and he’s continually seeking new and innovative ways to support students and teachers in their development of conceptual understanding in elementary math. He’s the author, along with Tracy, of Building Fact Fluency, a fluency kit we’ll talk about, and openly shares so much of his wisdom and resources at gfletchy.com. Tracy Johnson Zager is a district math coach who loves to get teachers hooked on listening to kids’ mathematical ideas. She is a co-author of this toolkit, Building Fact Fluency, and the author of Becoming the Math Teacher You Wish You’d Had: Ideas and Strategies from Vibrant Classrooms. Tracy also edits professional books for teachers at Stenhouse Publishers, including, yours truly. Thank you for all that insight, Tracy, and support on the book.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (20:49):

      Dan and I were talking at the beginning of the episode about things we feel like, “Hey, I’m fluent in that. I’m fluent in that.”

      Dan Meyer (20:55):

      Just very curious: What’s something you would like to get fluent in outside of the world of mathematics, let’s say?

      Tracy Zager (21:00):

      I’ll say understanding the teenage brain, as the parent of a 13-year-old and 15-year-old. That’s the main thing I’m working on becoming fluent in!

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (21:10):

      Ooh!

      Dan Meyer (21:13):

      A language fluency, perhaps. All right, Graham. How about you?

      Graham Fletcher (21:16):

      For me typing, it’s always been an Achilles heel of mine. So voice-to-text has been my friend. But it’s also been my nemesis in much of my texting here and working virtually over the last couple years. So yeah, typing.

      Dan Meyer (21:33):

      Do you folks have some way of helping us understand the difference in how fluency is handled by instructors and by learners?

      Tracy Zager (21:40):

      I would say that the lay meaning of fluency is definitely a little different than what we mean in the math education realm. When we’re talking about math fact fluency, which is just one type of fluency. So you gotta think about procedural fluency and computational fluency; there are lots of types of fluency in math. And Graham and I had the luxury of really focusing in specifically on math fact fluency. We’re looking at kind of a subset of the procedural fluency. So the words you hear in all the citations are accurate, efficient, and flexible. There’s this combination of kids get the right answer in a reasonable amount of time and with a reasonable amount of work and they can match their strategy or their approach to the situation. That’s where that flexibility comes in. And there’s like lots more I wanna say about that about sort of…I think one issue that comes up around fluency is that people are in a little bit of a rush. So they tend to think of the fluency as this automaticity or recall of known facts without having to think about it. And that is part of the end goal, but that’s not the journey to fluency. So this is one of the things that Graham and I thought about a lot was the path to fluency. The goal here it’s that student in middle school who’s learning something new doesn’t have to expend any effort to gather that fact. And they might do it because they’ve done it so many different ways that they’ve got it, and now they just know it, or they might be like my friend who’s a mathematician who still, if you say, “Six times 8,” she thinks in her head, “Twelve, 24, 48…” and she does this double-double-double associative property strategy. And it’s so efficient, you would never know. And that’s totally great. That’s fine. That’s not slowing her down. That’s not providing a drag in the middle of a more complex problem or new learning. So we’re really focused on having elementary school students be able to enter the middle and high school standards without having that pull out of the new thinking.

      Graham Fletcher (23:53):

      And as I think about that, I think about how so many students will memorize their facts, but then they haven’t memorized them with understanding. So that when they move into middle school and they move into high school, it’s almost like new knowledge and new understanding that’s applied from a stand-alone skill.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (24:10):

      So something that felt really unique to me, Graham, as I was diving into the toolkit, is your use of images, Tracy, Graham, is the way that you use images to help students notice and wonder to start making sense of these quantities and the decomposition of numbers using images. Can you talk a little bit about how images played a part in the way that you think about this building a fact fluency?

      Graham Fletcher (24:41):

      What I realized is so many times when we approach math with just naked numbers with so many of our elementary students, the numbers aren’t visible. The quantities. They can’t see them; they can’t move them. They’re just those squiggly figures that we were talking about earlier on. So how is it that we make the quantities visible, to where students feel as if they can grab an apple and move it around? Because a lot of times we start with the naked numbers and then if kids don’t get the naked numbers, then we kind of backfill it. But what would happen if we start with the images? And then from there, these rich, flourishing mathematical conversations develop from the images. And I think that was the premise and the goal of the toolkit.

      Tracy Zager (25:22):

      When you look at how fact fluency has traditionally been taught, it’s all naked numbers. And sometimes we wrote ’em sideways. Like, that’s it. That was our variety of task type. Right? Sometimes it’s vertical; sometimes it’s horizontal. And that was it. And I’ve just known way too many kids who couldn’t find a hook to hang their hat on with that. It didn’t connect to anything. And so part of why I knew Graham was the perfect person for this project was his strength in multimedia photography, art, video. And so we started from this idea of contexts that for each lesson string in the toolkit, there’s some kind of context. An everyday object, arranged in some kind of a way that reveals mathematical structure and invites students to notice the properties. So we start with images of everyday objects: tennis balls, paint pots…um, help me out; here are a million of them. Crayons—

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (26:18):

      Crayons, markers.

      Tracy Zager (26:18):

      Shoes, right? Sushi, origami paper, all kinds of things in the different toolkits. So there’s a series of images or a three-act task or both around those everyday objects, and then story problems grounded in that context. And then there are images with mathematical tools that bring out different ideas, but relate in some way to the image talks. And we do all of that before we get to the naked number talk. Which we do, and by the time you get to the number talk, it’s pretty quick, ’cause they’ve been reasoning about cups of lemonade. And now when you give them the actual numerals, they’re all over it.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (27:03):

      I have to say too, as somebody who—particularly in middle school—navigated math anxiety, we recently talked with Allison Hintz and Anthony Smith about their amazing book Mathematizing Children’s Literature.

      Tracy Zager (27:14):

      Yay!

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (27:14):

      And I was explaining, like, if I sat down at the beginning of a math class and my teacher opened a picture book and said, “We’re gonna start here,” I felt my whole body relax. And if we start with this image, if we start with just looking at an image and making sense of an image, I feel like that could be such a powerful touchstone for all the work you do from there.

      Tracy Zager (27:41):

      That’s core. That’s a core design principle, is that invitational access. There are no barriers to entry. There’s nothing to decode. There’s nothing formal. We’ve been learning from Dan for years about this, right? Of starting with the informal and then eventually layering in the formal. I was in a class in Maine where they were doing an image talk and it’s these boxes of pencils. It’s a stack of boxes of pencils and they’re open and you can see there are 10 pencils in each box. And so there are five boxes of pencils each with 10 pencils in it. And then the next image is 10 boxes of pencils and each box is half full. So now it’s 10 boxes each with five. And the kids are talking and talking and then the third image, I think there are seven boxes each with 10 pencils in it. And she said, “What do you think the next picture’s gonna be?” And this girl said, “You just never know with these people!” <laugh> I dunno!”

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (28:37):

      That’s kinda true. Knowing you both, it’s kinda true.

      Tracy Zager (28:42):

      Like if it’s seven boxes with 10 in it, one kid said, I think it’s gonna be 14 boxes of five. And other kids are like, I think it’s gonna be 10 boxes with seven. And they start talking about which of those there are and the relationships between—

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (28:58):

      But they’re making sense of numbers!

      Tracy Zager (28:59):

      Totally. So all the kids felt invited. They can offer something up. They’re noticing and wondering about that image. They’re talking about it in whatever informal language or home language that they speak. And that was core to us. That was a huge priority, because honestly, one of the motivations to talk about fluency is that it’s always been this gatekeeper. It has served to keep kids out of meaningful math. Particularly kids from marginalized or historically excluded communities. So they’re back at the round table, doing Mad Minutes, while the more advantaged kids are getting to do rich problem solving. And so, we thought, what if we could teach fact fluency through rich problem solving that everybody could access? That was like square one for us.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (29:45):

      That’s huge.

      Dan Meyer (29:46):

      That’s great to hear. What’s been helpful for me is to understand that students who are automatic, that’s just kind of what’s on the surface of things. And that below that might be some really robust kind of foundation or scaffolding that bleeds to a larger building being built, or it might be just really rickety and not offer a sturdy place to build farther up. It’s been really exciting to hear that. I wonder if you’d comment for a moment about, in the digital age and—I’m at Desmos and our sponsors are Amplify and we all work in the digital world quite a bit. There are a lot of what report to be solutions to the fluency issue, to developing fluency in the digital world. Just lots and lots of them. Some that are quite well used, others that are just like X, Y, or Z app on the market. You can find something. Do you have perspectives on these kinds of digital fluency building apps? Like, what about them works or doesn’t work? Let us know. Graham, how about you? And then Tracy, I’d love to hear your thoughts too.

      Graham Fletcher (30:47):

      Yeah, I think that’s a great question, ’cause there’s a lot of shiny bells and whistles out there right now that can really excite a lot of teachers. But I always come back to what works for me as a classroom teacher is probably gonna work in a digital world as well. So what are the things that I love and honor most about being in front of students, and how can I capture that in that virtual world? I think one of the things that really helps students make connections is coherence. I think coherence, especially when you leave students for—you don’t get to talk with them after the lesson is done—so I think about how we can purposefully sequence things through a day-to-day basis. I think coherence is something that gets really lost when we talk about fluency, especially with whether it be digital or whether it be print, because what ends up happening is we say, “OK, we have all these strategies we need to teach,” and it becomes a checklist. So how is it that we can just provide students the opportunity to play around in a space, whether it be digital or in person, but in a meaningful way that allows them the time and the space and that area to breathe and think, but be coherent. And connecting those lessons along the way. And I think coherence is one thing that a lot of the times it’s harder to—when we’re in the weeds, it’s so hard and difficult to zoom back out and say, “Do all these lessons connect? How do they intentionally connect? And how do they purposefully connect?” And without coherence, everything’s kind of broken down into that granular level. So when looking at—I think about Desmos and I think about the Toolkit and I think about how Tracy and I talked a lot about, “Well, this, does it connect with the context problem, does it connect with the image talk, or the lessons? Like, how does it all connect and how are we providing students an opportunity to make connections between the day-to-day instruction and lessons that we tackle?”

      Tracy Zager (32:44):

      I’m reminded of a conversation that Dan, you and I had a long time ago, in Portland, Maine, in a bar. I’ll just be honest. <laugh> And we were talking about how, in the earlier days of Desmos, you were stressed out by what you saw, which was kids one-on-one, on a device, in a silent room. And you were like, no, this is not it. This is not what technology is here to serve. We can do so many things better using technology appropriately, but we can’t lose talk and we can’t lose relationships and we can’t lose formative assessment and teachers listening to kids and kids listening to each other and helping each other understand their thinking. Right? So when I think about the tech that’s out there for fact fluency, most of it is gonna violate all rules I have around time testing. So that a whole bunch of it, I would just toss on that premise. They’re really no different than flashcards. It’s just flashcards set in junkyard heaps. Or, you know, underground caverns. Or with a volcano or whatever. It’s the same thing. There are some lovely visuals—I’m thinking of Berkeley Everett’s Math Flips. Those are really pretty. Mathigon has some really nice stuff that’s digital. And I think that those resources invite you to kind of ponder and notice things and talk about them. All the tools that we design in the toolkit are designed to get people talking to each other, and give teachers opportunities to pull alongside kids and listen in and understand where they are. For example, our games, we didn’t design the games to be played digitally, even though you could, and people did during COVID, because we want kids on the rug, next to each other, on their knees; I’ve seen kids like across tables. I was in a school recently where a kid was like, “I hope you believe in God, ’cause you’re going…!” You know what I mean? <laugh>. Like they’re all pumped up.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (34:41):

      They’re invested!

      Tracy Zager (34:45):

      They’re psyching each other up and down and they’re interacting and it’s social and the teacher’s walking around and she’s listening to the games. And they don’t actually need any bells and whistles. They need dice and they need counters and they need this game that is actually a game. In all of our conversations, games have to actually be games. Games cannot be “roll and record.” Games have to involve strategy. They have to be fun. So in designing those games, we didn’t feel like it brought any advantage to make that a digital platform. But things that did bring advantages digitally, like the ability to project these beautiful images or to use short video in the classroom, that really was a value-add that enabled us to do something different in math class than we had done before, and to get kids talking in a different way than they ever had before. When I think about fluency, historically, if you say like, “OK, it’s time to practice our math facts,” you hear a lot of groans. And when I see a Building Fact Fluency classroom and I say, “OK, it’s BFF time!” There’s like a “YEAAAAHHH!” You know? And so that’s what we’re after.

      Graham Fletcher (35:47):

      It’s all about kids, really, for us. And I think at the heart of it, we made all the decisions with teachers and kids at the forefront of it.

      Tracy Zager (35:55):

      I know of high schoolers who are newcomers, who have experienced very little formal education, and speak in other languages, are using it as high schoolers, because it involves language and math and all the deep work in the properties and it’s accessible, but it’s also not at all condescending or patronizing. Like we designed it to be appropriate for older kids. So that’s just something that I think we’re both really proud of. One thing we thought a lot about, especially in the multiplication-division kit is how a classroom teacher could use it and a coordinating educator in EL, Title, special education, intervention could also use it because there’s so much in it, that students could get to be experts, if they got extra time in it, using something that’s related and would give them additional practice. So they could play a game a little bit earlier than the rest of the classes. And they could come in already knowing about that game, or they could do a related task. We have all these optional tasks that no classroom teacher would ever have time to teach it all. So the special educator could use it and have kids doing a Same and Different or a True/False, or some of the optional games. And then the work in both special education and general education could connect.

      Dan Meyer (37:20):

      I just wanna say that this is an area that for so many students, as you’ve said, Tracy, it presents a barrier. It’s a very emotionally fraught area of mathematics. And we really appreciate the wisdom you brought here. And just the care you’ve brought to the product itself. Your knowledge of teaching, knowledge of math, and yeah, especially a love for students feels like it’s really infused throughout Building Fact Fluency. If our listeners want to know more outside of this podcast, outside of the product itself, where can they find your words, your voice? Where you folks at these days? Tell ’em, Graham would you?

      Graham Fletcher (37:57):

      You can find us at Stenhouse, Building Fact Fluency. And then Tracy and I, currently playing around, sharing ideas a lot on Twitter, under the hashtag #BuildingFactFluency. That’s kind of where we can all come together and share ideas. And then also on the Facebook community, where there’s lots of teachers sharing ideas.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (38:19):

      If you were to ask our listeners like, “Hey, if you wanna keep thinking about this, here’s something you could try or here’s something you could go do,” what could be a challenge that we could share that could help us continue this conversation?

      Graham Fletcher (38:35):

      Online you can actually download a full lesson string. And a lesson string is a series of activities and resources that are purposefully connected. You can pick one or two of those from the Stenhouse web site, Building Fact Fluency. You can try the game. You can try one of those strategy-based games. You can try an image talk and just see how it goes. And just share and reflect back, whether on Twitter or on Facebook. But it’s kind of there, if you wanna give it a whirl. And as Tracy was sharing, even if you’re a middle-school teacher or a high-school teacher, we really tried to think about those middle-school and high-school students keeping it grade level-agnostic. Just so every student has those opportunities for those mathematical conversations. So download a lesson string and give it a whirl, and we’d love to hear how it goes.

      Dan Meyer (39:25):

      Bethany and I will be working the same challenge with people in our life.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (39:29):

      Yes.

      Dan Meyer (39:29):

      Enjoying some fact fluency with people in our homes, perhaps. We’ll see. And we’ll be sharing the results in the Math Teacher Lounge Facebook group. Graham and Tracy, thanks so much for being here. It was such a treat to chat with you both.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (39:42):

      I love learning with you and just helping to shift this idea of fluency into something that can be accessible and powerful and positive.

      Stay connected!

      Join our community and get new episodes every other Tuesday!

      We’ll also share new and exciting free resources for your classroom every month.

      What Valerie Henry says about math

      “A lot of very fluent adults don’t always have every fact memorized. ”

      – Val Henry

      Meet the guest

      Valerie Henry has been a math educator since 1986. She taught middle school math for 17 years and has worked as a lecturer at University of California Irvine since 2002. After doing her 2004 dissertation research on addition/subtraction fluency in first grade, Valerie created FactsWise, a daily mini-lesson approach that simultaneously develops  fluency,  number sense, and algebraic thinking. Additionally, she has provided curriculum and math professional development for K-12 teachers throughout her career, working with individual schools, districts, county offices of education, Illustrative Mathematics, the SBAC Digital Library, and the UCI Math Project.

      An older person with short gray hair and glasses, wearing a blue sweater, is outdoors with greenery and a fence in the background.
      Podcast cover for "Math Teacher Lounge" with Bethany Lockhart Johnson and Dan Meyer; bold text on orange and teal semicircle background.

      About Math Teacher Lounge: The podcast

      Math Teacher Lounge is a biweekly podcast created specifically for K–12 math educators. In each episode co-hosts Bethany Lockhart Johnson (@lockhartedu) and Dan Meyer (@ddmeyer) chat with guests, taking a deep dive into the math and educational topics you care about.

      Join the Math Teacher Lounge Facebook group to continue the conversation, view exclusive content, interact with fellow educators, participate in giveaways, and more!

      Managing the change that matters most: Implementing the Science of Reading with integrity

      Reading requires deliberate, systematic attention—and so does shifting to the Science of Reading in your school or district. It requires not only the correct curriculum, but also all-new mindsets, metrics, and more. Reflecting years of experience supporting real educators, our resources will walk you through the process of change management in your community—and show you why the shift is worth it.

      Two women work together at a laptop in the foreground of a document titled "Is It Time to Shift?" about changes in MTSS for grades K-8, with another educational document visible behind.

      How data drives Science of Reading change management

      Making the shift requires meticulous planning, open communication, and most importantly, data. Learn how to harness data to drive your implementation forward.

      Step 1: Prepare your team

      Big change doesn’t happen without buy-in. We’ll help you take the crucial first step of getting your team on board.

      A collage of educational slides about the Science of Reading, featuring illustrations, text, charts, and photos of children and teachers in classroom settings.

      Build a Science of Reading digital bookbag

      Getting up to speed with the Science of Reading takes some homework. We’ve pulled some key resources into one place for you and your team.

      Download now

      Science of Reading: The Podcast cover featuring an open book, bouncing shapes, and the word Amplify on a yellow background.

      Subscribe to Science of Reading: The Podcast

      Tune in to our chart-topping Science of Reading podcast—which recently celebrated four million downloads—to keep up with the latest insights from experts and practitioners. Subscribe to listen to the latest episodes exploring relatable, real-life challenges faced by literacy educators—from managing small groups to delivering trauma-informed instruction—and visit the archives to binge Seasons 1 through 7!

      Listen now

      Book cover of "The Knowledge Gap" by Natalie Wexler, featuring a stack of books on a blue background with white text and decorative stars on the left.

      Read The Knowledge Gap and Science of Reading: The Defining Guide

      You’ll want to curl up with The Knowledge Gap, Natalie Wexler’s essential work making the case for the power of knowledge to fuel literacy. You can also get all the basics in Science of Reading: The Defining Guide by our friends at the Reading League.

      Get Science of Reading: The Defining Guide

      Professional development to support your shift to the Science of Reading

      Ignite literacy transformation with Amplify’s Science of Reading: The Learning Lab—an inspiring three-course series.

      • Dive into a comprehensive overview with course one, Foundations to the Science of Reading.
      • Examine assessments and their roles in course two, Advanced Topics in the Science of Reading: Assessment and Reading Difficulties.
      • Apply effective literacy instruction to your classroom in course three, Applied Structured Literacy.

      Crafted to the standards of the International Dyslexia Association, this self-paced online series provides unparalleled, research-backed instruction. Explore enriching activities, curated resources, and learn from Susan Lambert, chief academic officer and host of Science of Reading: The Podcast.

      The best investment you can make is in knowledge, and the returns are priceless.

      Illustration of a webpage titled "Science of Reading: The Learning Lab series" with icons of a book, paper, and other subjects below the title.

      Learn more about the online courses or request a quote!

      Two labeled course cards: "Course 1: Foundations to the Science of Reading" and "Course 2: Advanced Topics in the Science of Reading," with a shopping cart icon in the top right.

      Tap into individual online course seats.

      Step 2: Adopt the right program

      Making the Science of Reading a reality in your school means choosing the right evidence-based curriculum.

      Two women sit at a table working on laptops. The visible documents are titled "Is It Time to Shift?" and "Guiding principles for an MTSS.

      Change management

      Our Change Management Playbook is your trusted companion in transforming schools with proven strategies. Crafted alongside educators who have successfully pioneered change, this comprehensive guide lays out actionable steps and critical questions for each phase of your implementation journey.

      Evaluate curricula and look out for red flags

      A core literacy curriculum needs to be aligned with evidence-based practices every step of the way. This curriculum evaluation guide from the Reading League will walk you through the evaluation you need to conduct to ensure that you’re investing in only the best instruction for your students and teachers, and to know that the curriculum you’re selecting is true to the research.

      Cover page titled "2023 Curriculum Evaluation Guidelines" by The Reading League, with the organization's logo in the top right corner.
      A cover page titled "Five Shifts for True Science of Reading Instruction" with photos of students and teachers, and illustrated pages in the background.

      Make the five most critical instructional shifts

      Big change is best done gradually. That’s why we’ve identified five key shifts in reading instruction that will set you on the path to transforming your classroom with the Science of Reading.

      Watch our Science of Reading webinars

      In our Literacy Is Opportunity webinar series, you’ll learn why it’s crucial to get reading instruction right for all students—and how to make the shifts needed in your school.

      A website page titled "Explore our webinars" displays three webinar cards with play icons and tags for "Literacy" and "Earn CE Credit" under the Amplify brand.
      A young woman with long brown hair smiles at the camera, wearing hoop earrings and a lanyard, with colorful posters on the wall behind her.
      “I really think that educators should make the shift to the Science of Reading because it’s data-driven and purposeful, and it really encourages personalized learning.”

      —Mallory Pendergast, Kindergarten Teacher

      Circle City Prep, IN

      Step 3: Build an evidence-based literacy ecosystem that supports all students

      Science-based reading instruction can actually reduce the need for intervention and support. These principles and practices show how evidence and data build a culture of literacy for everyone.

      Establish a Multi-Tiered System of Supports (MTSS) grounded in the Science of Reading

      A complete Science of Reading system is one that aligns with a Multi-Tiered System of Supports (MTSS) framework. Because an MTSS includes all students—and stakeholders—it prevents struggles before they happen, setting everyone up for literacy success.

      A screenshot of an educational document explaining the Multi-tiered System of Supports (MTSS) in literacy, with highlighted sections outlining key principles and steps.
      A collage featuring a children's book cover, an astronaut illustration, cartoon animals, and a laptop displaying an educational website.

      Explore Amplify’s Science of Reading early literacy suite

      Built on more than 20 years of Science of Reading experience, our early literacy suite ensures that research-based and data-driven literacy practices are at the heart of everything you do. The suite includes every component of instruction, from assessment and personalized learning to intervention and professional development.

      Bring the Science of Reading to middle school and biliteracy instruction

      The Science of Reading can have an impact on learning outside of traditional K–5 literacy instruction, too—it can also address the specific needs of middle schoolers and multilingual students.

      View our resources:

      A collage showing children’s books, a drawing of a cat, a child playing guitar, and a laptop screen with a Spanish language learning activity.
      Man with short hair smiling outdoors with trees in the background.
      “This goes out to the interventionists, coaches, and administrators … support your staff. Be a part of and/or lead staff trainings, provide push-in support, model and co-teach so that the staff will see that this is not ‘just another initiative.’ Remember, this is the start of a long, powerful journey. Take small steps, do them well, then use data to move on to the next small step.”

      — Corey Beil, Instructional Interventionist

      Quakertown Community School District, PA

      Step 4: Sustain change for long-term results

      Educational change doesn’t happen overnight, or by itself. We’ve helped thousands of Science of Reading champions make the shift, and they’re eager to share the secrets of their long-term success with fellow educators like you.

      Achieve life-changing results with the
      Science of Reading—we’ll show you how.

      Watching students learn to read is magic. But knowing how they get there? That’s science.

      Making the shift to the Science of Reading is commendable, but it is no small feat. Our extensive experience, field-tested resources, and stories of literacy success will help you deliver the true transformation you need in your district—and see the results your students deserve.

      An illustration of a brain with superimposed images: handwriting, cursive letters, and the words "once upon a time" arranged in a sequence.

      Exploring the Science of Writing

      Discover the captivating journey of writing with our new guide, Science of Writing: A Primer. This resource delves into the history of writing, highlights the crucial link between combining reading and writing instruction, and reveals why handwriting still matters in today’s digital world. Designed to complement CKLA 3rd Edition and our other literacy tools, this primer is set to become a trusted companion, just like those before it.

      MTSS Playbook

      Explore our new ebook designed to help you build an evidence-based Multi-Tiered System of Supports (MTSS) tailored to diverse literacy goals. This resource provides actionable steps and essential questions to fortify your MTSS with the Science of Reading, enhancing its effectiveness and achieving better outcomes for your students.

      Woman and child smiling while reading a book, with colorful cartoon animals in the background.
      Cover of a "Change Management Playbook" guide, featuring two women reviewing a tablet and a teacher in an orange sweater instructing a classroom—highlighting K–5 literacy instruction and effective science of reading resources.

      The science of teaching reading, coupled with the art of change management

      Shifting to the Science of Reading isn’t just an overnight curriculum swap—it’s a profound culture change with multiple stages and stakeholders. We’ve helped educators succeed in that shift for years, and now we’re here to guide you every step of the way. Through each stage of implementation, our Change Management Playbook will help you mobilize your practice, process, and people to make the shift that matters most.

      What is the Science of Reading?

      Learning to read is not innate, but it can be taught—and science tells us how. The Science of Reading refers to the vast body of growing research that deconstructs how children learn to read, and the instructional practices that can get them there.

      Reading fluency requires a complex combination of skills, taught explicitly and systematically. There are two main frameworks that can help us break it all down: The Simple View of Reading and Scarborough’s Rope.

      Two schoolgirls in green uniforms look at a notebook together in a classroom. Science of Reading and book icons are overlaid on the image.
      Cover of a guide titled "Science of Reading: A New Teacher’s Guide" by Amplify, featuring a teacher with two children and educational icons.

      Science of Reading starter kit for new teachers

      New to the classroom? We’ve compiled a collection of resources and insights about the Science of Reading to help you acquire more knowledge and build confidence. You’ll find the tools, information, and support you need to foster successful readers and writers in your classroom this school year—and beyond.

      The Simple View of Reading

      The Simple View of Reading, formulated by Philip Gough and William Tunmer in 1986, is the theory that proficient reading requires two main components:

      Flowchart illustrating skilled reading as the product of language comprehension and word recognition, grounded in the science of reading.
      A diagram with intertwining orange, yellow, and blue lines converging and diverging, illustrating interconnected pathways on a black background—reflecting the dynamic flow of ideas found in Core Knowledge or Amplify CKLA curricula.

      The Reading Rope

      The Reading Rope, developed by Dr. Hollis Scarborough in 2001, helps us visualize the strands of specific skills and instruction that support students in decoding and comprehension.

      Professional development to support your shift to the Science of Reading

      Ignite literacy transformation with Amplify’s Science of Reading: The Learning Lab—an inspiring three-course series.

      • Dive into a comprehensive overview with course one, Foundations to the Science of Reading.
      • Examine assessments and their roles in course two, Advanced Topics in the Science of Reading: Assessment and Reading Difficulties.
      • Apply effective literacy instruction to your classroom in course three, Applied Structured Literacy.

      Crafted to the standards of the International Dyslexia Association, this self-paced online series provides unparalleled, research-backed instruction. Explore enriching activities, curated resources, and learn from Susan Lambert, chief academic officer and host of Science of Reading: The Podcast.

      The best investment you can make is in knowledge, and the returns are priceless.

      Illustration of a webpage titled "Science of Reading: The Learning Lab series" with icons of a book, paper, and other subjects below the title.

      Learn more about the online courses or request a quote!

      Two labeled course cards: "Course 1: Foundations to the Science of Reading" and "Course 2: Advanced Topics in the Science of Reading," with a shopping cart icon in the top right.

      Tap into individual online course seats.

      Science of Reading podcast cover image open book

      Science of Reading: The Podcast

      Tune in to hear the latest insights and trends in early reading, right from leading literacy experts and practitioners.

      Listen now

      Build your background knowledge of the Science of Reading.

      Our Science of Reading principles and primers explain the essentials: what the Science of Reading is, how it works, and why it matters for every student.

      An infographic titled "Science of Reading principles" showcases ten evidence-based K–5 literacy instruction strategies, informed by interdisciplinary research, in color-coded boxes with a "NEW" badge in the top right corner.

      New Science of Reading principles placemat!

      Decades of research inform the updated Science of Reading principles placemat. Use these insights as a guide for evidence-based literacy instruction—perfect for committed educators aiming to achieve real improvements in student reading outcomes.

      Download principles

      An illustration of a girl running with a colorful kite, with text reading "Science of Reading: A Primer | Part One" and "Amplify" in the top left corner, highlighting K–5 literacy instruction.

      Science of Reading
      A Primer: Part 1

      In part 1 of our definitive Science of Reading primer, we discuss literacy as a societal goal, walk you through how the brain learns to decode and comprehend text, and present the patterns that top-performing schools and districts follow to achieve early reading success.

      Download primer 1

      Illustration of two people atop a yellow pyramid, with text reading "Science of Reading: A Primer | Part Two"—an engaging look at K–5 literacy instruction. "Amplify" appears in the top left corner.

      Science of Reading
      A Primer: Part 2

      In part 2 of our Science of Reading primer, we establish the importance of prior knowledge for comprehension, lay out the process of micro-comprehension, and demonstrate how literacy skills build on and accelerate themselves.

      Download primer 2

      A woman with long dark hair smiles in front of a plain background, reflecting the joy she finds in interdisciplinary research. She is wearing a dark green top and earrings.
      “If you’re looking for a Science of Reading training, the [Science of Reading: Foundations to the Science of Reading] online course is great. It helps you build background knowledge on learning how students learn how to read, and then it goes deeper and it gives you strategies that correlate with those findings that you can implement right into your classroom.”

      —Allie Appel, Instructional Coach

      School District of Arcadia, WI

      Why undertake this crucial change?

      When we bring proven methods based on the Science of Reading into schools, we make sure kids are learning to read and help teachers and caregivers support a culture of reading. Together, we can solve the reading crisis and make literacy a reality everywhere.

      You’ll change lives with literacy.

      According to the National Assessment of Educational Progress (NAEP), only 35% of fourth graders in the United States are proficient in reading. But schools using a Science of Reading approach have seen significant improvements in literacy rates. Using research-based methods, educators can help give all children the chance to become successful readers.

      Young boy in a classroom sits at a desk and writes on a worksheet, with other children working at nearby desks in the background.
      A laptop screen displaying a literacy intervention game with a cartoon llama in a desert setting and a word selection task presented to a child’s avatar in the corner.

      You’ll build a foundation with explicit, systematic skills instruction.

      Reading skills don’t come naturally. We actually need to rewire our brains with intentional, structured literacy instruction—starting with sounds.

      You’ll improve outcomes with knowledge building.

      Longitudinal research shows that knowledge building doesn’t just happen as a result of reading, but is also a vital prerequisite for and component of it. And when delivered intentionally and systematically, knowledge delivers literacy results.

      Illustration depicting diverse people engaged in various activities, including astronauts in space, a musician engaged in interdisciplinary research, and a child drawing, set against a whimsical celestial backdrop.
      A person with long braided hair, wearing oversized glasses, earrings, a necklace, and a red top, smiles at the camera against a plain background.
      “It’s not just about the curriculum. It’s about the science behind how people, how children, and how we as humans learn to read… It’s working. I wish I had this years ago. ”

      —Javonna Mack, Lead Content Teacher

      Caddo Parish Schools, Louisiana

      Science of Reading & Early Literacy Resources FAQ

      Amplify understands that making the shift to the Science of Reading is no small feat. Get some early literacy resources and guidance with our Science of Reading FAQ.

      Learning to read is not innate. It needs to be taught intentionally and systematically—and science tells us how. The vast and growing body of research on early literacy is referred to as the Science of Reading. It draws on extensive research in cognitive science, linguistics, and neuroscience. It emphasizes the systematic teaching of foundational skills—such as phonics, phonological awareness, and decoding—in building vocabulary and comprehension. In other words, it deconstructs the processes behind how children learn to read, and provides evidence for the instructional practices and early literacy resources that can get them there.

      Read more 

      The Science of Reading refers to the pedagogy and practices proven by extensive research to effectively teach children how to read. It places a strong emphasis on both components of the Simple View of Reading, demonstrating that systematic and explicit instruction in phonics and and intentionally sequenced knowledge building are critical to reading success.

      In a balanced literacy environment, learning happens through reading and writing immersion, where the need for explicit instruction in phonics is recognized but is not the primary focus.

      The key difference between the approaches lies in their emphasis on foundational reading skills and a coherent approach to building language comprehension.

      A balanced literacy approach typically includes a combination of whole language approaches (emphasizing meaning and context) and phonics instruction. Balanced literacy instruction is designed to be flexible and open to interpretation by the instructor. It may include the three-cueing system, which encourages students to rely on syntactic and semantic clues in a text to read an unfamiliar word, rather than decoding (Does it look right? Does it sound right? Does it make sense?). Balanced literacy practitioners may also use leveled reading to differentiate instruction, which can can limit vocabulary exposure, hinder in-depth comprehension skills, and further widen achievement gaps.

      Balanced literacy has long been a popular approach to reading instruction, with educators appreciating its openness to variation. But advocates for the Science of Reading argue that an evidence-based approach aligned with known cognitive processes and a focus on foundational skills and language comprehension provides the most solid foundation for reading instruction—for confident and struggling readers alike.

      Read more

      According to our friends at The Reading League, the Science of Reading is important not because it gives us an effective way to teach reading, but because it gives us the most effective way to teach reading.

      “The Science of Reading is critical because it emphasizes evidence-based instruction. Decades of scientific research on reading have consistently shown the most effective ways to teach reading. The Science of Reading incorporates this research, which includes phonemic awareness, phonics, fluency, vocabulary, and comprehension.”

      The Reading League also takes it to the next level: What happens when all children have access to the most effective early literacy and reading education? “We believe in a future where a collective focus on applying the Science of Reading through teacher and leader preparation, classroom application, and community engagement will elevate and transform every community, every nation, through the power of literacy.”

      The Science of Reading has identified five foundational reading skills that are considered crucial for early reading development. One of those skills is phonics. In other words, the Science of Reading has established that phonics are crucial, but the Science of Reading is not the same as phonics.

      Phonics instruction helps students learn how to sound out and blend letters to read words accurately. As we know from the Simple View of Reading, two fundamental skills are required for reading with comprehension:

      1. Decoding—the ability to recognize written words (via phonics)
      2. Language comprehension—understanding what words mean

      And the Science of Reading also reminds us that students do not have to learn phonics or decoding before knowledge comes into the equation. “The background knowledge that children bring to a text is also a contributor to language comprehension,” says Sonia Cabell, Ph.D., associate professor at Florida State University’s School of Teacher Education, on Science of Reading: The Podcast.

      The Science of Reading is an evolving field built on decades of high-quality, evidence-based research that continually integrates new insights gathered from cognitive neuroscience, psychology, and linguistics. These ongoing studies constantly refine our understanding of how the human brain processes language and learning, enabling more personalized and effective teaching strategies that can adapt to the wide-ranging learning needs of students.

      Like other sciences such as medicine, astronomy, or engineering – new advancements in reading technology allow us to understand how the brain works and refine our practices. Every scientific advancement in this field of reading science deepens our comprehension of reading-related challenges like dyslexia and informs the development of evidence-based interventions. We don’t believe that the Science of Reading can be reduced to a fad or trend. Rather, it is a continually evolving, enduringly effective discipline, grounded in rigorous research and driven by the quest for better comprehension of how we read and learn.

      Assessment grounded in the Science of Reading can help identify children at risk of dyslexia at the earliest possible moments, creating the widest opportunity for intervention.

      People with dyslexia often experience challenges in phonological awareness. They may struggle to break down words into their component sounds and to recognize the relationships between letters and sounds. Systematic and explicit instruction in phonics and phonological awareness can help individuals with dyslexia develop necessary phonological skills. This evidence-based instruction can also help students who have difficulty with decoding.

      Further, evidence-based comprehension instruction, including explicit instruction in vocabulary and comprehension strategies, can support students with dyslexia in understanding and making meaning from text.

      Download our free dyslexia toolkit

      The Science of Reading can be integrated with a Multi-Tiered System of Supports (MTSS) to provide comprehensive and targeted reading instruction for all students. The Science of Reading aligns with a tiered model by providing evidence-based practices for instruction at each tier. An MTSS includes universal screening to identify students at risk of reading difficulties; the Science of Reading can also guide the selection of screening measures to assess specific foundational skills. Aligning the Science of Reading with an MTSS framework can also enhance instructional practices and interventions, ensure data-driven decision making, and help meet the needs of all students.

      Read more

      Integrating the Science of Reading and the Science of Writing strengthens our approach to teaching literacy. Reading and writing are interdependent. Understanding how sentences are built not only contributes to better reading comprehension, it also helps writers develop clear, logical text. As students grow as readers, they also grow as writers, leading to a comprehensive literacy education. Clear thinking and effective writing are crucial for expressing ideas. By fostering both skills, teachers better support students in becoming confident readers and writers, prepared for academic challenges and beyond.

      One of the research-based frameworks used in the Science of Reading is the Simple View of Reading. According to the Simple View, two cognitive capacities are needed for proficient reading: (1) understanding the language (comprehension) and (2) recognizing words in print (decoding). A true Science of Reading program is designed from the start for students to build these skills, in a developmentally appropriate way.

      It will also emphasize the importance of knowledge building by exposing students to a diverse array of new topics spanning history, science, and literature, organized intentionally and coherently within and across grades. Deep and intentionally sequenced knowledge domains will help build a student’s vocabulary and understanding of complex texts. And it will include instruction in  all five foundational skills: phonics, phonemic awareness, vocabulary, fluency, and comprehension.

      Download our free ebookScience of Reading: Making the Shift, which includes a checklist of what to look for in a curriculum based on the Science of Reading. Learn more from our friends at The Reading League.

      Actually, we have a full literacy suite built on the Science of Reading! It includes:

      • mCLASS® assessment, powered by DIBELS® 8th Edition, a gold-standard universal and dyslexia screener, plus a progress monitoring tool, all in one.
      • Amplify Core Knowledge Language Arts (CKLA), which provides explicit, systematic foundational skills instruction combined with intentional knowledge building.
      • Boost Reading, a highly adaptive personalized reading program that reinforces the core curriculum and supports enrichment, remediation, and intervention for each student in your classroom.
      • mCLASS Intervention, a staff-led intervention program targeted to Tiers 2 and 3, made easy with automatic data-driven grouping and sequenced explicit, systematic skills lesson plans to support at-risk students.

      Reading requires deliberate, systematic attention—and so does shifting to the Science of Reading in your school or district. It requires not only the right curriculum, but also all-new mindsets, metrics, and more. Reflecting years of experience supporting real educators, our resources will walk you through the process of change management in your community—and show you why the shift is worth it. View our Science of Reading change management playbook.

      A powerful partnership

      Amplify Science was developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify.

      The word "Amplify" is written in orange bold letters with a period at the end against a white background.

      Back to school 2020–21 updates

      Back to school 2020 is coming! Click here for more information on all of the improvements and new features we’re adding to Amplify Science for the new school year.

      Program introduction

      Onboarding: what to expect

      Welcome to Amplify Science! To help you know what’s coming next, we created the following outline of the steps of the onboarding process. You can use it as a reference.

      Administrators receive launch email

      • Share the information with teachers
      • Submit the shipping survey sent to your email

      Log In

      • Go to learning.amplify.com
      • Click on Log in with Clever or Google 
      • Enter your FCPS credentials
      • Demo Account for full access to Amplify Curriculum without access to personalized class rosters:
        • Go to learning.amplify.com
        • Click on login with Amplify
        • Username: t.Fayette2020@tryamplify.net
        • Password:  AmplifyNumber1

      Ensure you have received all materials and components

      • Teachers have access to a series of “Unboxing your materials kit” videos. If you’re interested in watching those, click here.

      Check out the professional learning opportunities and/or access the Getting Started Resources below.

      If you need assistance, please see the help resources or reach out to your Educational Partnerships Manager or PD manager at caffleck@amplify.com, pworks@amplify.com with any questions.

      6–8 resources

      To ensure your first day using Amplify Science in the classroom is as seamless and smooth as possible, we recommend reviewing the following checklist before the first day of school.

      What’s coming to my school?

      Each unit of Amplify Science comes with a hands-on materials kit. Each hands-on materials kit arrives in one to three boxes and contains:

      • Consumable materials for five uses of 40 students
      • Non-consumable materials
      • Classroom wall materials
      • Premium print materials (card sorts, vocabulary rings, etc.).

      You can find complete materials lists for each unit in the following PDF. This information is also available in the digital Teacher’s Guide within the program.

      Onboarding videos

      Our team has created a series of short videos to help get you started with Amplify Science:

      What’s online?

      Planning strategies

      How to log in and navigate

      NGSS introduction

      Introduction to Classwork

      Planning guide

      As you prepare to plan for a unit, download our planning guide to help walk you through the most important resources to locate in either the print or digital Teacher’s Guide to help you plan.

      Additional resources

      Overview Video

      The Lawrence Hall of Science

      Developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify, our program features:

      • phenomena-based approach where students construct a complex understanding of each unit’s anchor phenomenon.
      • A blend of cohesive storylines, hands-on investigations, rich discussions, literacy-rich activities, and digital tools.
      • Carefully crafted units, chapters, lessons, and activities designed to deliver true 3-dimensional learning.
      • An instructional design that supports all learners in accessing all standards.
      The logo for The Lawrence Hall of Science, University of California, Berkeley, features blue text on a light background and is recognized by educators using Amplify Science for middle school science programs.

      Instructional model

      The Amplify Science program is rooted in the proven, research-based pedagogy of Do, Talk, Read, Write, Visualize. Here’s how each element works:

      DO

      First-hand investigations are an important part of any science classroom, and Amplify Science has students getting hands-on in every unit—from building models of protein molecules to experimenting with electrical systems.

      TALK

      Student-to-student discourse and full-class discussions are an integral part of the program. Students are provided with numerous opportunities to engage in meaningful oral scientific argumentation, all while fostering a collaborative classroom environment.

      READ

      Students read scientific articles, focusing their reading activities on searching for evidence related to their investigation and, importantly, on asking and recording questions as they read through fascinating texts on 21st-century topics.

      WRITE

      Following real-world practices, students write scientific arguments based on evidence they’ve collected, making clear their reasoning about how a given piece of evidence connects to one of several claims.

      VISUALIZE

      By manipulating digital simulations and using modeling tools to craft visualizations of their thinking— just as real scientists and engineers do—students take their learning far beyond the confines of what they can physically see in the classroom in an exciting and authentic way.

      Program structure

      Our cyclical lesson design ensures students receive multiple exposures to concepts through a variety of modalities. As they progress through the lessons within a unit, students build and deepen their understanding, increasing their ability to develop and refine complex explanations of the unit’s phenomenon.

      It’s this proven program structure and lesson design that enables Amplify Science to address 100% of the NGSS, and support students in mastering the standards.

      Graphic showing a research process with four steps: spark intrigue with a real-world problem, explore evidence, explain and elaborate, and evaluate claims, connected in a cycle with arrows.

      Unit types

      While every unit delivers three-dimensional learning experiences and engages students in gathering evidence from a rich collection of sources, each unit also serves a unique instructional purpose.

      In grades 6–8:

      • One unit is a launch unit.
      • Three units are core units.
      • Two units are engineering internships.

      Launch units are the first units taught in each year of Amplify Science. The goal of the Launch unit is to introduce students to norms, routines, and practices that will be built on throughout the year, including argumentation, active reading, and using the program’s technology. For example, rather than taking the time to explain the process of active reading in every unit in a given year, it is explained thoroughly in the Launch unit, thereby preparing students to read actively in all subsequent units.

      Core units establish the context of the unit by introducing students to a real-world problem. As students move through lessons in a Core unit, they figure out the unit’s anchoring phenomenon, gain an understanding of the unit’s disciplinary core ideas and science and engineering practices, and make linkages across topics through the crosscutting concepts. Each Core unit culminates with a Science Seminar and final writing activity.

      Engineering Internship units invite students to design solutions for real-world problems as interns for a fictional company called Futura. Students figure out how to help those in need, from tsunami victims in Sri Lanka to premature babies, through the application of engineering practices. In the process, they apply and deepen their learning from Core units.

      Unit sequence

      Our lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines while still being flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

      In fact, our multi-modal instruction offers more opportunities for students to construct meaning, and practice and apply concepts than any other program. What’s more, our modular design means our units can be flexibly arranged to support your instructional goals.

      Three columns listing education curriculum topics for grades 6, 7, and 8, focusing on science themes such as microbiomes, mars geology, and harnessing human energy.

      Program components

      Available digitally and in print, our unit-specific reference guides are chock full of helpful resources, including scientific background knowledge, planning information and resources, color-coded 3-D Statements, detailed lesson plans, tips for delivering instruction, and differentiation strategies.

      Amplify Science TG

      Hands-on learning is an essential part of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. Students actively participate in science, playing the roles of scientists and engineers as they gather evidence, think critically, solve problems, and develop and defend claims about the world around them. Every unit includes hands-on investigations that are critical to achieving the unit’s learning goals.

      A young person wearing gloves looks through a microscope at a table with laboratory supplies, including bottles, slides, and a tray, against a plain blue background.

      More hands-on with Flextensions:
      Hands-on Flextensions are additional, optional investigations that are included at logical points in the learning progression and give students an opportunity to dig deeper if time permits. These activities offer teachers flexibility to choose to dedicate more time to hands-on learning. Materials referenced in Hands-on Flextension activities will either be included in the unit kit or are easily sourced. Supporting resources such as student worksheets will be included as downloadable PDF files.

      Our kits include enough materials to support 200 student uses. In other words, teachers can easily support all five periods and small groups of 4-5 students each. Plus, our unit-specific kits mean teachers just grab the tub they need and then put it all back with ease.

      Amplify Science California supports 3-D learning with more materials than any other program.

      Our digital Simulations and Practice Tools are powerful resources for exploration, data collection, and student collaboration. They allow students the ability to explore scientific concepts that might otherwise be invisible or impossible to see with the naked eye.

      Available for every unit, our Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data and observations, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

      In grades 6–8, one copy of the Student Investigation Notebook is included in each unit’s materials kit for use as a blackline master. Each notebook is also available as a downloadable PDF on the Unit Guide page of the digital Teacher’s Guide.

      Two booklets titled "El clima cambiante de la Tierra: la desaparición del hielo" and "Earth’s Changing Climate: Vanishing Ice" with landscape illustrations on the covers.

      These customizable PowerPoints are available for every lesson of the program and make delivering instruction a snap with visual prompts, colorful activity instructions, investigation set-up videos and animations, and suggested teacher talk in the notes section of each slide.

      A laptop displays a PowerPoint presentation in presenter view, with slides about observing objects in plastic containers and related sensory instructions.

      Explore your print samples

      With your Amplify Science print samples, you’ll find unit-specific Teacher’s References Guides and Student Investigation Notebooks for each grade level.

      A note about the Teacher’s Reference Guides:

      It’s important that your committee sees the full breadth and depth of our instruction. For that reason, we provided a copy of each of our unit-specific Teacher Reference Guides.

      Rest assured that teachers do not use these robust reference guides for day-to-day teaching. For that, we have a hands-free TG!

      A laptop screen shows an energy simulation, with surrounding text and diagrams explaining the Earth's system and energy flow.
      • Teacher Reference Guide: Unlike a typical TG that requires a series of supplemental books to support it, our encyclopedic reference guide is chock-full of everything a teacher needs to fully implement our program and the NGSS.
      • Ready-to-Teach Lesson Slides: For daily instruction, teachers need their hands free. That’s why we created ready-to-teach lesson slides for every single lesson. What’s more, they are editable and include suggested teacher talk and point-of-use differentiation and other instructional tips. Click to learn more.

      A note about the Materials Kits:

      Hands-on learning is at the heart of Amplify Science, and is integrated into every unit. In order to make hands-on learning more manageable for busy teachers, Amplify Science materials are organized into unit-specific kits.

      Stacked storage bins with labels, arranged neatly; caption notes they are a sample and may not reflect actual quantities or sizes.

      Our unit-specific kits:

      • Include more materials — We give teachers enough materials to support 200 student uses.
      • Are more manageable — Unlike other programs that require large groups of students to share limited sets of materials, our kits include enough to support small groups of 4–5 students.
      • Include supportive videos — Each hands-on activity provides clear instructions for the teacher, with more complex activities supported by video demonstrations and illustrations.

      What comes in each grade level kit? Click the links below to see the grade-specific lists of all materials included in each kit.

      Access your digital samples

      Explore as a teacher

      Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a teacher.

      • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark it.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the username: t1.jeffersoncounty@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter the password: Amplify1-jeffersoncounty
      • Click the Science icon.
      • Click on the Program Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
      • Select any unit.

      To help familiarize yourself with navigating the digital platform,watch the below navigational video.

      Explore as a student

      Follow these instructions to explore the Amplify Science digital platform as a student.

      • Click the Access Amplify Science Platform button below and bookmark it.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter the username: s1.jeffersoncounty@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter the password: Amplify1-jeffersoncounty
      • Click the Science icon.
      • Click on the Grade Menu in the top center of the screen and select any grade.
      • Select any unit.

      Resources to support your review

      Amplify Science Resources for NYC (6-8)

      This page has been archived. For the latest information, please visit the NYC Resource Site.

      Welcome!

      As the 2021-2022 school year kicks into full gear, you’re likely thinking about making your classroom responsive to student needs due to the covid-19 pandemic.

      Got additional questions? Use Zoom to attend office hours with Adaliz Gonzalez, the DOE’s Middle School Science Lead on Thursdays from 3-4pm.

      Meeting ID: 852 2280 0969

      Passcode: 528986

      A powerful partnership

      Amplify Science was developed by the science education experts at UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science and the digital learning team at Amplify.

      The word "Amplify" is written in large, orange letters with a period at the end on a light background.
      The logo for The Lawrence Hall of Science, University of California, Berkeley, features blue text on a light background and is recognized by educators using Amplify Science for middle school science programs.

      NYC Newsletters

      Educator Spotlight Submission

      Calling all NYC DOE educators! Do you know an educator who has gone above and beyond? Would you like to highlight your teaching experience for others? Submit nominations here to see them featured as a spotlight in a future edition of our monthly newsletter and on our Instagram pages!

      Introduction

      This page includes planning, implementation, and professional learning resources for NYC schools using Amplify Science. Please take a moment to familiarize yourself with the categories in the navigation bar on the left side of the page, so that you’ll be able to easily find what you need.

      Most New York City educators come here looking for specific information, but if you’re new to Amplify Science, we recommend you read through the program guide to learn a little about the program. 

      New to Amplify? – Start HERE!

      Teachers and Administrators 

      Step 1: Review the Amplify Science Overview Video.

      Step 2: Review the NYC Scope and sequence for 21-22 school year.

      Step 3: Review the Unpacking the Kit Videos listed below to understand what’s in your unit 1 kit.

      Step 4: Access your unique Log-in information to log-in to the Amplify Science Curriculum outlined below under Login support

      Step 5: Log into the platform and access our Program Hub.  Select Using this site for self study for a complete suite of training videos and resources for an initial orientation video series.

      Step 6: Log into the curriculum and begin studying the Unit Map and Teacher’s Guide resources and begin planning your first lesson. Print out the NYC Program Guide for essential program information.

      Step 7: Administrator’s ONLY – Review the new administrator orientation presentation for an overview of the program. Review other materials under Admin Resources

      NOTE: Should you need any additional guidance on how to get started with prep (or anything else!), please feel free to get in touch with our pedagogical support team. They are available Monday-Friday from 7AM-7PM EST. You can reach them via the chat icon in the lower right- hand corner of your screen when logged in, through email (help@amplify.com), or via phone (800-823-1969).

      Getting started resources

      Login Support

      Materials

      Unpacking your first Amplify Science classroom kit

      21-22 Login Update

      The temporary login credentials for fall ’21 have been deactivated. 

      Please make sure you check out the Getting started resources > Login Support below for instructions around teacher and student logins. If there are any issues, please confirm with your STARS programmer that your classes are assigned correctly and then contact our Amplify Help Desk at help@amplify.com or at 1-800-823-1969 for further assistance.

      Implementation resources

      21-22 NYC Scope and Sequence and Pacing Guide

      Use our NYC Field Trip List to plan an engaging field trip for your students!

      NYC Companion Lesson Guides 

      The format of the NYC Companion Lessons is similar to other Amplify Science lessons. Some companion lessons are designed to require more than a single class period to teach, so each lesson includes pacing suggestions. Science Background sections support teachers with the science content introduced in the lessons. For students’ written work, possible student responses are included at the end of each lesson guide.

      The Lesson Guides are available in the last section of each unit’s print Teacher’s Guide and can be downloaded from the tables in the downloads section below.

      NYC Companion Lesson Copymasters
      Each NYC Companion Lesson has an accompanying Copymaster (for creating student sheets) that can be copied and distributed to students or used as a visual reference. The NYC Companion Lessons require students to have physical copies of the student sheets. The copymasters are available to download as printable PDF files from the tables in the downloads section below.

      Grade 6 Lesson guides and Copymasters

      • Companion lesson: Insert after Lesson 2.2
      • Time frame: 60 minutes (can spread across multiple class periods)
      • NYSP–12SLS: PE: MS-PS3-6, DCI: PS3.B
      • Links (click to download):
      • Companion lesson: Insert after Lesson 3.3
      • Time frame: Two 45-minute class periods
      • NYSP–12SLS: PE: MS-PS2-3, MS-PS2-5, DCI: PS2.B
      • Links (click to download):
      • Companion lesson: Insert after Lesson 3.3 and after Investigating Non-Touching Forces
      • Time frame: 60 minutes (first and second reads can be spread across two class periods)
      • NYSP–12SLS: PE: MS-PS2-5, MS-PS2-3, DCI: PS2.B
      • Links (click to download):
      • Companion lesson: Insert after Lesson 2.5
      • Time frame: 105 minutes (can be spread across multiple class periods)
      • NYSP–12SLS: PE: MS-PS1-6, DCI: PS1.B
      • Links (click to download):
      • Companion lesson: Insert after Lesson 3.4
      • Time frame: 60 minutes (first and second reads can be spread across two class periods)
      • NYSP–12SLS: PE: MS-LS2-5, DCI: LS2.C, LS4.D
      • Links (click to download):
      • Companion lesson: Insert after Lesson 1.3
      • Time frame: 60 minutes (first and second reads can be spread across two class periods)
      • NYSP–12SLS: PE: MS-ESS2-4, DCI: ESS2.C
      • Links (click to download):
      • Companion lesson: Insert after Lesson 3.3*
      • Time frame: 90 minutes (can be spread across multiple class periods)
      • NYSP–12SLS: PE: MS-PS1-7, MS-ESS2-6, DCI: PS1.A, ESS2.C
      • Links (click to download):

      *Note: The homework assignment for Ocean, Atmosphere, and Climate Lesson 3.3 (reading the article “Deep Ocean Currents: Driven by Density”) should be assigned after the Investigating Deep Ocean Currents companion lesson rather than after Lesson 3.3.

      Grade 7 Lesson Guides and Copymasters

      • Companion lesson: Insert after Lesson 3.2
      • Time frame: 60 minutes (first and second reads can be spread across two class periods)
      • NYSP–12SLS: PE: MS-LS1-3, DCI: PS3.D, LS1.A
      • Links (click to download):
      • Companion lesson: Insert after Lesson 3.3 or later
      • Time frame: Three 45-minute class periods, each several days apart
      • NYSP–12SLS: PE: MS-LS1-8, DCI: LS1.D
      • Links (click to download):
      • Companion lesson: Insert after Lesson 3.5
      • Time frame: 60 minutes (first and second reads can be spread across two class periods)
      • NYSP–12SLS: PE: MS-LS1-6, MS-LS1-7, DCI: LS1.C, PS3.D
      • Links (click to download):
      • Companion lesson: Insert after Lesson 2.2
      • Time frame: 60 minutes (first and second reads can be spread across two class periods)
      • NYSP–12SLS: PE: MS-PS1-4, DCI: PS3.A
      • Links (click to download):
      • Companion lesson: Insert after Lesson 1.3
      • Time frame: 60 minutes
      • NYSP–12SLS: PE: MS-PS1-7, DCI: PS1.A
      • Links (click to download):
      • Companion lesson: Insert after Lesson 2.3, 2.4, or 2.5
      • Time frame: Two 45-minute class periods
      • NYSP–PE: MS-PS1-8, MS-PS1-2 DCI: PS1.A, PS1.B
      • Links (click to download):

      Grade 8 Lesson Guides and Copymaster

      • Companion lesson: Insert after Lesson 2.2
      • Time frame: 90 minutes (can be spread across multiple class periods)
      • NYSP–12SLS: PE: MS-PS3-2, MS-PS3-5
      • Links (click to download):

      NYC Companion Kits

      Materials needed to teach Amplify Science lessons are provided in a kit for each unit. While some materials used in the NYC Companion Lessons are also found in a unit’s kit, materials specific to the companion lessons are provided in NYC Companion Kits. The contents of each kit and any additional materials needed to teach the companion lessons are listed in the PDFs provided below. Please select your grade to view or download the list.

      NYC Student Editions (print)
      The NYC Student Editions are durable student references that compile all reading material required for a grade level, including the articles students read for NYC Companion Lessons. Students reading in the Student Edition should annotate the text directly with sticky notes to achieve the full benefits of Active Reading. The Active Reading approach was designed as an interactive process in which students highlight and annotate digital or hard copies of articles directly. Printable versions of the articles are available in the downloads section below.

      It is recommended that NYC teachers insert this additional lesson between Lessons 3.1 and 3.2 in order to have students complete a reading assignment in class along with an additional Sim activity.

      • Lesson: Earth, Moon and Sun: Modeling Seasons
      • Lesson Placement: Insert between Lessons 3.1 and 3.2*
      • Links (click to download):

      *If teaching this Modeling Seasons lesson, do not assign reading “The Endless Summer of the Arctic Tern” article for homework in Lesson 3.1. However, students should still model a lunar eclipse with the Modeling Tool for homework, as they will be revisiting and revising this model in Lesson 3.3.

      NYC Investigation Notebooks (for teacher download)

      * includes NYC Companion Lesson Copymaster(s)

      * includes NYC Companion Lesson Copymaster(s)

      • Geology on Mars
      • Earth, Moon, and Sun
      • Force and Motion
      • Engineering Internship: Force and Motion
      • Magnetic Fields*
      • Light Waves
      • Traits and Reproduction
      • Natural Selection
      • Evolutionary History

      * includes NYC Companion Lesson Copymaster(s)

      Admin resources

      Remote and hybrid learning resources

      In response to the shifts towards remote learning, Amplify has created resources for using our programs remotely. Please visit our Program Hub accessible via your Teacher Platform for all of our hybrid and remote learning supports which includes guidance for teachers and parents/guardians.

      Additionally, please see below where you’ll find the recordings from our recently held webinars on our remote learning resources and some best practices for implementing Amplify Science in a distance learning setting.

      Resource guides

      Professional learning opportunities

      Interested in attending training? Check out and sign up for this year’s PL offerings here!

      Election Day 21-22 PL

      Grade 6 Guided Planning Presentation and Webinar

      Grade 7 Guided Planning Presentation and Webinar

      Grade 8 Guided Planning Presentation and Webinar

      Grades 6-8 Unpacking Phenomena Presentation and Webinar

      All 2020-2021 PL session materials can be found below under Professional learning resources.

      Amplify Science Back-to-School Recorded Webinars – Amplify held a series of national office hours throughout the summer and fall to share information about our new resources to support remote and hybrid learning– including recommendations about what to prioritize from your curriculum and essential refresher topics, such as how to navigate your program and find the best planning resources. Feel free to watch all recorded sessions at your convenience.

      Archived Professional Learning Resources

      Winter 2022

      Spring 2021

      Winter 2021

      Fall 2020

      Summer 2020

      Summer 2019- Harnessing Human Energy and Thermal Energy

      Fall 2019- Population and Resources with Participant Notebook

      Winter 2022

      Spring 2021

      Winter 2021

      Fall 2020

      • Grade 7: Progress Builds & Embedded Assessments Webinar
      • Grade 7: Amplify Science Remote & Hybrid Resources Webinar

      Summer 2020

      Summer 2019 – Microbiome and Metabolism

      Fall 2019 – Phase Change with Participant Notebook

      Winter 2022

      Spring 2021

      Winter 2021

      Fall 2020

      • Grade 8: Progress Builds & Embedded Assessments Webinar
      • Grade 8: Amplify Science Remote & Hybrid Resources Webinar

      Summer 2020

      Summer 2019 –  Geology on Mars and Earth, Moon, Sun

      Fall 2019 – Force and Motion with Participant Notebook

      Caregiver resources

      Caregiver Hub

      Questions

      For general questions about the Amplify program (navigation, pedagogy, login), please reach out:

      Email – scihelp@amplify.com
      Phone – call toll-free at (800) 823-1969, Monday to Friday, 7 a.m.–7 p.m.  ET

      Amplify Chat – click the Amplify Chat icon within the individual teacher account

      Welcome!

      As the 2021-2022 school year continues to pose new challenges, you’re likely thinking about making your classroom responsive to student needs due to the covid-19 pandemic.

      Got additional questions? Use Zoom to attend office hours with Nadya Awadallah, the DOE’s Elementary Science Lead on Fridays from 12-1pm.

      Meeting ID: 835 9458 3142

      Passcode: 263518

      NYC Newsletters

      Educator Spotlight Submission

      Calling all NYC DOE educators! Do you know an educator who has gone above and beyond? Would you like to highlight your teaching experience for others? Submit nominations here to see them featured as a spotlight in a future edition of our monthly newsletter and on our Instagram pages!

      Introduction

      This page includes planning, implementation, and professional learning resources for NYC schools using Amplify Science. Please take a moment to familiarize yourself with the categories in the navigation bar on the left side of the page so that you’ll be able to easily find what you need.

      Most New York City educators come here looking for specific information, but if you’re new to Amplify Science, we recommend you read through the program guide to learn a little about the program. 

      New to Amplify? – Start HERE!

      Teachers and Administrators 

      Step 1: Review the Amplify Science Navigation Essentials K-5 Video 

      Step 2: Review your Scope and sequence/course structure calendar

      Step 3: Review the Unpacking the Kit Videos listed below to understand what’s in your unit 1 kit

      Step 4: Access your unique log in information to log-in to the Amplify Science Curriculum outlined below under Login support

      Step 5: Log into the platform and access our Program Hub.  Select Using this site for self study for a complete suite of training videos and resources for an initial orientation video series

      Step 6: Log into the curriculum and begin studying the Unit Map and Teacher’s Guide resources and begin planning your first lesson. Print out the NYC Program Guide for essential program information.

      Step 7: Administrator’s ONLY – Review the K-5 Admin Orientation presentation for an overview on the program. Review materials under Admin Resources. 

      NOTE: Should you need any additional guidance on how to get started with prep (or anything else!), please feel free to get in touch with our pedagogical support team. They are available Monday-Friday from 7AM-7PM EST. You can reach them via the chat icon in the lower right- hand corner of your screen when logged in, through email (help@amplify.com), or via phone (800-823-1969).

      Getting started resources

      NYC Resource Site overview – quick links

      Technology requirements

      Login support

      Materials

      • Materials lists – lists of kit contents by unit
        K | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5
      • Spanish materials lists – lists of Spanish print kit contents by unit
        K | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5
      • Kit-level packing detail (chart) – high-level information regarding kits including dimensions, weights, etc. 

      Unpacking your first Amplify Science classroom kit

      All Amplify Science units coming with kits that include hands-on and print materials. The number of boxes (sometimes referred to as “tubs”) varies depending on the unit.

      21-22 Login Update

      The temporary login credentials for fall ’21 have been deactivated. 

      Please make sure you check out the Getting started resources > Login support below for instructions around teacher and the NYC shared student logins.

      If there are any issues, please confirm with your STARS programmer that your classes are finalized and then contact the Amplify Help Desk at help@amplify.com or at 1-800-823-1969.

      Planning and implementation resources

      Use our NYC Field Trip List to plan an engaging field trip for your students!

      Use the resources below to plan out your year and ensure you are teaching each standard to mastery.

      NYC DOE Supplemental Guiding Documents: Curriculum Gaps

      Admin resources

      Remote and hybrid learning resources

      In response to the shifts towards remote learning, Amplify has created resources for using our programs remotely. Please visit our Program Hub accessible via your Teacher Platform for all of our hybrid and remote learning supports which includes guidance for teachers and parents/guardians.

      Additionally, please see below where you’ll find the recordings from our recently held webinars on our remote learning resources and some best practices for implementing Amplify Science in a distance learning setting.

      Resource guides

      1. K-8 Remote and hybrid learning guide

      On-demand remote learning videos

      Professional Learning Opportunities

      Interested in attending training? Check out and sign up for this year’s PL offerings here!

      All 2021-2022 PL session materials will be uploaded below under Professional learning resources.

      Amplify Science Back-to-School Recorded Webinars – Amplify held a series of national office hours throughout the summer and fall to share information about our new resources to support remote and hybrid learning– including recommendations about what to prioritize from your curriculum and essential refresher topics, such as how to navigate your program and find the best planning resources. Feel free to watch all recorded sessions at your convenience.

      21-22 Professional learning resources

      Fall 2021 materials:

      Summer 2021 materials:

      Fall 2021 materials:

      Summer 2021 materials:

      Fall 2021 materials:

      Summer 2021 materials:

      Fall 2021 materials:

      Summer 2021 materials:

      Fall 2021 materials:

      Summer 2021 materials:

      Fall 2021 materials:

      Summer 2021 materials:

      20-21 Professional learning resources

      Winter 2021 materials:

      Fall 2020 materials:

      Summer 2020 materials:

      Winter 2021 materials:

      Fall 2020 materials:

      Summer 2020 materials:

      Winter 2021 materials:

      Fall 2020 materials:

      Summer 2020 materials:

      • K-5 New Teacher Orientation with Participant Notebook
      • Grades 2-3 Utilizing Program Assessments Effectively Webinar
      • Reaching All Learners for Grades 2-3 Webinar
      • Grade 2 Returning Teacher Remote Learning: Guided Planning Workshop Webinar

      Spring 2021 materials:

      • Unit 4: Focusing on Evidence of Learning for New Teachers Webinar

      Winter 2021 materials:

      Fall 2020 materials:

      Summer 2020 materials:

      • Grade 3 New Teacher Orientation Webinar with Participant Notebook
      • Grades 2-3 Utilizing Program Assessments Effectively Webinar
      • Reaching All Learners for Grades 2-3 Webinar
      • Grade 3 Returning Teacher Remote Learning: Guided Planning Workshop Webinar

      Winter 2021 materials:

      Fall 2020 materials:

      Summer 2020 materials:

      • Grade 4 New Teacher Orientation Webinar with Participant Notebook
      • Grades 4-5 Utilizing Program Assessments Effectively Webinar
      • Reaching All Learners for Grades 4-5 Webinar
      • Grade 4 Returning Teacher Remote Learning: Guided Planning Workshop Webinar

      Winter 2021 materials:

      Fall 2020 materials:

      Summer 2020 materials:

      • Grade 5 New Teacher Orientation Webinar with Participant Notebook
      • Grades 4-5 Utilizing Program Assessments Effectively Webinar
      • Reaching All Learners for Grades 4-5 Webinar
      • Grade 5 Returning Teacher Remote Learning: Guided Planning Workshop Webinar

      19-20 Professional learning resources

      Summer 2019 materials:

      Fall 2019 materials:

      Spring 2020 materials:

      • Reaching ALL Learners: Utilizing Program Assessments Effectively in Grades K & 1 – Participant Notebook

      Summer 2019 materials:

      Fall 2019 materials:

      Spring 2020 materials:

      • Reaching ALL Learners: Utilizing Program Assessments Effectively in Grades K & 1 – Participant Notebook

      Summer 2019 materials:

      Fall 2019 materials:

      Spring 2020 materials:

      • Reaching ALL Learners: Utilizing Program Assessments Effectively in Grades 2 & 3 – Participant Notebook

      Summer 2019 materials:

      Fall 2019 materials:

      Spring 2020 materials:

      • Reaching ALL Learners: Utilizing Program Assessments Effectively in Grades 2 & 3 – Participant Notebook

      Summer 2019 materials:

      Fall 2019 materials:

      Summer 2019 materials:

      Fall 2019 materials;

      Caregiver Resources

      Caregiver letters – information about Next Generation Science Standards by grade level

      K | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5

      Caregiver Hub

      Questions

      Amplify Science K–5 FAQs

      For general questions about the Amplify program (navigation, pedagogy, login), please reach out:

      Email – scihelp@amplify.com
      Phone – call toll-free at (800) 823-1969, Monday to Friday 7 a.m.–7 p.m. ET

      Amplify Chat – click the Amplify Chat icon within the individual teacher account

      Phonological awareness games

      In Cut It Out, students isolate individual phonemes by listening to a beginning, middle, or ending sound and choosing a picture of the word containing the sound in that position.

      Skills
      Phonological awareness

      • Blending at the compound word, syllable, onset-rime, and phoneme level

      Standards covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.1.2.C — Isolate and pronounce initial, medial vowel, and final sounds (phonemes) in spoken single-syllable words.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.2.D — Isolate and pronounce the initial, medial vowel, and final sounds (phonemes) in three-phoneme (consonant-vowel-consonant, or CVC) words.1 (This does not include CVCs ending with /l/, /r/, or /x/.)

      In Gem & Nye, students blend sounds into words, starting with compound words and syllables and then moving to beginning (onset) and ending (rime) sounds and finally individual phonemes, to identify the picture of the word the Soundbots say when blended together.

      Skills
      Phonological awareness

      • Blending at the compound word, syllable, onset-rime, and phoneme level

      Standards covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.1.2.B — Orally produce single-syllable words by blending sounds (phonemes), including consonant blends.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.2.B — Count, pronounce, blend, and segment syllables in spoken words.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.2.C — Blend and segment onsets and rimes of single-syllable spoken words.

      In Wordbots, students practice segmenting words into their onsets and rimes to determine which Startbots and Endbots form a stimulus word.

      Skills
      Phonological awareness

      • Segment at the compound-word and onset-rime level

      Standards covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.2.C — Blend and segment onsets and rimes of single-syllable spoken words.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.2.B — Count, pronounce, blend, and segment syllables in spoken words.

      In Zoom Boom, students practice rhyming by listening to a word and identifying the picture of the word that rhymes with it.

      Skills
      Phonological awareness

      • Rhyming

      Standards covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.2.A — Recognize and produce rhyming words.

      Phonics Games in Amplify Reading: K–2

      In Curioso Crossing, students practice accurate and automatic word recognition by identifying the correct spoken word to guide their Curioso safely throughout the land.

      Skills
      Phonics – Early Decoding; Advanced Decoding

      • Read high-frequency irregular words, regular words, words with inflected endings, two-syllable words, words with prefixes and suffixes, and multi-syllable words

      Standards Covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.3.B — Associate the long and short sounds with the common spellings (graphemes) for the five major vowels.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.1.3.B — Decode regularly spelled one-syllable words.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.1.3.C — Know final -e and common vowel team conventions for representing long vowel sounds.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.1.3.E — Decode two-syllable words following basic patterns by breaking the words into syllables.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.1.3.F — Read words with inflectional endings.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.2.3.A — Distinguish long and short vowels when reading regularly spelled one-syllable words.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.2.3.C — Decode regularly spelled two-syllable words with long vowels.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.2.3.D — Decode words with common prefixes and suffixes.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.2.3.F — Recognize and read grade-appropriate irregularly spelled words.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.3.C — Read common high-frequency words by sight (e.g., the, of, to, you, she, my, is, are, do, does).
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.1.3.G — Recognize and read grade-appropriate irregularly spelled words.

      In Food Truck, students practice “chopping” blends, ending sounds (rimes), and whole words into beginning sounds (onsets), ending sounds, and individual letters to create orders for their hungry goblin customers. The difficulty of words and segmenting tasks increases with each level as customers order more sophisticated “dishes.”

      Skills
      Phonics – Early Decoding

      • Decode and spell words with common rime families

      Standards Covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.3.A — Demonstrate basic knowledge of one-to-one letter-sound correspondences by producing the primary sound or many of the most frequent sounds for each consonant.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.3.B — Associate the long and short sounds with the common spellings (graphemes) for the five major vowels.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.3.D — Distinguish between similarly spelled words by identifying the sounds of the letters that differ.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.2.E — Add or substitute individual sounds (phonemes) in simple, one-syllable words to make new words.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.1.3.B — Decode regularly spelled one-syllable words.

      In Grumpy Goblins, students learn sound-spelling correspondences for consonant digraphs and vowel teams by listening to a sound from a goblin and feeding it the piece of toast with the corresponding letter or combination.

      Skills
      Phonics – Letter Combinations

      • Sound-spelling correspondences for consonant digraphs and vowel teams

      Standards Covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.3.B — Associate the long and short sounds with the common spellings (graphemes) for the five major vowels.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.1.3.A — Know the spelling-sound correspondences for common consonant digraphs.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.2.3.B — Know spelling-sound correspondences for additional common vowel teams.

      In Hangry Goblins, students practice letter-sound combinations by feeding individual letter sounds, consonant digraphs, blends, and vowel teams to goblins that become more and more “hangry” until they are given the letters that match their demands.

      Skills
      Phonics – Letter Sound Correspondence

      • Sound-spelling correspondences for individual letters and letter combinations

      Standards covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.3.A — Demonstrate basic knowledge of one-to-one letter-sound correspondences by producing the primary sound or many of the most frequent sounds for each consonant.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.3.B — Associate the long and short sounds with the common spellings (graphemes) for the five major vowels.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.1.3.A — Know the spelling-sound correspondences for common consonant digraphs.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.2.3.B — Know spelling-sound correspondences for additional common vowel teams.

      In Picky Goblins, students practice sound-spelling correspondences for individual letters by listening to a sound from a goblin and feeding it the piece of toast with the corresponding.

      Skills
      Phonics – Letter-Sound Correspondence

      • Sound-Spelling Correspondences for single letters

      Standards Covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.3.A — Demonstrate basic knowledge of one-to-one letter-sound correspondences by producing the primary sound or many of the most frequent sounds for each consonant.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.3.B — Associate the long and short sounds with the common spellings (graphemes) for the five major vowels.

      In Read All About It, students practice reading sentences with words that include the sound-spelling correspondences, word features (e.g., prefixes/suffixes), and phonics rules (e.g., vowel consonant long e, syllable patterns) they learned and practiced in other games.

      Skills
      Phonics – Early Decoding; Advanced Decoding

      • Read grade level text accurately

      Standards Covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.3 — Know and apply grade-level phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.4 — Read emergent-reader texts with purpose and understanding.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.1.3 — Know and apply grade-level phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.1.4 — Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.2.3 — Know and apply grade-level phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.2.4 — Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension.

      In Rhyme Time, students practice with different rime families (words that end with the same sounds and rhyme) and decode words in these families by swapping the first letter sounds of words while the ending sounds remain constant.

      Skills
      Phonics – Early Decoding

      • Decode words with common rime families

      Standards Covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.3.A — Demonstrate basic knowledge of one-to-one letter-sound correspondences by producing the primary sound or many of the most frequent sounds for each consonant.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.3.B — Associate the long and short sounds with the common spellings (graphemes) for the five major vowels.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.3.D — Distinguish between similarly spelled words by identifying the sounds of the letters that differ.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.2.E — Add or substitute individual sounds (phonemes) in simple, one-syllable words to make new words.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.1.3.B — Decode regularly spelled one-syllable words.

      In Tongue Twist, students practice with different rime families (words that end with the same sounds and rhyme) and build words by changing the ending sound (rime) while the beginning (onset) sounds, consonant blends, and consonant digraphs remain constant.

      Skills
      Phonics – Early Decoding

      • Decode words with common rime families

      Standards covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.3.A — Demonstrate basic knowledge of one-to-one letter-sound correspondences by producing the primary sound or many of the most frequent sounds for each consonant.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.3.B — Associate the long and short sounds with the common spellings (graphemes) for the five major vowels.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.3.D — Distinguish between similarly spelled words by identifying the sounds of the letters that differ.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.K.2.E — Add or substitute individual sounds (phonemes) in simple, one-syllable words to make new words.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.1.3.B — Decode regularly spelled one-syllable words.

      In Word City, students identify and manipulate beginning, middle, and ending letter sounds to assemble word chains that form buildings.

      Skills
      Phonics – Early Decoding

      • Letter-sound correspondence
      • Decoding and spelling regular words

      Standards Covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACYRF.K.3.A — Demonstrate basic knowledge of one-to-one letter-sound correspondences by producing the primary sound or many of the most frequent sounds for each consonant.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACYRF.1.3.A — Know the spelling-sound correspondences for common consonant digraphs.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACYRF.1.3.B — Decode regularly spelled one-syllable words.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACYRF.1.3.C — Know final -e and common vowel team conventions for representing long vowel sounds.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACYRF.2.3.B — Know spelling-sound correspondences for additional common vowel teams.

      Microcomprehension Games in Amplify Reading: K–2

      In Because This, That, students learn how common text structures give clues to meaning by rearranging sentences to identify cause and effect or problem and solution.

      Skills
      Microcomprehension

      • Text Structure: Organize sentences using sequence/chronological order

      Standards covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RI.1.3 — Describe the connection between two individuals, events, ideas, or pieces of information in a text.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RI.1.8 — Identify the reasons an author gives to support points in a text.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RI.2.3 — Describe the connection between a series of historical events, scientific ideas or concepts, or steps in technical procedures in a text.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RI.2.8 — Describe how reasons support specific points the author makes in a text.

      In Connect It!, students practice using different types of conjunctions (temporal and causal, for example) to combine two clauses into a coherent sentence.

      Skills
      Microcomprehension

      • Syntactic awareness – connectives

      Standards covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.L.2.3 — Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening.

      In Message in a Bottle, students build their awareness of syntax and the impact word order has on meaning by unscrambling scraps of lost messages to reconstruct sentences.

      Skills
      Microcomprehension

      • Syntactic awareness

      Standards covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.L.1.1 — Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.L.2.1 — Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking.

      In Mind the Gap, comprehension levels are assessed through a modified cloze exercise in which students make selections to fill in the blanks of a text where approximately every seventh word has been omitted.

      Skills
      Microcomprehension

      • Reading fluency
      • Syntactic awareness
      • Inference
      • Comprehension monitoring

      Standards covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.CCRA.R.1 — Read closely to determine what the text says explicitly and to make logical inferences from it; cite specific textual evidence when writing or speaking to support conclusions drawn from the text.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.CCRA.R.10 — Read and comprehend complex literary and informational texts independently and proficiently.

      In Show Off, students learn how common text structures give clues to meaning, using cues from illustrations to rearrange sentences in the correct sequential or chronological order.
      Skills
      Microcomprehension

      • Text structure: Organize sentences using problem/solution and cause/effect

      Standards covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RI.1.3 — Describe the connection between two individuals, events, ideas, or pieces of information in a text.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RI.1.8 — Identify the reasons an author gives to support points in a text.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RI.2.3 — Describe the connection between a series of historical events, scientific ideas or concepts, or steps in technical procedures in a text.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RI.2.8 — Describe how reasons support specific points the author makes in a text.knowledge of one-to-one letter-sound correspondences by producing the primary sound or many of the most frequent sounds for each consonant.

      In Sloppy Scrolls, students practice the art of comprehension monitoring, or ensuring that they continually build and check a mental model of what they read. In the game, students are introduced to a world of enchanted scrolls that have lost their magic: they contain inconsistencies, and no longer make sense. The students must attempt to identify the inconsistencies by tapping the sentences that don’t match the rest of the passage. To increase the challenge of the game, some of the passages are presented without errors.

      Skills
      Microcomprehension

      • Comprehension Monitoring

      Standards Covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RL.2.10 — By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories and poetry, in the grades 2-3 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.

      In Storyboard, students practice making inferences by completing a storyboard that integrates relevant background knowledge missing from a given sentence.

      Skills
      Microcomprehension

      • Inference

      Standards covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RL.K.1 — With prompting and support, ask and answer questions about key details in a text.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RI.K.1 — With prompting and support, ask and answer questions about key details in a text.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RL.1.1 — Ask and answer questions about key details in a text.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RI.1.1 — Ask and answer questions about key details in a text.

      In Super Match, students work on developing cognitive flexibility, or the ability to track multiple elements simultaneously, by completing interactive puzzles that associate pictures and words across multiple dimensions (e.g., color and category, or starting sounds and category).

      Skills
      Microcomprehension

      • Cognitive flexibility

      Standards covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.L.1.5.A — Sort words into categories (e.g., colors, clothing) to gain a sense of the concepts the categories represent.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.L.1.5.B — Define words by category and by one or more key attributes (e.g., a duck is a bird that swims; a tiger is a large cat with stripes).
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RF.1.3 — Know and apply grade-level phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words.

      In Unmask That, students build their understanding of anaphora, a tool authors use to avoid repetition, by linking pronouns to their antecedents in text.

      Skills
      Microcomprehension

      • Syntactic awareness – anaphora

      Standards covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.L.1.1 — Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.L.2.1 — Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking.

      Comprehension Games in Amplify Reading: K–2

      In Best Buddy, students examine character traits to determine which school club provides the best fit for their fictional friends.

      Skills
      Comprehension – Key Ideas and Details

      • Character Traits

      Standards Covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RL.1.3 — Describe characters, settings, and major events in a story, using key details.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RL.2.3 — Describe how characters in a story respond to major events and challenges.

      In Book Club, students compare and contrast two books on the same topic or theme to determine which book best meets the needs of a character in the game.

      Skills
      Comprehension – Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

      • Compare and Contrast Texts

      Standards covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RI.1.9 — Identify basic similarities in and differences between two texts on the same topic (e.g., in illustrations, descriptions, or procedures).
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.Rl.2.9 — Compare and contrast the most important points presented by two texts on the same topic.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RL.2.9 — Compare and contrast two or more versions of the same story (e.g., Cinderella stories) by different authors or from different cultures.

      In Debate-a-Ball, students practice identifying the best evidence to support a claim. Students pick an animal avatar to compete with an automated opponent in debates on familiar topics. To win, students must put forward the best evidence to support each claim more frequently than their opponents. They are taught to identify evidence that is factual and strongly related to the claim.

      Skills
      Comprehension – Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

      • Evaluate evidence

      Standards covered

      • CSS.ELA-LITERACY.RI.2.8 — Describe how reasons support specific points the author makes in a text.

      In Picture This, students complete the illustrations for a story by identifying words that describe its setting, characters, problems, and solutions.

      Skills
      Comprehension – Key Ideas and Details

      • Story Elements/Plot

      Standards covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RL.1.1 — Ask and answer questions about key details in a text.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RL.1.3 — Describe characters, settings, and major events in a story, using key details.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RL.2.1 — Ask and answer such questions as who, what, where, when, why, and how to demonstrate understanding of key details in a text.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RL.2.3 — Describe how characters in a story respond to major events and challenges.

      In Storybox, students choose settings, situations, and solutions to send characters on different adventures, using details and context to help them resolve problems and complete the story.

      Skills
      Comprehension – Key Ideas and Details

      • Story Elements/Plot

      Standards covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RL.K.3 — With prompting and support, identify characters, settings, and major events in a story.

      In Tube Tales, students learn the attributes of different genres and practice identifying them in brief texts.

      Skills
      Comprehension – Craft and Structure

      • Text schema

      Standards covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RL.2.10 — By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories and poetry, in the grades 2-3 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RI.2.5 — Know and use various text features (e.g., captions, bold print, subheadings, glossaries, indexes, electronic menus, icons) to locate key facts or information in a text efficiently.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RI.2.10 — By the end of year, read and comprehend informational texts, including history/social studies, science, and technical texts, in the grades 2-3 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.

      In What’s the Big Idea, students examine pictures, picture sequences, and short passages to practice differentiating the main idea from story details.

      Skills
      Comprehension – Key Ideas and Details

      • Main idea

      Standards covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RI.K.2 — With prompting and support, identify the main topic and retell key details of a text.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RI.1.2 — Identify the main topic and retell key details of a text.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.RI.2.2 — Identify the main topic of a multiparagraph text as well as the focus of specific paragraphs within the text.

      Vocabulary Games in Amplify Reading: K–2

      In Punchline!, students learn how words can have multiple meanings by channeling their inner comedian to crack homonym-based jokes.

      Skills
      Vocabulary

      • Multiple-meaning words

      Standards covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.L.2.4.A — Use sentence-level context as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase.

      In Shades of Meaning, students differentiate the nuances in similar words — first by ordering them from weakest to strongest, largest to smallest, or least to greatest; then by putting them into sentences that further clarify their meaning.

      Skills
      Vocabulary

      • Shades of meaning

      Standards covered

      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.L.1.5.D — Distinguish shades of meaning among verbs differing in manner (e.g., look, peek, glance, stare, glare, scowl) and adjectives differing in intensity (e.g., large, gigantic) by defining or choosing them or by acting out the meanings.
      • CCSS.ELA-LITERACY.L.2.5.B — Distinguish shades of meaning among closely related verbs (e.g., toss, throw, hurl) and closely related adjectives (e.g., thin, slender, skinny, scrawny).

      Amplify Reading: K–2’s Integrated eReader

      eReader Overview

      Amplify Reading: K–2 has a new library of over 25 fiction and non-fiction ebooks and an adaptive algorithm that unlocks each book at the exact right point in a reader’s development. Moreover, they contain familiar interactions from the games so that students move seamlessly from text-embedded-in-games to games-embedded-in-text, maximizing their sense of growing competency.

      The eReader also provides optional supports for its readers. From the settings icon on the title page of each book, students can turn on sentence numbering, read aloud functionality, and reveal words, as well as adjust the text size.

      Student Experience
      When students are ready for a text, it will appear as one of their quest steps.

      When readers first unlock a new book, they read through it without interruption (with read-aloud support if appropriate).

      In the second read, students discover embedded activities that repeat the familiar iconography of a game they previously mastered.

      At the end of the book, additional activities evaluate students’ comprehension.

      Achievements in books are part of the same overall reward system: helping your Curioso grow, just like achievement in skill-building games. Mastery of the content is reflected in the teacher dashboard within the given skill.

      How teachers are using Amplify Reading

      Independent study/rotation stations
      Amplify Reading is a personalized, differentiated program designed to keep students engaged and on task in independent study. The program is most effective when used for a minimum of 45 minutes per week.

      Other common uses
      We designed the program to be flexible enough to fit any classroom model. Amplify Reading is browser-based, so it works on Chromebooks, iPads, laptops, desktops, and even iPhones. It can also be used at home to extend learning beyond the classroom.

      Learning mathematics through problem solving: Part 2

      Problem-based learning can put students on the path to math success. In this post, we’ll dig a little deeper into what it is, what it’s not, and teachers’ role in putting it into action. 

      You can read the first post in this series here.

      Tackling real-world questions

      In our previous post, we established that a problem-based math curriculum sets math students up for long-term success. We showed that lessons in a problem-based learning model introduce students to interesting and often real-world problems or tasks that require them to draw on background knowledge, previously learned content, and/or new information. 

      Problem-based learning vs. teaching as presenting

      With traditional show-and-tell pedagogy, the teacher describes the procedures and formulas to answer problems and then gives students an opportunity to practice what they’ve been shown. This model is very common—most middle school and high school math teachers report using it as their primary mode of instruction.

      With this approach, instruction is focused on getting answers through isolated skills and processes, so many students fail to develop the conceptual foundations required for the math to make sense. This often means students don’t know when a piece of knowledge is useful to a new, novel problem.

      While teachers may be able to make a given lesson fun (for example, by turning it into a game), the math in the lesson is often uninspiring. Students may remember the game, but forget the math.

      The limits of telling students how to do things

      The occasional use of direct instruction is not always a bad option for teachers. Not all concepts and skills require substantial inquiry in order to stick or make sense.

      But there are limits to deploying direct instruction as the primary mode of teaching. They include the following:

      1. For routine algorithmic problems such as calculating the sum of two multi-digit numbers, teaching has to involve a certain amount of telling—but just telling students how do something doesn’t set them up for success. Students remember algorithms better over the long term when those procedures are grounded in conceptual understanding. If students forget a procedure, conceptual understanding can help them recover it.
      2. Not every problem is routine or has an algorithm. Word problems are a big part of math, and word problems aren’t routine. No algorithm can make solving them a mechanical process. Instead, students have to comprehend the situation and create equations or models that reflect the relationships presented in the problem.
      3. In middle school math, algorithms become even less prevalent. As soon as rational numbers enter the scene, even a numerical calculation like -1(-1 – 1) has elements of strategy. 

      Algebra often presents a student with choices, as when solving an equation like 3(x + 1) = 6. Will they begin by using the distributive property to rewrite the equation as 3x + 3 = 6? Or should they begin by dividing both sides of the original equation by 3 to obtain x + 1 = 2?

      With problem-based pedagogy, choices about how to solve a word problem or which calculation strategy to pick can become learning moments. If some students do it one way while other students do it another way, both groups can learn by discussing how the two methods relate. 

      How Amplify Math can help 

      Amplify Math lessons help teachers cultivate and structure these student conversations. The program includes easy-to-follow instructional supports that make implementing a problem-based program more effective and enjoyable for both teachers and students. The lessons are designed to elicit creative thinking and get students collaborating. 

      By working on problems that are intriguing, engaging, and relevant, students see how the math they are learning in class connects to their everyday lives. Students are placed into situations where they need to reason, collaborate, revise their thinking, and apply what they’ve learned.

      What does problem-based math learning unlock for students? Part 3

      Webinar series recap, part 3 of 3

      We hope you’ve enjoyed reading about—and watching—parts one and two of our three-part webinar series on student-centered learning. The earlier segments explored the thinking and framework behind student-centered instruction.

      In this section—a sneak peek at a new lesson from Desmos Math 6–A1—we explore what it actually looks like in practice (and in a fish tank).

      Read on for a look at how problem-based math instruction creates memorable learning experiences, and how you can find inspiration to do the same in your classrooms. (Impatient to find out? You can also just go straight to the full recording!)

      Carlos’s fish: A different type of real-life problem

      The idea for this lesson arose from the real-life experience of Desmos Classroom engineer Carlos Diaz, who found himself in possession of a “magic” toy aquarium. (For more of the entertaining backstory, watch the demo!)

      The aquarium contained small fish that grow when you add water—by up to 400%, according to the package.

      Takeaway 1: We are always surrounded with inspiration for student-driven math lessons, we just have to keep our eyes open.

      Takeaway 2: Green did keep his eyes open, and they were drawn immediately to that 400%. He was skeptical—”At 400% larger, will they even fit?”—and then inspired. “We need to test this thing out,” he thought.

      A stream of other questions came forth: Does the scale factor apply to lengths, volumes, something else? Would the growth be linear, or exponential? (Would Carlos ever have to clean the tank?)

      The power of open-ended questions

      We can’t tell you how large the fish grew (spoiler!) but we can tell you that they did (metaphorically) bust out of their tank and into a lively math lesson.

      In the lesson, students look at the toy and are asked: What do you see? What do you notice? What do you wonder?

      This type of question helps form the basis of student-centered learning. Here, students are not presented with a fixed set of variables and parameters and asked to solve strictly within them. Rather, they’re presented with a relevant or real-world problem and invited to reference background knowledge, previously learned content, new information, and even imagination.

      Potential for exponential growth

      From there, a teacher can guide students to make connections between a situation in context and the type of solution or equation that might be relevant. Students can explore collaboratively why one strategy might work better than another.

      In this case, a teacher can help students determine that they’ll need to calculate exponential growth (mass), and support them in deciding the best way to do so. Then, having arrived thoughtfully at an approach, they can actually solve the problem and find an answer.

      In other words, teachers leading student-driven learning transfer responsibility to those students. Teachers set up the lessons and activities and then provide just enough information and scaffolding to allow students to learn and reinforce math concepts, apply knowledge, and discover new approaches.

      Let’s put it this way. Science has found that—contrary to popular belief—goldfish can remember things for not just weeks or months, but years. With student-focused learning, your students will, too.

      Learn more.

      Register for a free trial for access to this and other lessons. 

      Learn more about Amplify Desmos Math

      Watch the webinar.

      Subscribe to Math Teacher Lounge.

      New professional development series for science educators

      New year’s resolutions generally don’t work—unless, experts say, they’re specific, measurable, and backed by science (like … getting more sleep so you feel more rested). So if you’ve resolved (or at least planned) to do more science professional development this year, we got you.

      Our new, free, on-demand professional development webinars are ready to be added to your calendar. Designed for the era of NGSS, they offer research-based ways for you to engage your students deeply in science this year. (But we hope you’ll find a way to get more sleep, too!)

      Phenomena-based science learning for next-level engagement

      The Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS) are designed to deliver this key shift: Students go from learning about to figuring out. Instead of delivering information, teachers invite students to explore the power of phenomena-based learning in science. By focusing first on real-life scenarios and thoughtful questions over abstract correct answers, this approach cultivates students’ voices and curiosity. It gets them to the right answers—but in a way that helps them think, read, write, and argue like real scientists and engineers.

      The NGSS also delivers three-dimensional science instruction. This means that each standard includes the following three dimensions:

      1. Science and Engineering Practices: the actual behaviors that scientists and engineers engage in as they investigate and create.
      2. Cross-cutting Concepts: concepts that appear across and link various domains of science. They include: Patterns, similarity, and diversity; cause and effect; scale, proportion, and quantity; systems and system models; energy and matter; structure and function; and stability and change.
      3. Disciplinary Core Ideas: The fundamental scientific ideas that make up the core content of the NGSS.

      A look at our webinars

      Featuring curriculum experts from UC Berkeley’s Lawrence Hall of Science, our webinars will  show you what these approaches look like in real classrooms.

      COURSE 1

      Establishing a Culture of Figuring Out in Your Next Generation Science Classroom

      Explore ways to cultivate curiosity and value student voices while utilizing the structures and content from phenomena-based, literacy-rich science curricula designed for the Next Generation Science Standards.

      Watch on demand now!

      COURSE 2

      Lead with Phenomena and the Three Dimensions Will Follow

      Reframe your K–8 science instruction by focusing on phenomena. Learn about the shift in science teaching and classroom practices toward one where students are figuring out, not learning about.

      Watch on demand now!

      COURSE 3

      Leveraging Science to Accelerate Learning

      Learn about an approach to teaching and learning science that not only meets state science standards, but can also be used to support accelerated student learning across all subject areas.

      Watch on demand now!

      Also:

      Tune into Science Connections:The Podcast.
      Learn more about the NGSS.
      Explore more Amplify webinars.
      Have a phenomenal 2023 in science!

      The #1 foundational skill for the Science of Reading

      The first of five: Phonemic and phonological awareness

      Phonemic awareness and phonological awareness—together, they’re the first of the five foundational reading skills articulated by the Science of Reading

      The two are intertwined, but not interchangeable. Even though they combine to form one skill, they have distinct meanings and play different roles in helping children become proficient readers.

       In the first of this five-part series on foundational skills, we’ll look at where the path to literacy begins—and why it all starts with sounds. 

      What the Science of Reading tells us about the brain

      First, an essential reminder: Our brains are not hard-wired for reading. They do not intrinsically know that marks on a page are designed to represent sounds, or meaning. That’s why reading must be taught, explicitly and systematically. 

      But when we teach reading using what science tells us, the brain wires itself to start recognizing those letters, syllables, and words.  

      “Reading comes through building new neural pathways,” says Alice Wiggins, vice president of instructional design and products at UnboundEd and our guest on Season 3, Episode 2 of Science of Reading: The Podcast. “That’s what happens,” she says, “when we’re taught to read.”  

      Why it starts with sound

      The Simple View of Reading establishes that if you can’t decode the symbols (letters and combinations of letters) that make up a sentence, you can’t read it—even if you know the language in which it’s written.

      And when it comes to spoken language, those symbols were created to capture sounds. 

      “Teaching kids that letters represent the sounds in speech has the most potent logic, because written language was invented to represent speech,” says Dr. Louisa Moats, an expert on how children learn to read and our guest on Season 3, Episode 3 of Science of Reading: The Podcast. “We don’t learn to talk from reading. We already know how to talk. We have to learn this system that is mapped onto speech.”

      Phonemic awareness and phonological awareness form the building blocks for understanding the relationship between sounds and letters, paving the way for successful reading acquisition.

      To understand how important they are, look no further than the Reading Rope, a visual representation of the key skills involved in reading. The strands of the rope represent various interconnected components, including phonological awareness, phonicsvocabularyfluency, and comprehension.

      Phonological awareness and phonemic awareness are positioned as the foundational strands.

      To understand why, we’ll need to get more specific.

      What is phonemic awareness?

      Phonemes are the smallest units of sound that make up words. Phonemic awareness refers to the ability to identify and manipulate individual sounds (phonemes) in spoken words.

      Phonemic awareness plays a vital role in the early stages of reading. By recognizing and manipulating individual sounds within spoken words, kids come to understand how sounds combine to form words.

      This ability to segment and blend sounds lays the foundation for phonics, and the ability to decode and read unfamiliar words.

      What is phonological awareness?

      Phonological awareness encompasses a range of skills that go beyond manipulating individual phonemes. It includes abilities such as recognizing and manipulating larger units of sound, such as syllables, rhymes, onset and rime, and even entire words. It involves tasks like clapping out the syllables in a word, identifying words that rhyme, recognizing words with the same initial sound, and blending or segmenting words into syllables.

      This awareness of larger sound units enhances readers’ ability to identify and manipulate individual phonemes. That, in turn, sets the stage for word recognition and decoding.

      Phonology and equality

      Alice Wiggins notes that just as reading skills start with sound, so does equality. It’s important to acknowledge that students speak and are exposed to a wide variety of pronunciations of English letters and words.

      “Being explicit and systematic attends to those differences for all students,” she says. 

      More ways to learn

      Free professional learning opportunities for math educators

      We hope you’ll take some time this summer to refresh your energy—and your math teaching skills and knowledge. We’re here to help with these professional learning opportunities for math teachers.  

      Culled from our trove of blog posts and webinars, we’ve compiled a list of math teacher resources covering topics from technology in the math classroom to math anxiety and more. We hope your down time and your math time add up to a great summer! 

      Diving into math curriculum

      As math teachers, you work every day to celebrate student brilliance, build deep conceptual understanding, and create the conditions for every student to be successful. Find out how Amplify Desmos Math can help with these resources. 

      Desmos Classroom

      This four-part webinar series will give you the tools you need to go from platform novice to skilled Desmos Classroom whiz.

      What amazing math looks like

      How can you help students both learn math and love math? Examine what amazing math looks like for both educators and students in this webinar series that explores the importance of focus, engagement, and collaboration. Start with our special kickoff webinar presented by math expert Dan Meyer, host of Math Teacher Lounge, then binge-watch our webinars on next-level math engagement! 

      Desmos Math 6–A1

      Learn about the EdReports process for evaluating high-quality instructional materials (including Desmos Math 6–8) in a post from our blog, then check out our info session and Step Ahead webinars to learn more about the program—and see it through the eyes of math students!

      Creating a math community 

      As any mathematician knows, there’s strength in numbers! The following posts, all from the Amplify blog, will help you build a culture of collaboration and community in your math classrooms. 

      Summer is one of those good things that must come to an end. But when it does, we hope these resources will have helped you feel more prepared than ever for a magical year of math! 

      Understanding dyslexia and the power of early intervention

      What do Albert Einstein, Whoopi Goldberg, and Percy Jackson have in common? 

      A diagnosis (albeit retroactive or speculative) of dyslexia. 

      Fortunately, our understanding of the condition has progressed since the days of Einstein—and it’s also more accurate than it’s portrayed in The Olympians. (Percy’s challenges in that beloved series are said to result from his brain being “hard-wired” for ancient Greek, which is…not really a thing.) 

      So what do we know now? “You can screen early, and you can intervene just as early,” says Emily Lutrick, a preK–5 curriculum and dyslexia coordinator with almost 20 years of experience in education (and a guest on Science of Reading: The Podcast). 

      Let’s take a look at more of what we know about what dyslexia is (and is not), what students with these challenges struggle with, and the importance—and power—of early intervention.

      What is dyslexia?

      Dyslexia is a neurological condition that affects the way a person’s brain processes written and spoken language—and thus their ability to read, write, and spell. It shows up as difficulties in accurate and fluent word recognition, spelling, and decoding. 

      More precisely, people with dyslexia often experience challenges in phonological awareness. They may struggle to break down words into their component sounds and to recognize the relationships between letters and sounds. These difficulties can make reading and writing laborious, and can—understandably—bring down a student’s performance and confidence. It’s a lifelong condition that requires (and responds to) specific research-based interventions.

      In the United States, the National Institutes of Health (NIH) estimates that about 15–20% of the population has symptoms indicating a risk of dyslexia or reading difficulty. The condition occurs across different cultures, languages, generations, and socioeconomic backgrounds.

      Common misconceptions about dyslexia

      Dyslexia is not a result of laziness, poor teaching, or lack of effort (or of being a demi-god).

      Let’s debunk some other misconceptions

      • Dyslexia is not a visual problem that causes readers to mix up letters like “b” and “d.” People with dyslexia struggle to match letters to sounds. (Confusing letters is actually common—lots of kids do it, and then move past it, as they learn to read.)
      • We don’t have to wait for students to “fail” in order to identify signs of dyslexia. Some clues and signs may emerge even before students start school, such as a delay in learning tasks like tying shoes and telling time, or difficulties with self-expression; following directions; or learning the alphabet, rhymes, or times tables.
      • Students with dyslexia do not just need more time to learn to read. Dyslexia is not something outgrown. Students who are at risk of developing dyslexia need consistent, high-quality, research-based instruction. 
      • People with dyslexia are slower / not as smart. On the contrary, people with dyslexia are able to think as quickly and creatively as others, and are just as intelligent.
      • Students with dyslexia need to use different materials than everyone else. Students with dyslexia can actually succeed using the same texts and curricula as their peers!
      • Students with dyslexia do have the potential to read at grade level when they have access to early intervention, targeted supports, and a flexible curriculum. In fact, a study at the University of Washington showed that only eight weeks of specialized instruction strengthened neural circuitry—and improved reading performance.

      Types of dyslexia

      Dyslexia is also not a one-size-fits-all condition. Some common types include:

      • Phonological dyslexia: This type of dyslexia primarily affects a person’s ability to decode words and recognize the sounds associated with letters and letter combinations.
      • Surface dyslexia: Students with surface dyslexia may struggle with irregular words that do not follow common phonetic rules but be able to read more regular words accurately.
      • Rapid naming deficit: This type of dyslexia is characterized by difficulty in rapidly naming familiar objects, colors, or symbols.
      • Double deficit dyslexia: Individuals with double deficit dyslexia exhibit both phonological and rapid naming deficits.

      The importance of early intervention

      Early intervention is key to helping students with dyslexia reach their full potential. Research has shown that identifying and addressing the condition in the earliest possible stages of education can significantly improve student reading and writing abilities—and so much more.

      Early intervention generally focuses on building foundational skills such as phonemic awareness, phonics, decoding, and reading fluency. It might include specialized instruction, assistive technology, and modifications to classroom materials and assessments. 

      Intervention has an emotional and social impact, too. Dyslexia can bring down a student’s confidence and even keep them on the social sidelines. By identifying and addressing dyslexia early, teachers can provide their students with access to emotional support and opportunities to catch and keep up with their peers, which helps them remain part of the classroom community. 

      Screening for dyslexia

      Before intervention comes identification. That’s why mCLASS® includes built-in dyslexia screening, with reliable tools such as: 

      • Phonological Awareness Assessment: Assesses a student’s ability to recognize and manipulate sounds in words.
      • Rapid Automatized Naming (RAN) Test: Evaluates how quickly a student can name. 

      And before all that, it’s important that teachers be the first eyes and ears. They may ask caregivers about any family history of reading difficulties, as the condition often has a genetic component. Lutrick watches for students who might be struggling to read fluently or think meta-cognitively about text. ”You know that they’ve got the ability but something is just blocking them,” she says

      One diagnostic tack she takes: Asking them to try to decode nonsense words. “For a child who is struggling and at risk of reading difficulty, every word may be a nonsense word,” she says. “Do they have the skills necessary to break it down? If not, I would like to try to help them fill those gaps as quickly as I can.” (mCLASS also includes a Nonsense Word Fluency assessment.)

      And it’s possible to intervene even before that, as podcast host Susan Lambert notes: “If we are not already doing systematic and explicit phonics in kindergarten and first grade, there is a possibility that we wouldn’t identify those kids.” 

      Lutrick also points out that dyslexia can be disguised in many different ways. “Look at every student and see if there is something behind the mask,” she says. “We need to task ourselves to really look at every individual student as if each one of them is critically important, which we all believe, or we wouldn’t be in this profession.”

      More to explore

      Welcome Oklahoma middle school educators!

      Amplify ELA is top-rated by the state of Oklahoma as a Tier 1 program and is built specifically for the needs of middle school teachers and students.

      Amplify ELA is a blended curriculum designed to help teachers implement the Oklahoma Academic Standards for ELA by delivering a structured, yet flexible instructional approach grounded in the Science of Reading.

      Illustration of a woman's profile with floral hair decorations, a group of diverse children reading, and an astronaut, with text "read the report: edreports review year 2019.

      Designed to prepare middle schoolers for high school and beyond

      After watching the Amplify ELA 6–8 video to the right, scroll down to learn even more, download resources, and access a demo.

      What it is

      Amplify ELA is a core program for grades 6–8 that delivers:

      • A unique, research-based approach designed to get all students reading grade-level text together.
      • An instructional design that inspires students to read more deeply, write more vividly, and think more critically.
      • A rich combination of dynamic texts, lively discussions, and interactive Quests that truly engages middle schoolers and inspires them to participate in learning.

      How it works

      Amplify ELA lessons follow a structure that’s grounded in regular routines, yet flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

      Need an abridged version of the curriculum? Our abridged lesson pathways ensure full coverage of the standards in just 100 days.

      What students explore

      Amplify ELA provides everything you need to deliver a full year’s worth of instruction.

      Each grade level of Amplify ELA consists of six multimedia units. Four or five of the units are focused on complex literary texts and one or two are collections based on primary source documents and research. Each grade also provides a dedicated story writing unit, a poetry unit, and two or three two or three immersive learning experiences called Quests.

      Download the Unit Overview and explore a model lesson below to learn more.

      Three educational book covers from amplify ela series, featuring illustrations of an astronaut, diverse children with books, and a poet surrounded by symbolic imagery.

      Built on the Science of Reading

      Watching students mature into adolescents? Inspiring. Knowing how to engage and motivate their changing brains? Science.

      The middle school years are marked by a period of tremendous growth and change—physically, emotionally, and socially. Amplify ELA understands and embraces these changes, and delivers instruction specifically designed to tap into adolescents’ natural inclinations toward collaboration, exploration, and autonomy.

      Six levels of differentiation

      We believe all students are capable of reading grade-level text together.

      Amplify ELA ensures all students have access to the same text. With six distinct levels of differentiation, every student is supported or challenged in a way that meets their unique needs. This includes English language learners at the Developing, Expanding, and Bridging levels, as well as students needing substantial support or an extra challenge.

      Multiple overlapping open documents on a computer screen, featuring text editing interfaces with prompts for feedback and responses.

      Assessment

      Amplify ELA not only includes captivating content, but also provides clear and actionable measurement data about student performance.

      Our embedded formative and summative assessment tools maximize teaching time, while allowing teachers to make confident, data-driven decisions about the instruction and supports students need to grow continually as readers and writers.

      Access demo

      Ready to explore on your own? Follow the instructions below to access your demo account.

      Explore as a teacher

      First, watch the quick teacher navigation video to the right. Then, follow the instructions below to access your demo account.

      • Click the ELA Learning Platform button
      • Select Log in with Amplify
      • Enter this username: t1.okela23@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter this password: Amplify1-okela23
      • Select the ELA icon and your desired grade level

      Explore as a student

      First, watch the quick student navigation video to the right. Then, follow the instructions below to access your demo account.

      • Click the ELA Learning Platform button
      • Select Log in with Amplify
      • Enter this username: s1.okela23@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter this password: Amplify1-okela23
      • Select the desired grade level

      Contact us

      Looking to speak directly with your Oklahoma representative? Get in touch below!

      Jordan Baker, M. Ed.

      Oklahoma Account Executive

      (405) 204-0473

      jobaker@amplify.com

      Welcome to Amplify ELA!

      To view this protected page, enter the password below:



      Amplify ELA for Prescott School District

      Amplify ELA is the only ELA curriculum truly built for the needs of middle school teachers and students.

      Not only that, it helps all teachers implement Arizona’s English Language Arts Standards by delivering an instructional approach based on the Science of Engagement.

      Illustration of a woman's profile with floral hair decorations, a group of diverse children reading, and an astronaut, with text "read the report: edreports review year 2019.

      Overview

      After watching the 6–8 video to the right, scroll down to learn even more, download resources, and access a demo.

      What it is

      Amplify ELA is a core program for grades 6–8 that delivers:

      • A unique research-based approach designed to get all students reading grade-level text together.
      • An instructional design that inspires students to read more deeply, write more vividly, and think more critically.
      • A rich combination of dynamic texts, lively discussions, and interactive Quests that truly engages middle schoolers and inspires them to participate in learning.

      How it works

      Amplify ELA lessons follow a structure grounded in regular routines, but that is flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

      Need an abridged version of the curriculum? Our abridged lesson pathways ensure full coverage of the standards in just 100 days.

      What students explore

      Amplify ELA provides everything you need to deliver a full year’s worth of instruction.

      Each grade level of Amplify ELA consists of six multimedia units. Four or five of the units are focused on complex literary texts and one or two are collections based on primary source documents and research. Each grade also provides two or three immersive learning experiences called Quests, a dedicated story writing unit, and a poetry unit.

      Download the unit overviews below to learn more.

      Three educational book covers from amplify ela series, featuring illustrations of an astronaut, diverse children with books, and a poet surrounded by symbolic imagery.

      Built on the Science of Engagement

      Watching students mature into adolescents: inspiring. Knowing how to engage and motivate their changing brains: science.

      The middle school years are marked by a period of tremendous growth and change – physically, emotionally, and socially. Amplify ELA understands and embraces these changes, and delivers instruction specifically designed to tap into adolescents’ natural inclinations toward collaboration, exploration, and autonomy.

      Six levels of differentiation

      We believe all students are capable of reading grade level text together.

      Amplify ELA ensures all students have access to the same text. With six distinct levels of differentiation, every student is supported or challenged in a way that meets their unique needs. This includes ELLs at the Developing, Expanding, and Bridging levels as well as students needing substantial support or an extra challenge.

      Multiple overlapping open documents on a computer screen, featuring text editing interfaces with prompts for feedback and responses.

      Assessment

      Not only does Amplify ELA include captivating content. It also provides clear and actionable measurement data about student performance.

      Our embedded formative and summative assessment tools maximize teaching time, while allowing teachers to make confident, data driven decisions about the instruction and supports students need to grow continually as readers and writers.

      Access demo

      Ready to explore on your own? Follow the instructions below to log into our live demo account.

      Explore as a teacher

      First, watch the quick teacher navigation video to the right. Then, follow the instructions below to access your demo account.

      • Click the ELA Learning Platform button
      • Select Log in with Amplify
      • Enter this username: t1.prescottelag58@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter this password: Amplify1-prescottelag58
      • Select the desired grade level

      Explore as a student

      First, watch the quick teacher navigation video to the right. Then, follow the instructions below to access your demo account.

      • Click the ELA Learning Platform button
      • Select Log in with Amplify
      • Enter this username: s1.prescottelag58@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter this password: Amplify1-prescottelag58
      • Select the desired grade level

      Contact us

      Looking to speak directly with your Arizona representative? Your dedicated Account Executive, Tommy Gearhart, is standing by and ready to help.

      Tommy Gearhart

      Senior Account Executive

      (505) 206-7661

      tgearhart@amplify.com

      Alestra Menéndez

      Literacy Curriculum Specialist

      (925) 698-8083

      amenendez@amplify.com

      Amplify ELA for Prescott School District

      Amplify ELA is the only ELA curriculum truly built for the needs of middle school teachers and students.

      Not only that, it helps all teachers implement Arizona’s English Language Arts Standards by delivering an instructional approach based on the Science of Engagement.

      Illustration of a woman's profile with floral hair decorations, a group of diverse children reading, and an astronaut, with text "read the report: edreports review year 2019.

      Overview

      After watching the 6–8 video to the right, scroll down to learn even more, download resources, and access a demo.

      What it is

      Amplify ELA is a core program for grades 6–8 that delivers:

      • A unique research-based approach designed to get all students reading grade-level text together.
      • An instructional design that inspires students to read more deeply, write more vividly, and think more critically.
      • A rich combination of dynamic texts, lively discussions, and interactive Quests that truly engages middle schoolers and inspires them to participate in learning.

      How it works

      Amplify ELA lessons follow a structure grounded in regular routines, but that is flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

      Need an abridged version of the curriculum? Our abridged lesson pathways ensure full coverage of the standards in just 100 days.

      What students explore

      Amplify ELA provides everything you need to deliver a full year’s worth of instruction.

      Each grade level of Amplify ELA consists of six multimedia units. Four or five of the units are focused on complex literary texts and one or two are collections based on primary source documents and research. Each grade also provides two or three immersive learning experiences called Quests, a dedicated story writing unit, and a poetry unit.

      Download the unit overviews below to learn more.

      Three educational book covers from amplify ela series, featuring illustrations of an astronaut, diverse children with books, and a poet surrounded by symbolic imagery.

      Built on the Science of Engagement

      Watching students mature into adolescents: inspiring. Knowing how to engage and motivate their changing brains: science.

      The middle school years are marked by a period of tremendous growth and change – physically, emotionally, and socially. Amplify ELA understands and embraces these changes, and delivers instruction specifically designed to tap into adolescents’ natural inclinations toward collaboration, exploration, and autonomy.

      Six levels of differentiation

      We believe all students are capable of reading grade level text together.

      Amplify ELA ensures all students have access to the same text. With six distinct levels of differentiation, every student is supported or challenged in a way that meets their unique needs. This includes ELLs at the Developing, Expanding, and Bridging levels as well as students needing substantial support or an extra challenge.

      Multiple overlapping open documents on a computer screen, featuring text editing interfaces with prompts for feedback and responses.

      Assessment

      Not only does Amplify ELA include captivating content. It also provides clear and actionable measurement data about student performance.

      Our embedded formative and summative assessment tools maximize teaching time, while allowing teachers to make confident, data driven decisions about the instruction and supports students need to grow continually as readers and writers.

      Access demo

      Ready to explore on your own? Follow the instructions below to log into our live demo account.

      Explore as a teacher

      First, watch the quick teacher navigation video to the right. Then, follow the instructions below to access your demo account.

      • Click the ELA Learning Platform button
      • Select Log in with Amplify
      • Enter this username: t1.prescottelag58@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter this password: Amplify1-prescottelag58
      • Select the desired grade level

      Explore as a student

      First, watch the quick teacher navigation video to the right. Then, follow the instructions below to access your demo account.

      • Click the ELA Learning Platform button
      • Select Log in with Amplify
      • Enter this username: s1.prescottelag58@demo.tryamplify.net
      • Enter this password: Amplify1-prescottelag58
      • Select the desired grade level

      Contact us

      Looking to speak directly with your Arizona representative? Your dedicated Account Executive, Tommy Gearhart, is standing by and ready to help.

      Tommy Gearhart

      Senior Account Executive

      (505) 206-7661

      tgearhart@amplify.com

      Alestra Menéndez

      Literacy Curriculum Specialist

      (925) 698-8083

      amenendez@amplify.com

      Welcome to Amplify ELA!

      Amplify ELA is the only Oregon-approved ELA curriculum truly built for the needs of middle school teachers and students.

      Not only that, it helps all teachers implement the Oregon English Language Arts and Literacy Standards by delivering an instructional approach based on the Science of Engagement.

      If this is your first stop on your virtual caravan, start with the video presentation below.

      Watched it already? Click here to skip ahead.

      Illustration of a woman's profile with floral hair decorations, a group of diverse children reading, and an astronaut, with text "read the report: edreports review year 2019.

      Virtual Caravan Stop

      After watching the 6–8 video to the right, scroll down to learn even more, download resources, and access a demo.

      What it is

      Amplify ELA is a core program for grades 6–8 that delivers:

      • A unique research-based approach designed to get all students reading grade-level text together.
      • An instructional design that inspires students to read more deeply, write more vividly, and think more critically.
      • A rich combination of dynamic texts, lively discussions, and interactive Quests that truly engages middle schoolers and inspires them to participate in learning.

      How it works

      Amplify ELA lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines, but that is flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences.

      Need an abridged version of the curriculum? Our abridged lesson pathways ensure full coverage of the standards in just 100 days.

      What students explore

      Amplify ELA provides everything you need to deliver a full year’s worth of instruction.

      Each grade level of Amplify ELA consists of six multimedia units. Four or five of the units are focused on complex literary texts and one or two are collections based on primary source documents and research. Each grade also provides two or three immersive learning experiences called Quests, a dedicated story writing unit, and a poetry unit.

      Three educational book covers from amplify ela series, featuring illustrations of an astronaut, diverse children with books, and a poet surrounded by symbolic imagery.

      Built on the Science of Engagement

      Watching students mature into adolescents: inspiring. Knowing how to engage and motivate their changing brains: science.

      The middle school years are marked by a period of tremendous growth and change – physically, emotionally, and socially. Amplify ELA understands and embraces these changes, and delivers instruction specifically designed to tap into adolescents’ natural inclinations toward collaboration, exploration, and autonomy.

      Six levels of differentiation

      We believe all students are capable of reading grade level text together.

      Amplify ELA ensures all students have access to the same text. With six distinct levels of differentiation, every student is supported or challenged in a way that meets their unique needs. This includes ELLs at the Developing, Expanding, and Bridging levels as well as students needing substantial support or an extra challenge.

      Multiple overlapping open documents on a computer screen, featuring text editing interfaces with prompts for feedback and responses.

      Assessment

      Not only does Amplify ELA include captivating content. It also provides clear and actionable measurement data about student performance.

      Our embedded formative and summative assessment tools maximize teaching time, while allowing teachers to make confident, data driven decisions about the instruction and supports students need to grow continually as readers and writers.

      Access demo

      Ready to explore on your own? Follow the instructions below to access your demo account.

      Explore as a teacher

      First, watch the quick teacher navigation video to the right. Then, follow the instructions below to access your demo account.

      • Click the ELA Learning Platform button
      • Select Log in with Amplify
      • Enter this username: t.orela68@tryamplify.net
      • Enter this password: AmplifyNumber1
      • Select the desired grade level

      Explore as a student

      First, watch the quick student navigation video to the right. Then, follow the instructions below to access your demo account.

      • Click the ELA Learning Platform button
      • Select Log in with Amplify
      • Enter this username: s.orela68@tryamplify.net
      • Enter this password: AmplifyNumber1
      • Select the desired grade level

      Contact us

      Looking to speak directly with your Oregon representative? Get in touch with a team member by emailing hellooregon@amplify.com or by calling us directly.

      Kristen Rockstroh

      Oregon Account Executive

      Districts under 4,500 students

      (480) 639-8367

      krockstroh@amplify.com

      Lynne Kraus

      Oregon Consultant

      (503) 989-3533

      lkraus@amplify.com

      Deer Valley Unified Schools, welcome to Amplify ELA!

      Welcome to the Amplify ELA community review site for Deer Valley Unified School District. This site is designed to help you learn about Amplify ELA—a core English Language Arts curriculum for Grades 6-8.

      Illustration of a woman's profile with floral hair decorations, a group of diverse children reading, and an astronaut, with text "read the report: edreports review year 2019.

      Overview Presentation

      After watching the video to the right, scroll down to learn even more, download resources, and access a demo.

      What is Amplify ELA?

      Amplify ELA is a core program for grades 6–8 that delivers:

      • A unique research-based approach designed to get all students reading grade-level text together.
      • An instructional design that inspires students to read more deeply, write more vividly, and think more critically.
      • A rich combination of dynamic texts, lively discussions, and interactive Quests that truly engages middle schoolers and inspires them to participate in learning.

      How does it work?

      Amplify ELA lessons follow a structure that is grounded in regular routines, but that is flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences for your student.  To see the structure of the program at each grade level, please click below.

      What do students explore?

      Amplify ELA provides everything teachers need to deliver a full year’s worth of standards-based instruction.

      Each grade level of Amplify ELA consists of six multimedia units. Four or five of the units are focused on complex literary texts and one or two are collections based on primary source documents and research. Each grade also provides two or three immersive learning experiences called Quests, a dedicated story writing unit, and a poetry unit.

      Three educational book covers from amplify ela series, featuring illustrations of an astronaut, diverse children with books, and a poet surrounded by symbolic imagery.

      How does it engage all students?

      Watching students mature into adolescents: inspiring. Knowing how to engage and motivate their changing brains: science.

      The middle school years are marked by a period of tremendous growth and change for students – physically, emotionally, and socially. Amplify ELA understands and embraces these changes, and delivers instruction specifically designed to tap into adolescents’ natural inclinations toward collaboration, exploration, and autonomy.

      Differentiation

      Amplify believes all students are capable of reading grade level text together.

      Amplify ELA ensures all students have access to the same text. With six distinct levels of differentiation, your student is supported or challenged in a way that meets their unique needs. This includes ELLs at the Developing, Expanding, and Bridging levels as well as students needing substantial support or an extra challenge.

      Multiple overlapping open documents on a computer screen, featuring text editing interfaces with prompts for feedback and responses.

      Assessment

      Not only does Amplify ELA include captivating content. It also provides clear and actionable measurement data about student performance.

      Our embedded formative and summative assessment tools maximize teaching time, while allowing teachers to make confident, data driven decisions about the instruction and supports students need to grow continually as readers and writers.

      Access demo

      Ready to explore on your own? Follow the instructions below to access your demo account.

      Explore as a teacher

      First, watch the quick teacher navigation video to the right. Then, follow the instructions below to access your demo account.

      Explore as a student

      First, watch the quick student navigation video to the right. Then, follow the instructions below to access your demo account.

      S3-01: Science as the underdog, and the research behind it

      A graphic with the text "Science Connections" and "Amplify" features colorful circles and curved lines on a dark gray background.

      Get ready for season 3 of Science Connections: The Podcast!

      In our first episode, we unpack the research around our season theme of science as the underdog with Horizon Research, Inc. Vice President Eric R. Banilower and  Senior Researcher Courtney Plumley. Eric and Courtney dive into the research they’ve found and their experiences as former educators to show how science is often overlooked in K–12 classrooms. We discuss how the science classroom compares to other subjects in terms of time and resources, how schools are a reflection of society, and what’s needed to change science and its impact on a larger scale.

      We hope you enjoy this episode and explore more from Science Connections by visiting our main page!

      DOWNLOAD TRANSCRIPT

      Courtney Plumley (00:00):

      We asked teachers how much science, professional development, they’ve had in the last three years, and nearly half of elementary teachers said none.

      Eric Cross (00:10):

      Welcome to Science Connections. I’m your host, Eric Cross. I am super-excited to be kicking off the third season with the show. This entire season will be exploring the theme of science as the underdog. And we’re gonna make the case for science, by showing how and why it can be used more effectively. In the coming episodes, we’re gonna talk about how science can be better integrated into other content areas like literacy and math, and explore some of the benefits that you might not be thinking about good science instruction. But first, science as the underdog. I bet some of you out there feel like science is the underdog in your community at school. I know I have at times. To kick off this season, I’m gonna talk to two people who really studied this question by looking at the state of science instruction across the US. Eric Banilower is Vice President of Horizon Research and Courtney Plumley is Senior Researcher at Horizon Research. Eric was the principal investigator and Courtney an author of the latest in a series of studies called “The National Survey of Science and Mathematics Education.” We’re gonna dive into the findings of their most recent report to see what the data’s showing us. Please enjoy my discussion with Eric Banilower and Courtney Plumley. Courtney, hello. And thank you so much for joining us.

      Courtney Plumley (01:25):

      Hi Eric. It’s nice to be here.

      Eric Cross (01:26):

      And Eric, welcome.

      Eric R. Banilower (01:27):

      We’re thrilled to be here, so thank you for having us.

      Eric Cross (01:30):

      I was reading through the report. Four hundred…a very thorough report, 471 pages, I think, as I got it?

      Eric R. Banilower (01:37):

      And that’s only one of the many reports from that study.

      Eric Cross (01:40):

      Yeah. You all have done your work, so I’m really excited to to talk to you about this. And on this season of the show, we’re exploring the theme of science as the underdog. And I think a lot of our listeners, we feel like science is an underdog either in their school or in their district. But you’ve actually done some research on this, in a 2018 study, “The National Survey of Science and Mathematics Education.” So I wanna talk about this report. But first I was hoping you can kind of set the stage. How did you come to work on this report, and then, big picture, what were you hoping to find out?

      Eric R. Banilower (02:10):

      So the 2018 study that you just mentioned was actually the sixth iteration of a series of studies dating back to 1977. And we collect data every decade or so—you know, plus or minus a few years. And really, what we’re trying to do is get a snapshot of what the science and math education system looks like in in the nation. So my role grew. I started working at Horizon in about 1998, after teaching high school for five years in California. And then going to graduate school. And right about that time, the company was doing the 2000 iteration of the survey. And I worked on it with the team here at Horizon. And then we did it again in 2012. And I had a much more prominent role in that study, and became the kind of leader of the study. And in 2018, the most recent version, we just did it again. So the goal of this study is really to kind of examine key aspects of the K–12 STEM education system. And the main audience of the work has traditionally been policy makers, researchers, and practitioners who work at the federal, state, and district level.

      Eric Cross (03:30):

      So this study, you took kind of a sample size, but it’s reflective of trends that we tend to see across the nation as a whole. Would that be fair to say?

      Eric R. Banilower (03:38):

      Yes, definitely it is. It is a random sample of schools in the country. So we start with a list of all the public and private schools in the nation, and then do a random sample of those schools, and then work really, really hard to recruit schools to agree to be in the study. And that has gotten harder every time we’ve done the study, for many understandable reasons. And then once we have schools on board, we sample teachers within schools. So we don’t even survey every teacher in a school. It’s really a sub-sample. So that we can make inferences about the nation as a whole.

      Eric Cross (04:14):

      Makes sense. And so Courtney, what did you find out about the time spent on science instruction in US schools?

      Courtney Plumley (04:22):

      So, I’m gonna talk about elementary teachers to begin with.

      Eric Cross (04:26):

      Because that was your past life, right?

      Courtney Plumley (04:28):

      I am a former elementary teacher, yeah. So that’s kind of where my head is. And that’s relatable for me. Right? So we asked teachers, like, how many days of the week or weeks of the year that they teach elementary school. And fewer than 20% teach science every day of the school year. They kind of do one or two things, for the most part. They teach a couple days a week or they teach every day of the week, but only for, like, maybe six weeks, and then they swap with social studies and they kind of do that across the school year. Which is really different from, like, math, right? We also asked elementary teachers, how often do they teach math, and it’s every day of the year. Then we also asked them how many minutes they teach when they’re teaching, and we kind of did the math to figure out, all right, if they taught science every day of the school year, how many minutes would it be in a single day, so that we could make a more comparable comparison with math and ELA. If you were to work it out, how many minutes of science an elementary teacher teaches across the year, and break it down to per day, it’s like 18 minutes for the lower elementary grades, 27 for the upper elementary grades. Which is not a lot. But it’s pretty much an hour a day in math, and 80 plus minutes in ELA. So, a lot less. And then, you know, when I was teaching, the first thing to go was always science, right? If there was an assembly, if there was early release or whatever, that was the first thing to go. So those numbers might even be higher. Just because they aren’t factoring that kind of thing in, too.

      Eric Cross (06:05):

      So, now I’m curious. That is something that I’ve seen just anecdotally, science being the first thing to go. I feel like I’ve seen that almost…it’s almost become a meme, that I’ve heard that so often. Just in your experience, why do you think that is that huge disparity between the two?

      Courtney Plumley (06:26):

      Well, I mean, when I was teaching, I was teaching third grade. I had an end-of-grade test in math and ELA for my kids. I didn’t have one in science. So the administration said, “Hey, if you’re gonna drop something, drop something that’s not tested.”

      Eric Cross (06:41):

      Simple as that. And Eric, you, past life: physics teacher. High school. What did you see? ‘Cause our listeners run the gamut from elementary all the way up to high school. What did you see, as far as relative science instruction in the secondary level?

      Eric R. Banilower (07:00):

      Sure. You know, secondary is just a whole different situation than elementary. Rght? Because you have departmentalization. I taught science. I didn’t have to teach other subjects. And students had periods, and they still do, sorry, they still have periods, even though it’s been a long time since I taught. And you know, they rotate from one class to another. So all the classes were essentially the same length. So, you know, when I was teaching, it was about 50-minute periods. So in terms of minutes of a class or minutes on a subject, it’s not really different. But what is different is what students are required to take in order to graduate high school. One of the things we asked schools about in this study was how many years of a subject do students have to take in order to graduate? And what we saw was in mathematics, over half the schools in the nation require students to take four years of mathematics to graduate. OK? And the vast majority of the rest, about 44%, require three years in science. Most schools require three years. Very few require four years. And many, or a fair number, still only require two years to graduate. So the expectation of what students are taking is lower in science than it is in mathematics.

      Eric Cross (08:20):

      So you were seeing the same trend in secondary, essentially.

      Eric R. Banilower (08:24):

      Yes.

      Eric Cross (08:24):

      The amount of time devoted to the instruction of science…we’re kind of seeing it mirrored just across K–12 across the board.

      Eric R. Banilower (08:33):

      That’s correct.

      Eric Cross (08:34):

      And that’s across the country. ‘Cause the sample size represents teachers from Alaska, Hawaii, the South, SoCal, everywhere. So what’s been the reaction to that number? Like 18 to 20 minutes is…I mean, it’s, it’s half of my lunch at our school. What’s been the reaction to that number since this data has been published?

      Eric R. Banilower (08:58):

      I don’t know, Courtney, if you want to take that…

      Courtney Plumley (09:00):

      It’s a lot of what you just did. Like, what??? Like, how is it possible to teach all the things you need to teach in such a little amount of time?

      Eric R. Banilower (09:08):

      What’s really kind of surprising to me, though — though now that I’ve worked on three iterations of the study, it no longer surprises me, but it did at first — is that these numbers really aren’t changing since we’ve started doing this study. You know, people thought maybe with No Child Left Behind and the increase in accountability, time on science might actually go down, because there was more testing in math and English Language Arts. It didn’t happen. It was pretty much constant, that this has been kind of the state of science education for a long time.

      Eric Cross (09:44):

      So Eric, if I’m hearing you right: The past studies, we’re not seeing an increase or a decline. This has been this way for how many years, roughly, would you say? Since it’s been studied?

      Eric R. Banilower (09:54):

      You know, I’d have to go back to the 1977 report to get the numbers, but I’m gonna say since then, it has not changed much, if at all.

      Eric Cross (10:03):

      So this has kind of been entrenched. This has been the norm for almost for the career of a teacher, almost generationally. We’re looking at anyone who’s been in the highest levels of leadership to someone just entering the classroom, this has been the way it’s always been. This is kind of for many people what they’ve only known.

      Eric R. Banilower (10:20):

      Right.

      Eric Cross (10:21):

      Kind of become the norm.

      Courtney Plumley (10:21):

      We didn’t even have science when I was in elementary school. We had science on a cart that came by, you know, every other week.

      Eric Cross (10:28):

      Was that like a food truck, but like the science version of it? It shows up and does quick science and takes off?

      Courtney Plumley (10:35):

      And New York was, I mean — we always watched Voyage of the Mimi. I don’t know if you ever watched that. But that’s what we watched every single time the Science on the Cart came. So it’s like a marine biology show. Ben Affleck was on it when he was a kid.

      Eric Cross (10:48):

      <laugh> Really? For me it was, Mr. Wizard. For some of my students, even now, Bill Nye. You know, the Bill Nye show or something would come on. So what happens when you look at less wealthy districts? Is there a relationship between community resources and science instruction, or is it pretty much equal no matter what the district resources are, the school’s resources are? Did you see any data there?

      Eric R. Banilower (11:12):

      Yes. We actually did a lot of disaggregating the data by community type, student demographics in the schools, to look to see whether there were areas of inequities across the country. And, you know, one of the factors we looked at was kind of a measure of socioeconomic status. You know, wealth in the community. By looking at percentage of students eligible for free or reduced-price lunch. And interestingly, in terms of time on science instruction, there is actually not a relationship between income level and how much time is spent at the elementary level on science, which actually surprised us.

      Eric Cross (11:54):

      Because you might have expected it to be the other way now. And granted, it’s 18 to 20 minutes, there isn’t much more to shave off off of that. But were there other differences, like when you compared those communities? Maybe it wasn’t the amount of science instruction, but was there anything else, like teacher preparedness, resources? Were there anything else that you did see discrepancies in? Or was it equal across the board?

      Eric R. Banilower (12:13):

      No, unfortunately there, there have been, and still are, a number of areas where community resources are related to pretty substantial differences in educational opportunities that students have. So, you know, we’re talking about the high school science requirements. One of the things that we saw was that high schools in less wealthy communities tend to offer less rigorous science courses than high schools in better-off-financially communities. So they may not be AP courses or second year advanced courses to the same extent that there are in the wealthier communities. That’s one big difference that we saw. Another one was what you were just saying about, sort of, the teachers who teach in these communities. You know, I think that for many years people have had a feeling that the best teachers go to the better off schools because it’s easier to teach there. Well, we see that the schools with the most poverty, they tend to have the newer teachers, who are just starting their career. They tend to have teachers who are less well prepared to teach their subject. And there’s a host of other differences we found. And you know, you mentioned the report being 400 pages. This other report that looks at these differences is also quite long, and, you know, identified a number of areas where there are these disparities in the system.

      Eric Cross (13:43):

      Well, we appreciate you synthesizing this for us, because this is super-important. And you’ve fleshed out a lot of things. And the fact that it’s driven by data, we as science teachers, we as scientists, being objective, really, really value that. Because this is actually validating a lot of the things that our listeners and myself, we experience anecdotally. But you don’t have a lot of things to network you. And sometimes, when you see this, you wonder if it’s just you, or is are other people experiencing this? And so as you start talking about this data, realizing, oh wow, this is not something in isolation. This is systemic. This is something that’s impacted. And then Eric, what you said about schools that were lower-income, that were under-resourced, and didn’t offer those advanced classes, what are some of the impacts of that, maybe downstream, of doing that? Not having those AP classes? I just kind of wanted to put that out there and ask you.

      Eric R. Banilower (14:31):

      You know, this is a really…this is a current debate right now, about what the goals of schooling K–12 should be. You know, are all kids meant to go to college? Should there be alternative paths? And you know, I know when I was teaching, I would have students say, “Why do I need to know this? I’m not gonna go into science. I’m not gonna study physics. Why do I need to take this?” And, you know, the answer I used to give them was, “You never know where your life is gonna end up and what opportunities you’ll have. And by having these educational experiences, you have more opportunities available to you. Whether or not you choose to go down those paths, you have opportunities. And when you don’t take this kind of coursework, you know, even if you don’t want to go to college, you limit your potential careers. Because so many careers nowadays require some technical knowledge, some knowledge of science, even if it’s not explicitly a science job. It is embedded in our society now. We are a technological and science-based society.”

      Eric Cross (15:37):

      It reminds me of something that I’ve told my students, that if you become a scientist, that’s awesome. I love that. But if you don’t, and you want to be a dancer or an actor or a lawyer or anything that may not be directly related to STEM, I want you to choose it because it was a choice, and not a lack of options. So as long as you’re choosing not to go in STEM, and you don’t make that decision because you can’t, or because you weren’t given the opportunity. So that’s how I’ve always had this mindset as a teacher. And I’ve explained it to my students. So if you say, “Cross, you know what I want to do, I wanna be an awesome chef,” which, you know, low-key that’s science, right? <laugh> Molecular gastronomy, we know that. But like, you be the best chef. But as long as you’re being a chef because you choose that, and you’re like, “I love science, but I don’t wanna go that direction,” we’re good.

      Eric R. Banilower (16:26):

      Right. And if you think about, a lot of social justice issues with pollution and climate change, and you look at which communities are more affected by some of these larger environmental problems and challenges, it tends to be the lower socioeconomic communities, the more poverty-stricken communities have worse water, have worse air quality. And so if, if people from these communities are going to make informed decisions about who they’re gonna vote for, about what policies they’re gonna support, those are science topics that you have to have some understanding in order to make informed decisions in your life.

      Eric Cross (17:09):

      Courtney, you were one of the Swiss Army Knife teachers. This is how I perceive it for elementary. You had to teach everything. And shout out to all of my elementary school teachers that have to be mathematicians and grammar whizzes and scientists and PE instructors and social emotional, all of those different things. you also looked at teacher preparedness. How did teachers feel about teaching science compared to other subjects like language arts and math? Did you see anything there?

      Courtney Plumley (17:39):

      We did, we did. And I’m glad you said, “How did they feel about it?” Because one thing that, you know, in a survey you can’t really do is capture how someone actually…how good someone actually…the quality of someone’s instruction. But you can ask them how prepared they feel. And you can even ask them like stats, like, “What did you major in in college?” You know. But you really are going on based on what what they say. So we ask them how prepared they feel to teach all the core subjects. And two-thirds of elementary teachers felt very well prepared to teach reading. They felt very well prepared to teach math. But when it comes to science, it’s less than a third felt very well prepared. And you know, like you said, when you’re teaching elementary school, you’re teaching all the subjects. But also in science, there’s usually four main instructional units in a school year. And they’re all from different science disciplines. So not only are you going on, like, “Maybe in college took a lot of bio classes, but I didn’t take any physics classes, and now I have to teach physics to my kids and I have no experience there.” So, you know, we also ask them how well-prepared they felt in these different disciplines. And the numbers are even smaller, you know. Fewer than a quarter felt very well-prepared in life science. And like 13% felt very well-prepared in physical science. So there’s definitely a big difference between how much teachers feel prepared for ELA and math versus science.

      Eric Cross (19:08):

      And just from a human perspective, when we don’t feel prepared for something, we’re not really gonna probably lean into it as much as we are into our strengths. Like, that’s just kind of how we are across the board.

      Courtney Plumley (19:18):

      Yeah.

      Eric Cross (19:18):

      I’m even like that with my own chores in the house. Or when I have things I need to get done, and I might not be as good at doing those things—it’s gonna be a heavy cognitive load; I’m gonna have to do some background research—I tend to find other areas to excel in. Like, I’m gonna be productive in this other area. I’m gonna really crush it here. But this other thing gets put to the back burner.

      Courtney Plumley (19:36):

      Totally. And the same reason I might skip science today, <laugh> ’cause it’s scary.

      Eric Cross (19:41):

      Yeah, exactly. But I love this book. <Laugh> Or we could do this math, and let’s really, really dive deep into it. Now, did you also look at professional development and instructional resources that are being provided?

      Courtney Plumley (19:53):

      We did.

      Eric Cross (19:54):

      And on the whole, how was the amount—and I’m seeing a trend here, so I’m kind of feeling like I know where this might go—but I wanted to ask it, did the amount of professional development and resources for science, was there much of a difference between that and other subjects?

      Eric R. Banilower (20:10):

      Well, I’ll start on this, and Courtney, feel free to jump in. You know, one of the things that we asked was how much kind of discretionary funding do schools devote to science and how much to mathematics? So, for consumables or equipment and supplies or computer software for teachers to use in the classroom. And it’s hard to compare, I think, across subjects because the demands for this kind of supplies, et cetera, is very different, I think, in science than it is in mathematics. Right? We have a lot of, you know, equipment for doing investigations, consumable supplies in science. And those things need to be replenished on a regular basis. It turns out, when we look at the data for school discretionary spending on this kind of stuff, the median school spends less than $2 per student at the elementary level on science, compared to over $6 for mathematics. At the high school level, it’s kind of reversed. Schools spend more money on high school science than they do on high school math. but even still, at the high school, it’s less than $7 per student. Which is not a lot of money being devoted to thinking about all the materials, supplies, chemicals, et cetera, that you need to teach science well, at the high school level. More disturbing is the fact that, you know, we were talking about inequities before, schools that serve less well-off communities spend less than schools that serve wealthier communities, by quite a big amount.

      Eric Cross (21:46):

      So essentially the per-student thing just kind of popped out to me: So, like, an expensive Starbucks drink is what we’re spending on science per student.

      Eric R. Banilower (21:57):

      At the high school level. Yes.

      Eric Cross (21:58):

      At the high school level. And I get those catalogs in the mail, from all of those big science companies. You can’t get much for seven bucks. At least, nothing high-level. And I know I do a lot of 99-cent store science. I go down the street, go to the 99-cent store. Thankfully we could do a lot of awesome science with just, you know, cheap things. But a lot of the higher level experiences, they’re pricey. But the experiences are so rich! And $7 at the high school level is nothing. It’s not much at all.

      Eric R. Banilower (22:28):

      Yeah. It is definitely, you know, kind of shocking to think about what we’re investing in our children’s future.

      Eric Cross (22:37):

      Now, just to put you both on the spot, ’cause I feel like that we’ve identified some…we’re seeing a trend here, we’re seeing a pattern. We’re talking about, you know, being science teachers. There’s a pattern going on here. Do you think it’s fair to characterize science as the underdog?

      Courtney Plumley (22:52):

      I think in elementary school, it is a fair statement. Because, like we said before, I mean they’re gonna preference math and ELA almost all the time. I mean, the other thing you’d asked a little bit ago was about professional development, too. And we do have some data on that. And we ask teachers, you know, how much science professional development they’ve had in the last three years. And nearly half of elementary teachers said none. And I know I didn’t have any science professional development. If I was gonna pick from among the catalog, I was picking one that I needed more, like math. Math and ELA. I keep making that statement, but just over and over, it’s the truth.

      Eric Cross (23:31):

      And going back to what you said earlier, because that’s where the accountability was, right? And that kind of came top-down.

      Courtney Plumley (23:38):

      Yes.

      Eric Cross (23:38):

      And influenced everything else.

      Eric R. Banilower (23:40):

      Yeah. Now, really interesting thing that we did, a year or so ago, ’cause someone asked us, you know, “Hey, could you look at this?” is we compared elementary science instructional time among states where science counted towards accountability versus states where science doesn’t count towards accountability. And at the upper elementary grades, more time was spent on science in schools in states where they had science accountability. Now I’m not arguing for adding science to accountability systems. But that’s a pretty telling piece of data.

      Eric Cross (24:19):

      What gets measured gets done.

      Eric R. Banilower (24:20):

      Yeah.

      Eric Cross (24:20):

      Or what was getting evaluated was getting done. And that raises, that opens up a myriad of other questions about testing, and what that reveals, and all of those different things. But at the end of the day, what you’re finding is that the things that were getting tested were the things that were getting the priority.

      Eric R. Banilower (24:36):

      That’s right.

      Eric Cross (24:37):

      How did we get to this point? And Eric, you said it goes back at least to ’77, but we look at society and we’re…I wanna say we’re post-pandemic, but we’re we’re not. but we’re trying to, we’re trying to get past that. But we’re looking at…we had innovations in biology, we have innovations right now in green energy and electric cars and all of these things that are STEM-based. We know that these are things that have moved humanity forward. And we look at the pipeline of people who are in STEM and we, we see the disparities and things like that. Why was science given less of a priority? I’m just curious. Maybe, Courtney, we could start with you, if you have any ideas. Or Eric. Either one. But how did we get here?

      Eric R. Banilower (25:22):

      <laugh> I think Courtney wants me to take that one. I’m older so I’ve seen more <laugh>. So, you know, I have the gray hair. She doesn’t. I think it’s complicated. And I know this sounds cliche, but but schools are a reflection of society, right? And, and so science education, you know, if you think back when Sputnik was launched, there became this great demand in America to improve and produce more scientists and engineers in response to this Cold War threat. Right? And then in the ’80s there was rising, oh, the gathering storm was an economic argument that we needed to increase science and math, you know, education and people going into those fields in order to compete economically against the global competitors. And I think that America has always produced a fair number, a large number, of high-quality scientists and engineers, you know. And we still lead the world in many ways. But where we’ve identified as a problem is who has those opportunities to go into those fields. You know, it used to be a very select, a very male-dominated, white male-dominated field. Right? And other people didn’t have the opportunity, or they were shown the way out pretty early. And we, I think, have come to realize as a country that, you know, the, the greater the diversity of thought that we can get into these discussions, the more innovative we can be and the more productive as a society we can be. And so I think we’ve had this shift in the country to, instead of thinking about just the quality for the select few, but to be thinking about the quality for everyone. And so that makes it seem like some of these challenges are greater than they used to be. And I think they’re different challenges, right? We’ve evolved as a society and I think schools have evolved.

      Eric Cross (27:40):

      There is a conversation I was in on a plane with a person who was a materials manager for a company that made the adhesive for sandpaper. And we were flying…I was flying to Denmark and he was flying to some other Scandinavian country. And we were just talking about it. And he came from another industry, and somehow the conversation led to science. I don’t know how that happened. But somehow I just started talking about science and I asked him about, Eric, kind of what you said about the US kind of leading the way in science innovation versus the rest of the world. And I asked him why. And he said one of the reasons why is because the heterogeneous thought. The different groups of people that are coming to a problem actually create more innovative and novel solutions. Versus when it’s more homogeneous. And everyone’s either culturally or just for whatever reason, kind of thinks a certain way. While they might have a more efficient way, the variety of solutions are not as varied and not as novel. I was reminded of that story based on what you just said. So it’s really interesting. So it seems to be that it benefits if we have more heterogeneous groups, more folks who are contributing to STEM, because that’s gonna be solving the next problem more efficiently. Or I guess maybe in my head it seems like the next we need…we do really well when we have a dragon to slay. I mean, it seems like we come together when that’s the case, right? Like, I dunno.

      Eric R. Banilower (29:06):

      No, I think that’s…I think that’s accurate.

      Eric Cross (29:09):

      Later on the season of the podcast, we’re gonna explore ways to better integrate science with other subjects like literacy and math. Were you able to study at all any more integrated approaches to science instruction? Does any of your research support that approach?

      Courtney Plumley (29:25):

      Not on the national survey, we didn’t study that. And it’s something that we’ve talked about before, because it’s difficult to get teachers to…we were talking about instructional time. It’s hard for teachers to put a number on it when they’re integrating, because, you know, it’s not like I have my science block from 3 to 3:30 anymore. Now it’s kind of scattered about. But it’s something that has been in the ether. We’ve been looking at it in a couple of projects. So there’s some evidence that it can be effective, especially for getting more, you know…the idea is you can get more time for science if you are integrating with other subjects. But one thing to kind of caution is like, students need to have opportunities to learn each discipline when they’re doing integrated instruction. So you don’t wanna just have, like, math in your science. Kids already know to just, like, support it. Then it’s hard to take time from math to put it into science when they’re not actually learning anything new. That’s the easy thing to do, though, is say, “Oh, my kids already know how to measure. We did that in a previous unit. So now we’ll we’ll do it as part of our science instruction.” So it’s a lot of work to make it so they’re learning something new, mathematics and science, at the same time. And it’s not really something that we think that teachers should be having to do on their own, with all the other things that teachers have to do. The last thing they need to do is be creating their own, you know, curriculum. Something that’s already…you know, it’s not straightforward. So we’ve been talking about it, we think it’s really something that instructional materials maybe need to be focusing on instead of teachers having to do that on their own,

      Eric Cross (31:01):

      Teachers would implement it, but asking them to create it is a whole different thing, and it’s a huge ask.

      Courtney Plumley (31:08):

      Yes.

      Eric Cross (31:08):

      Yeah. And, did I hear you right? So the ideal situation would’ve been the students learning a newer math concept, but embedded in a science kind of context? Or was that the better way? Versus, “I’m gonna take a math concept they already know and then just put it into the science setting?”

      Courtney Plumley (31:26):

      Well, if the idea is that you can get more science time if you’re, you know, integrating things, so you can maybe take time away from a specific math block by putting it with science, or whatever, then if the math is something that the kids already know, now you’re just taking away. I think that that has to be new in both cases, in order to justify having more time.

      Eric Cross (31:49):

      Right. Eric, in the secondary level, any thoughts on that? On integrating these disciplines together?

      Eric R. Banilower (31:56):

      I think, you know, just like at the elementary level, it can be challenging to do it well. When I taught, I taught my last couple years in a kind of school-within-a-school kind of situation, where our goal was to try to integrate science, mathematics, and language arts. And it’s hard to do that in a meaningful way. And we did not have curriculum materials given to us to help us do this. We were trying to figure out how to do this on our own, while we were teaching 200 kids a day in our subjects. Right? And five preparations. And you know, it’s a big ask of any teacher. And there are teachers who thrive on this and are great at this. And, you know, that’s one thing I wanna, make clear: our data is about the system, and we are former teachers. Almost everyone who works at Horizon is a former teacher. We have the greatest respect for teachers and what they do. And what our data is showing is are kind of like areas where the system isn’t providing teachers and their students the opportunities to do great things. I think at the high school level, there has been this idea of project-based learning where students are bringing together different skills, different ideas from across disciplines. And I think there’s, again, a lot of potential in doing that. But trying to develop those experiences so that they are doing service to the different subjects, so students are learning what they’re supposed to learn in English Language Arts, that they’re learning, important mathematics, and that this is in a science context, where they are getting to do and understand what science is and how science, as a discipline, operates…that’s just a really hard thing to develop.

      Eric Cross (33:53):

      So what I’m hearing—and I really appreciate the nuance in this, because it’s not a simple “Yes. Integrated is better,”—I’m hearing “Yes. Quality control.” “Yes. It needs to be written not by teachers; they’re the practitioners.” It’s “Yes. And,” not just simply binary. Which…it’s so easy to wanna chunk things and say yes or no on things. But this one seems a much more nuanced approach. And in a future episode, you mentioned project-based learning, we’re gonna try and talk to people who have thoughts on this. And I really appreciate that you talked about project-based learning, because also, how do you evaluate that? How do you evaluate whether or not it is high quality? Is this is something I see? You know, high-quality standards, highest quality science teaching, highly qualified teachers. It’s something that I see often. Now, based on all your research, this is kind of the 30,000-foot view. What advice might you have for people who are thinking about changing the way science is taught in this country? Which hasn’t changed since 1977, at least since we’ve been measuring it. Any advice for people who do want to act? Another way to ask, it might be, if you were given a magic wand, <laugh>, you have all power, what might you do if you can control the entire vertical system?

      Eric R. Banilower (35:07):

      Yeah, so a clarification, I do think science instruction has changed. It has evolved. I think there’s a lot of really good things going on in different pockets of the country. One of the challenges is bringing those good ideas and good practices to scale. Right? There are approximately 1.2 million teachers of science K–12 in this country. That’s a lot of people. And about 80% of those are elementary teachers who are responsible for teaching other subjects as well. So my thinking is often about, “How do we take what we know and that we’ve learned through decades of research is effective, and impact a large number of teachers, and therefore a large number of students?” And you know, Courtney I think has hinted at this already. And you’ve mentioned it too, Eric, is that teaching is a profession, right? And it’s a craft. But in no other profession do practitioners have the expectation that they’re developing their own tools and methods for their work. I know when I was in my teacher preparation program, and it’s still extremely common, one of the assignments perspective teachers are given is to develop a unit and develop a lesson, right? You don’t have doctors being asked to develop new treatments and new tests to use. Their job is to get to know their patient, assess what’s going on, and then using research-based methods to develop a plan of action, right? And I think that analogy works really well in education and is a way that we could have a scalable approach for kind of raising the floor across the country for the quality of science education. Giving teachers research-based materials, high-quality instructional materials, that they can then use and adapt to meet the needs of their students, would allow them to focus on getting to know their students, seeing what their strengths are, seeing where they have room for growth, and using the materials they’re given to help those students progress. And I think that is definitely a way where we could have a big impact at a large scale.

      Eric Cross (37:39):

      Courtney, same question: Magic wand, all power. You can change systems from the elementary perspective. What would you do? I’m assuming part of it’s gonna be changing that 18 to 20 minute time. But even for that to happen, what would you do? What would you change?

      Courtney Plumley (37:57):

      Well, I don’t know. Like, for it to change, I don’t know the answer to that. But yes, increasing the time would be great. And like Eric was saying, giving teachers— ’cause again, I’m coming in, not enough probably background in science—and then, you know, when I was, when I was teaching, we had one set of textbooks for the entire grade. Six classes, right? Like, share them. But third graders aren’t gonna read textbooks anyway, right? So instead I’m going to the teacher store. I’m pulling things off the shelf. And like, “OK, yeah, sure, I’ll use this.” And nowadays, teachers are going to Teachers Pay Teachers or whatever. Because I didn’t have anything good to use. So like Eric is saying, if I had instructional materials that were good instructional materials that were gonna teach my kids, that they were gonna be engaged, that they weren’t sitting and listening to science, but they were doing science, you know, and I had professional development to actually help me do it? That’s what I think we need to have. And I mean, I know there are some people out there that are working on that, but it’s not a lot. I mean, if you look at Ed Reports, they rate how well-aligned science curriculum are to standards. And there are two right now that have Ed Reports green lights. There’s Amplify and there’s OpenSciEd. You know, so there’s not much out there for teachers to use. And, so it’s hard. It’s hard. Where am I gonna go and get this stuff if it doesn’t exist? And so I’m making it up by myself. Which we already said is not the best use of teachers’ time, when they’ve got so many other demands on their time.

      Eric Cross (39:27):

      Eric and Courtney, listening to both of your responses, it created a visual in my mind. And Eric, I loved your analogy of…I started thinking of a chef, a welder, and a farmer. And I thought about the chef saying like, “You’re a great chef! Now, can you go farm, and make your own food, so that you can cook it?” Or the welder who has to make his own welding tools and go smelting. You know, making the different rods. I’m not a welder. But you know, all those different parts. Or the farmer who has to build his own tractor and innovate all that stuff. You’re absolutely right, the way you articulated that. And then Courtney, you essentially said, “Give them the tools and then teach them how to use it so they can go and actually be effective with it, because you’re in front of kids doing so many different things.” There’s only so much time in the day, and teachers want to do these things; they want to, but you end up having to triage when you’re asked to. Going back to Eric’s analogy, if you’re in the ER, but you’re also creating the vaccines and you’re also doing the research on which types of vaccines are gonna be the most effective, that’s, that’s a lot to ask. And so, I appreciate both your responses on that. Now, last question, what are you both working on now? This report came out in 2018. What’s, what’s next on the horizon? Actually literally, that’s no pun intended. <laugh> What’s next? <laugh> What’s next for, for you both? What are you working on?

      Eric R. Banilower (40:42):

      Well, you know, we would love to do another national survey, in a few years. We have to get funding to do it. And you know, that’s always something that takes effort and isn’t a guarantee. We’ve written grants to do these studies in the past, and there’s also the dealing with the reality of the situation. I think a lot of schools, still coming off the tail end of dealing with Covid, are overwhelmed. And we’ve had a hard time, I mentioned before, recruiting schools, and it gets harder every time, just ’cause they have so much on their plate. And I couldn’t see going to a school now and saying, “Hey, one more thing. Do you mind?” So I think we have to kind of wait a little bit for things to settle down before we can do another one of these studies. It just doesn’t seem feasible right now. But we’d love to in the not-too-distant future. Other than that, Courtney and I actually work on some projects together and some projects not together. One of the things that we’re working on together is a study of a fifth grade science curriculum that was developed by Okhee Lee at NYU and her colleagues, that is both aligned with the NGSS and purposely designed to support multilingual learners in developing both their science knowledge and skills as well as their language skills. And we’ve been working with the crew at NYU to study this curriculum and try to figure out, how well it’s working and under what circumstances. So that’s been a really interesting project that’s going on right now.

      Courtney Plumley (42:26):

      I recently worked on a report with the Carnegie Corporation in New York that actually I think, compliments what we’ve been talking about a lot. It’s about the status of K–12 education in the US—or science education in the US! <Laugh>—and so as part of that report we interviewed like 50 science education experts across the country. We surveyed teachers, people in the university settings, researchers, and everything to kind of get a little bit more update of the state of science education right now. And so a lot of the things we’ve been talking about, we still are talking about with the people in this report four years later. So, work in progress. <Laugh>

      Eric Cross (43:09):

      And again, going back to 1977, based on what Eric was saying earlier, we’re looking at these large systems, these systemic changes don’t happen overnight.

      Eric R. Banilower (43:20):

      That’s right.

      Eric Cross (43:21):

      It’s very slow-moving.

      Eric R. Banilower (43:22):

      That’s right. I would say there is progress. I think we’ve learned a lot. We are getting better. Are we there yet? No, we’re not happy with where we are. But I think, you know, I think it’s important to be hopeful about the direction things are going in.

      Eric Cross (43:37):

      Well-said. I agree. Courtney. Eric, thank you so much for unpacking that report that speaks to, that validates what so many teachers across the country are experiencing. And thank you for your advocacy for high-quality science education and your passion for supporting teachers and being that voice from a data-driven perspective of what teachers experience and then advocating for solutions for them. It’s super-encouraging for me, and I know it’s gonna be really encouraging for a lot of our listeners. So thank you.

      Eric R. Banilower (44:10):

      Thank you for having us.

      Courtney Plumley (44:12):

      Yeah. Thank you, Eric.

      Eric Cross (44:15):

      Thanks so much for listening to my conversation with Eric Banilower, Vice President of Horizon Research, and Courtney Plumley, Senior Researcher at Horizon Research. For much more, check out the show notes for a link to the 2018 National Survey of Science and Mathematics Education. And please remember to subscribe to Science Connections wherever you get podcasts, so that you’re not missing any of the upcoming episodes in Season three. Next time on the show, we’re gonna start laying out the road map for using science more effectively. And we’ll start by looking at the how and the why of integrating literacy instruction.

      Susan Gomez Zwiep (44:49):

      When we look at Science First and build language development around it, the experience tends to be more authentic and organic.

      Eric Cross (44:58):

      That’s next time on Science Connections: The Podcast. Thanks so much for listening.

      Stay connected!

      Join our community and get new episodes every other Wednesday!

      We’ll also share new and exciting free resources for your classroom every month!

      What Eric R. Banilower says about science

      “Our data is showing us places where the system needs to provide teachers and their students the opportunities to do great things.”

      – Eric R. Banilower

      Vice President of Horizon Research, Inc.

      Meet the guests

      Eric R. Banilower is a Vice President at Horizon Research, Inc. (HRI), and has worked in education for over 30 years. Eric was previously a high school physics and physical science teacher before he joined HRI in 1997, where he has worked on a number of research and evaluation projects. Most recently, he has been the Principal Investigator of the 2012 and 2018 iterations of the National Survey of Science and Mathematics Education, a nationally representative survey focusing on the status of the K–12 STEM education system.

      A middle-aged man with light hair, glasses, and a short beard is smiling, wearing a plaid shirt. The photo has a circular frame with a star and decorative lines.

      Courtney Plumley is a Senior Researcher at Horizon Research, Inc. She began her career in education as an elementary school teacher before starting at HRI in 2009. In her time at HRI she has worked on many K-12 STEM research and evaluation projects. Most recently, Ms. Plumley has worked with Carnegie Corporation of New York on mapping the landscape of K-12 science education in the US and is managing the field test for the OpenSciEd elementary materials.

      A woman with wavy brown hair and a red top smiles at the camera, framed by a circular graphic with a star and accent lines.
      A laptop screen displays the “Science Connections: The Community” private group page, with science-themed icons decorating the background and edges.

      About Science Connections

      Welcome to Science Connections! Science is changing before our eyes, now more than ever. So…how do we help kids figure that out? We will bring on educators, scientists, and more to discuss the importance of high-quality science instruction. In this episode, hear from our host Eric Cross about his work engaging students as a K-8 science teacher. 

      S3 – 04. Ideas to build math fluency with Valerie Henry, Graham Fletcher, and Tracy Zager

      Promotional image for "Math Teacher Lounge" Season 3, Episode 4 titled "Ideas to Build Math Fluency," featuring Valerie Henry, Tracy J. Zager, and Graham Fletcher.

      Fluency in math can oftentimes be associated with negative experiences with its development— timed worksheets, for example. Bethany and Dan are joined by three guests to better understand fluency and how to make its approach fun. Dr. Val Henry shares her three-part definition of fluency and her five principles for developing it. Additionally, Tracy Zager and Graham Fletcher join Bethany and Dan to better understand fluency through a lens of equity and using multimedia as a tool.

      Explore more from Math Teacher Lounge by visiting our main page

      Download Transcript

      Dan Meyer (00:03)

      Hey folks. Welcome back. This is Math Teacher Lounge, and I am one of your hosts, Dan Meyer.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (00:07):

      And I’m your other host, Bethany Lockhart Johnson. Hi, Dan.

      Dan Meyer (00:11):

      Hey, great to see you. We have a big one this week to chat about and some fantastic guests. We are chatting about fluency, which is the sort of word and concept that I feel like people have very, very non-neutral associations with it. A lot of them are very negative, for a lot of people.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (00:26):

      I saw you frown a little. What’s up with that, Dan? You kind of, like, shrank.

      Dan Meyer (00:30):

      I have strong feelings about it. You know, there’s lots of ways that people go about helping people become fluent in mathematics. And a lot of them are harmful for students, and ineffective. And it got me thinking about fluency as it exists outside of the world of mathematics, where we have a lot of very clear images of it. We’re getting fluent in things all the time. Like, as humans. Human development is the story of fluency. And I just was wondering….Bethany, would you describe yourself as fluent at something outside of the world of mathematics? What is that? How’d you get fluent at it? What was the process?

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (01:05):

      Hmm, I think I’m a pretty fluent reader. I read all the time. I’m a happier person if I’ve read that day. I once saw this poster in a classroom; it said “10 Ways to Become a Better Reader: Read, Read, Read, Read, Read…you know, 10 times. Get it? Reading? You get better at reading by reading! So I would say reading. And it’s been kind of cool—I have a one-year-old who, it’s been really exciting slash overwhelmingly anxiety-producing to see him get very fluent with walking slash running, ’cause he’s getting faster every day. And it’s kind of fun. When I think of what’s something somebody’s trying to get fluent with…walking! He’s trying to be more fluid. He’s practicing transitions. He doesn’t wanna hold my hand while he traverses rocky terrain. He’s getting better at it. He’s practicing. What about you? What’s something…?

      Dan Meyer (02:08):

      I think about driving a lot. I’m a very fluent driver and I think a lot about when I was first a driver, you know? And how l have my hands on 10 and 2, vice grip, and do not talk to me; do not ask me anything; don’t ask me my NAME. I need to focus so hard. And then a year later, you know, I’m driving with one hand, smash the turn signal, take a sip off of whatever, change the CD. And then it’s no big deal.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (02:38):

      Wait, did you pass the first time? Your test?

      Dan Meyer (02:40):

      Yeah, I don’t like to brag about it. <laugh> But I do all the time. <laugh> But I got a hundred on my driving test. I don’t care who knows it. And I hope it’s everybody. But I guess all of this is just to say there are areas of life where fluency feels natural, with the case of walking. There’s areas of life where fluency feels motivating, with like driving—I wanna be able to switch the CD out or whatever. And there’s areas where fluency feels terrifying and hard to come by, like mathematics, sometimes. So we have a set of guests here. Our first guest will help us figure out what do we mean by fluency? And what’s the research say about what fluency is and how students develop it in mathematics? And then our other guests will help us think about what it looks like in practice in the classroom. What are some novel, new ways to work on fluency? So first up we have Val Henry, Dr. Val Henry.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (03:32):

      So we knew we needed help with the fluency definition, because when we think about it, it’s kind of big, right? And we wanted to look at what research about fluency really says. So we called on Valerie Henry. Val is a nationally board-certified teacher, taught middle school for 17 years, and since 2002 has worked with undergraduates graduates, credential candidates as a lecturer at the University of California, Irvine, one of my alma maters. So after doing her dissertation on addition and subtraction fluency in first grade, Val created a project to study ways to build addition and subtraction and multiplication and division fluency while also developing number sense in algebraic thinking. And the pilot grew and grew over the last 18 years into a powerful daily mini-lesson approach to facts fluency called FactsWise. And when we thought of fluency, the first person I thought of was Val. Welcome, Val Henry, to the Lounge! I’m so excited to have you here. Welcome.

      Valerie Henry (04:36):

      Thanks, Bethany. And thanks to you, Dan. It’s great to be here today.

      Dan Meyer (04:41):

      Great to have you; help yourself to whatever you find in the fridge. The names that people write down on those things in the bags are just recommendations. It’s potluck-style here. I’m curious, Val, if you’re, like, on an airplane, someone asks you what you do, and you say you study fluency…what is the layperson’s definition of what does it mean to be fluent in mathematics? And if you can give a brief tour through what the research says about what works and what doesn’t that would really help us orient our conversation here.

      Valerie Henry (05:12):

      The first thing I have to do when I talk to somebody on a plane is define the idea of fluency. And I often use an example of tying your shoelaces. Because that works with first graders as well as adults. This idea that when we first start trying to put our shoes on and get those shoelaces tied, somebody tries to, first of all, just do it for us. But then of course maybe tries to teach us the bunny-ears approach. And we struggle and struggle as little kids and eventually either the bunny-ears approach or something else starts to work for us. But we still have to pay attention to it. We have to think hard and it’s not easy. And then over time we get to the point where we basically don’t even think about it. When I tie my shoes in the morning. I’m not thinking about right-over-left and left-over-right and all of those things. I just do it. And so that’s a good, easy example of becoming fluent with something. I think what we’re talking about today though, is the basics, the adding and subtracting that we hope kids are going to have mastered maybe by second grade, and the multiplication and division facts that we wanna maybe have mastered by third, maybe fourth grade. So now what does that mean to become fluent with those basics? I have a three-part definition that seems to match up really nicely with the common core approach to fluency. Which is, first of all, we want the answers to be correct. And then second, we want the answers to be easy to know. And so what does that mean? Well, to me, it means without needing to count,

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (07:12):

      You mean without having to kind of muscle through it? Or say more about you mean.

      Valerie Henry (07:16):

      Well, I guess what I mean is that when you watch a young child try and solve something even as simple as two plus three, they might put up two fingers and then go 3, 4, 5 with three more fingers winding up on their hand, one or the other of their hands. While they’re doing that, they don’t really have a sense of whether even their answer is right or not, quite often. Especially when you get to the larger adding and subtracting problems, you can see a lot of errors happening as they’re trying to count. And it’s taking up cognitive energy to do that counting process, especially as you get to the larger quantities. So my definition of fluency now is “getting it right without needing to do that hard work like counting.” Now, some people might say, well, we just want them to have ’em memorized. But in my research, I’ve learned that a lot of very fluid adults don’t always have every fact memorized. In fact, if you ask a room full of adults, what’s seven plus nine, you might learn that they can all get it correct quickly, quickly…but they don’t all have it memorized. And so when you ask them, “How did you get that?” Many of them will say, “Well, I just gave one from the 7 to the 9 and I know that 10 plus 6 is 16.”

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (08:53):

      That’s such an important distinction. My brain literally just did that actually!

      Valerie Henry (08:58):

      <laugh> Right? <laugh> But you’re fluid with it, because it doesn’t take you much cognitive energy at all.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (09:05):

      Right.

      Valerie Henry (09:07):

      So now we have “correct without needing to put that cognitive energy,” which usually means that you’re counting. And then the third thing is “relatively quickly,” so that you’re not spending 15 seconds trying to figure it out. Even that part-whole strategy approach can be done really quickly, almost instantaneously. Or it can take a long time. So if a student can get the answer correct within, you know, three or four seconds— is I’m pretty generous—I figure that they’re pretty darn fluent with that fact. So that’s my three-part definition of these basics, fluency.

      Dan Meyer (09:55):

      I love the distinction between getting it correct and getting it quick. It’s possible to be quick with wrong answers. It’s possible to be like, “Those are separate components there.” And I echo Bethany’s appreciation for this third option in between knowing it instantaneously through memorization and muscling through it. But there’s like a continuum there of how much energy it took you to come up with it that all feels extremely helpful.

      Valerie Henry (10:21):

      And you know, one of the things that I’ve noticed is that when kids are pressured to come up with those instantaneous answers, they often default to guessing and get it wrong.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (10:30):

      Mm, yeah.

      Valerie Henry (10:30):

      So that’s one of the things that I’ve learned is that as we’re trying to help students develop fluency, it’s important to start with building their conceptual understanding of what it means to do, you know, 3 times 9 and what the correct answer is, maybe using manipulatives or representations of some sort. Not skip-counting! I really have found that skip-counting just perpetuates itself in many students’ minds and that they never stop skip-counting, which means they’re putting in not very much mental energy if it’s 2 times 3 but a ton of mental energy if it’s 7 times 8. Because frankly, it’s really hard to skip count by sevens. And by eights.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (11:18):

      I can get to 14 and then I’m like, wait, wait, what was next? Right? No, no, no…21! What do you feel are some misconceptions that maybe teachers, maybe parents have about fluency in math?

      Valerie Henry (11:30):

      I think maybe one of the first ones is that if students count or skip-count, their answers repetitively over and over and over and over, that they’re bound to memorize them. And the study that I did back in 2004, I actually had a school that had decided that they were going to do time tests with their students every day, all year. And that undoubtedly by the end of the year, those students would be fluent.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (12:06):

      And to clarify by time test, you mean like, sit down, pencil, paper, ready, go, worksheet kind of thing.

      Valerie Henry (12:15):

      Yes.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (12:16):

      Some of us might remember quite vividly.

      Valerie Henry (12:18):

      <laugh> Very vividly. And you know, you have to get it done within a certain amount of time. So they made it fun for the students. Apparently the students enjoyed it. I was a little leery about that, but in the end, when I went and checked on the students and I did one-on-one assessments with half of the students in every class that were randomly selected so that I could get a sense of where they were with their fluency—and these were first graders—they basically had nothing memorized. They were simply counting as fast as they possibly could. And, you know, mostly getting the right answers. But they had not memorized. So that’s one of the myths, I think, is that repetitive practice of counting gets you to memorization.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (13:10):

      If I put it in front of you enough times, you’ll become fluent.

      Valerie Henry (13:14):

      Right, right. Now these students didn’t really get any instruction, any help learning these. They just simply tested over and over and over. So that’s another thing that I think is a misconception. It’s that if we test students, but don’t really teach them fluency, then they’re going to become fluent. If we just test them every Friday or that kind of thing. And that they’ll learn them at home. But really what that means is a few lucky kids who have parents who have the time and the energy and the background to know how to help will take that job on at home. Not that many students are really that fortunate.

      Dan Meyer (14:01):

      It’s almost like the traditional approach, or the approach you’re describing, confuses process and product. It says, “Well, the product is that eventually fluent students will be able to do something like this, see these problems and answer them, answer them quickly,” and says, “Well, that must be the process then as well; let’s give them that products a whole lot.” But as I hear you describe fluency with bunny ears on shoelaces, there’s these images and approaches and techniques that require a very active teacher presence to support the development of it. That’s just kind of interesting to me.

      Valerie Henry (14:35):

      My initial project, the pilot project that I tried, was to simply ask teachers to follow five key principles. And the first one was to do something in the classroom every day for—I told them, even if you’ve only got five or 10 minutes, work on fluency for five or 10 minutes a day, and let’s see what happens. So that was one key element was just to teach it and to give students opportunities to get what the research calls for when you’re trying to memorize, which is actually immediate feedback. When I talk about immediate feedback with my student teachers, I say, “I’m talking about within one or two seconds of trying a problem, and then sort of immediately knowing, getting feedback of whether you got the answer right or not so that your brain can kind of gain that confidence. ‘Oh, not only did I come up with an answer, but somebody’s telling me it’s the correct answer.’”

      Dan Meyer (15:38):

      There’s a lot of apps now in the digital world that offer students questions about arithmetic or other kinds of mathematical concepts and give immediate feedback of a sort: the feedback of “You’re right; you’re wrong” sort. Is that effective fluency development, in your view?

      Valerie Henry (15:57):

      I haven’t heard and I haven’t seen them being super-effective. The ways I think about this are “Immediate feedback isn’t the only thing we need.” Probably one of the biggest things that we need is for students to develop strategies. And this is one of the other things I’ve learned from international research, from countries that do have students who become very fluent very early, is that they don’t shoot straight for memorization, but they go through this process of taking students from doing some counting and then quickly moving them to trying to use logic. So, “Hey, you really are confident that 2 + 2 is 4; so now let’s use that to think about 2 + 3.” Actually, as an algebra teacher, I would much rather have students that have a combination of memorization and these strategies, than students who’ve only memorized. Isn’t that interesting that my most successful algebra students were good strategy thinkers. Not just good memorizers.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (17:09):

      So you mentioned there were five that kind of helped root this idea in like, “What can teachers do? What is the best thing that teachers can do to support with fact fluency?” So, everyday was key.

      Valerie Henry (17:22):

      Then the next principle that I really focus on is switching immediately to the connected subtractions so that students—

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (17:33):

      Not waiting until you’ve gotten all the way through addition. But making “Ooh!”

      Valerie Henry (17:38):

      Totally. And I didn’t do that the first year. And when we looked at the results of the assessments at the end of the year, we realized that our students were so much weaker in subtraction than addition. So the following pilot year, we tried this other approach of doing subtraction right after the students had developed some fluency with that small chunk of addition. And we got such better subtraction results.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (18:11):

      What are the other principles?

      Valerie Henry (18:13):

      The biggest one is to use these strategies. So the strategies makes the third. And then the fourth I would say is to go from concrete to representational to abstract.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (18:27):

      Don’t put away those manipulatives. Don’t put away those tools.

      Valerie Henry (18:31):

      Oh, so important to come back to them for multiplication and division. And my fifth principle is to wait on assessment. To use it as true assessment, but not race to start testing before students have had a chance to go through this three-phase process. Which is conceptual understanding with manipulatives; building strategies, usually with representations; and then working on building some speed until it’s just that natural fluency.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (19:07):

      I wanna say thank you so much for offering your really learned perspective, because you have not only done the research, but seen it in action and seen how shifting our notions of fluency and what fluency can be and what a powerful foundation it can be for all mathematicians. Really, that shift is so powerful. And I appreciate you sharing it with our listeners and with us. So we’re so excited that we got to talk with you today, Val—

      Dan Meyer (19:35):

      Thank you, Dr. Henry.

      Valerie Henry (19:37):

      You’re welcome!

      Dan Meyer (19:41):

      With us now we have Graham Fletcher and Tracy Zager, a couple of people who understand fluency at a very deep and classroom level. I wanna introduce them and get their perspective on what we’re trying to solve here with fluency. So Graham Fletcher has served in education in a lot of different roles: as a classroom teacher, math coach, math specialist, and he’s continually seeking new and innovative ways to support students and teachers in their development of conceptual understanding in elementary math. He’s the author, along with Tracy, of Building Fact Fluency, a fluency kit we’ll talk about, and openly shares so much of his wisdom and resources at gfletchy.com. Tracy Johnson Zager is a district math coach who loves to get teachers hooked on listening to kids’ mathematical ideas. She is a co-author of this toolkit, Building Fact Fluency, and the author of Becoming the Math Teacher You Wish You’d Had: Ideas and Strategies from Vibrant Classrooms. Tracy also edits professional books for teachers at Stenhouse Publishers, including, yours truly. Thank you for all that insight, Tracy, and support on the book.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (20:49):

      Dan and I were talking at the beginning of the episode about things we feel like, “Hey, I’m fluent in that. I’m fluent in that.”

      Dan Meyer (20:55):

      Just very curious: What’s something you would like to get fluent in outside of the world of mathematics, let’s say?

      Tracy Zager (21:00):

      I’ll say understanding the teenage brain, as the parent of a 13-year-old and 15-year-old. That’s the main thing I’m working on becoming fluent in!

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (21:10):

      Ooh!

      Dan Meyer (21:13):

      A language fluency, perhaps. All right, Graham. How about you?

      Graham Fletcher (21:16):

      For me typing, it’s always been an Achilles heel of mine. So voice-to-text has been my friend. But it’s also been my nemesis in much of my texting here and working virtually over the last couple years. So yeah, typing.

      Dan Meyer (21:33):

      Do you folks have some way of helping us understand the difference in how fluency is handled by instructors and by learners?

      Tracy Zager (21:40):

      I would say that the lay meaning of fluency is definitely a little different than what we mean in the math education realm. When we’re talking about math fact fluency, which is just one type of fluency. So you gotta think about procedural fluency and computational fluency; there are lots of types of fluency in math. And Graham and I had the luxury of really focusing in specifically on math fact fluency. We’re looking at kind of a subset of the procedural fluency. So the words you hear in all the citations are accurate, efficient, and flexible. There’s this combination of kids get the right answer in a reasonable amount of time and with a reasonable amount of work and they can match their strategy or their approach to the situation. That’s where that flexibility comes in. And there’s like lots more I wanna say about that about sort of…I think one issue that comes up around fluency is that people are in a little bit of a rush. So they tend to think of the fluency as this automaticity or recall of known facts without having to think about it. And that is part of the end goal, but that’s not the journey to fluency. So this is one of the things that Graham and I thought about a lot was the path to fluency. The goal here it’s that student in middle school who’s learning something new doesn’t have to expend any effort to gather that fact. And they might do it because they’ve done it so many different ways that they’ve got it, and now they just know it, or they might be like my friend who’s a mathematician who still, if you say, “Six times 8,” she thinks in her head, “Twelve, 24, 48…” and she does this double-double-double associative property strategy. And it’s so efficient, you would never know. And that’s totally great. That’s fine. That’s not slowing her down. That’s not providing a drag in the middle of a more complex problem or new learning. So we’re really focused on having elementary school students be able to enter the middle and high school standards without having that pull out of the new thinking.

      Graham Fletcher (23:53):

      And as I think about that, I think about how so many students will memorize their facts, but then they haven’t memorized them with understanding. So that when they move into middle school and they move into high school, it’s almost like new knowledge and new understanding that’s applied from a stand-alone skill.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (24:10):

      So something that felt really unique to me, Graham, as I was diving into the toolkit, is your use of images, Tracy, Graham, is the way that you use images to help students notice and wonder to start making sense of these quantities and the decomposition of numbers using images. Can you talk a little bit about how images played a part in the way that you think about this building a fact fluency?

      Graham Fletcher (24:41):

      What I realized is so many times when we approach math with just naked numbers with so many of our elementary students, the numbers aren’t visible. The quantities. They can’t see them; they can’t move them. They’re just those squiggly figures that we were talking about earlier on. So how is it that we make the quantities visible, to where students feel as if they can grab an apple and move it around? Because a lot of times we start with the naked numbers and then if kids don’t get the naked numbers, then we kind of backfill it. But what would happen if we start with the images? And then from there, these rich, flourishing mathematical conversations develop from the images. And I think that was the premise and the goal of the toolkit.

      Tracy Zager (25:22):

      When you look at how fact fluency has traditionally been taught, it’s all naked numbers. And sometimes we wrote ’em sideways. Like, that’s it. That was our variety of task type. Right? Sometimes it’s vertical; sometimes it’s horizontal. And that was it. And I’ve just known way too many kids who couldn’t find a hook to hang their hat on with that. It didn’t connect to anything. And so part of why I knew Graham was the perfect person for this project was his strength in multimedia photography, art, video. And so we started from this idea of contexts that for each lesson string in the toolkit, there’s some kind of context. An everyday object, arranged in some kind of a way that reveals mathematical structure and invites students to notice the properties. So we start with images of everyday objects: tennis balls, paint pots…um, help me out; here are a million of them. Crayons—

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (26:18):

      Crayons, markers.

      Tracy Zager (26:18):

      Shoes, right? Sushi, origami paper, all kinds of things in the different toolkits. So there’s a series of images or a three-act task or both around those everyday objects, and then story problems grounded in that context. And then there are images with mathematical tools that bring out different ideas, but relate in some way to the image talks. And we do all of that before we get to the naked number talk. Which we do, and by the time you get to the number talk, it’s pretty quick, ’cause they’ve been reasoning about cups of lemonade. And now when you give them the actual numerals, they’re all over it.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (27:03):

      I have to say too, as somebody who—particularly in middle school—navigated math anxiety, we recently talked with Allison Hintz and Anthony Smith about their amazing book Mathematizing Children’s Literature.

      Tracy Zager (27:14):

      Yay!

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (27:14):

      And I was explaining, like, if I sat down at the beginning of a math class and my teacher opened a picture book and said, “We’re gonna start here,” I felt my whole body relax. And if we start with this image, if we start with just looking at an image and making sense of an image, I feel like that could be such a powerful touchstone for all the work you do from there.

      Tracy Zager (27:41):

      That’s core. That’s a core design principle, is that invitational access. There are no barriers to entry. There’s nothing to decode. There’s nothing formal. We’ve been learning from Dan for years about this, right? Of starting with the informal and then eventually layering in the formal. I was in a class in Maine where they were doing an image talk and it’s these boxes of pencils. It’s a stack of boxes of pencils and they’re open and you can see there are 10 pencils in each box. And so there are five boxes of pencils each with 10 pencils in it. And then the next image is 10 boxes of pencils and each box is half full. So now it’s 10 boxes each with five. And the kids are talking and talking and then the third image, I think there are seven boxes each with 10 pencils in it. And she said, “What do you think the next picture’s gonna be?” And this girl said, “You just never know with these people!” <laugh> I dunno!”

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (28:37):

      That’s kinda true. Knowing you both, it’s kinda true.

      Tracy Zager (28:42):

      Like if it’s seven boxes with 10 in it, one kid said, I think it’s gonna be 14 boxes of five. And other kids are like, I think it’s gonna be 10 boxes with seven. And they start talking about which of those there are and the relationships between—

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (28:58):

      But they’re making sense of numbers!

      Tracy Zager (28:59):

      Totally. So all the kids felt invited. They can offer something up. They’re noticing and wondering about that image. They’re talking about it in whatever informal language or home language that they speak. And that was core to us. That was a huge priority, because honestly, one of the motivations to talk about fluency is that it’s always been this gatekeeper. It has served to keep kids out of meaningful math. Particularly kids from marginalized or historically excluded communities. So they’re back at the round table, doing Mad Minutes, while the more advantaged kids are getting to do rich problem solving. And so, we thought, what if we could teach fact fluency through rich problem solving that everybody could access? That was like square one for us.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (29:45):

      That’s huge.

      Dan Meyer (29:46):

      That’s great to hear. What’s been helpful for me is to understand that students who are automatic, that’s just kind of what’s on the surface of things. And that below that might be some really robust kind of foundation or scaffolding that bleeds to a larger building being built, or it might be just really rickety and not offer a sturdy place to build farther up. It’s been really exciting to hear that. I wonder if you’d comment for a moment about, in the digital age and—I’m at Desmos and our sponsors are Amplify and we all work in the digital world quite a bit. There are a lot of what report to be solutions to the fluency issue, to developing fluency in the digital world. Just lots and lots of them. Some that are quite well used, others that are just like X, Y, or Z app on the market. You can find something. Do you have perspectives on these kinds of digital fluency building apps? Like, what about them works or doesn’t work? Let us know. Graham, how about you? And then Tracy, I’d love to hear your thoughts too.

      Graham Fletcher (30:47):

      Yeah, I think that’s a great question, ’cause there’s a lot of shiny bells and whistles out there right now that can really excite a lot of teachers. But I always come back to what works for me as a classroom teacher is probably gonna work in a digital world as well. So what are the things that I love and honor most about being in front of students, and how can I capture that in that virtual world? I think one of the things that really helps students make connections is coherence. I think coherence, especially when you leave students for—you don’t get to talk with them after the lesson is done—so I think about how we can purposefully sequence things through a day-to-day basis. I think coherence is something that gets really lost when we talk about fluency, especially with whether it be digital or whether it be print, because what ends up happening is we say, “OK, we have all these strategies we need to teach,” and it becomes a checklist. So how is it that we can just provide students the opportunity to play around in a space, whether it be digital or in person, but in a meaningful way that allows them the time and the space and that area to breathe and think, but be coherent. And connecting those lessons along the way. And I think coherence is one thing that a lot of the times it’s harder to—when we’re in the weeds, it’s so hard and difficult to zoom back out and say, “Do all these lessons connect? How do they intentionally connect? And how do they purposefully connect?” And without coherence, everything’s kind of broken down into that granular level. So when looking at—I think about Desmos and I think about the Toolkit and I think about how Tracy and I talked a lot about, “Well, this, does it connect with the context problem, does it connect with the image talk, or the lessons? Like, how does it all connect and how are we providing students an opportunity to make connections between the day-to-day instruction and lessons that we tackle?”

      Tracy Zager (32:44):

      I’m reminded of a conversation that Dan, you and I had a long time ago, in Portland, Maine, in a bar. I’ll just be honest. <laugh> And we were talking about how, in the earlier days of Desmos, you were stressed out by what you saw, which was kids one-on-one, on a device, in a silent room. And you were like, no, this is not it. This is not what technology is here to serve. We can do so many things better using technology appropriately, but we can’t lose talk and we can’t lose relationships and we can’t lose formative assessment and teachers listening to kids and kids listening to each other and helping each other understand their thinking. Right? So when I think about the tech that’s out there for fact fluency, most of it is gonna violate all rules I have around time testing. So that a whole bunch of it, I would just toss on that premise. They’re really no different than flashcards. It’s just flashcards set in junkyard heaps. Or, you know, underground caverns. Or with a volcano or whatever. It’s the same thing. There are some lovely visuals—I’m thinking of Berkeley Everett’s Math Flips. Those are really pretty. Mathigon has some really nice stuff that’s digital. And I think that those resources invite you to kind of ponder and notice things and talk about them. All the tools that we design in the toolkit are designed to get people talking to each other, and give teachers opportunities to pull alongside kids and listen in and understand where they are. For example, our games, we didn’t design the games to be played digitally, even though you could, and people did during COVID, because we want kids on the rug, next to each other, on their knees; I’ve seen kids like across tables. I was in a school recently where a kid was like, “I hope you believe in God, ’cause you’re going…!” You know what I mean? <laugh>. Like they’re all pumped up.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (34:41):

      They’re invested!

      Tracy Zager (34:45):

      They’re psyching each other up and down and they’re interacting and it’s social and the teacher’s walking around and she’s listening to the games. And they don’t actually need any bells and whistles. They need dice and they need counters and they need this game that is actually a game. In all of our conversations, games have to actually be games. Games cannot be “roll and record.” Games have to involve strategy. They have to be fun. So in designing those games, we didn’t feel like it brought any advantage to make that a digital platform. But things that did bring advantages digitally, like the ability to project these beautiful images or to use short video in the classroom, that really was a value-add that enabled us to do something different in math class than we had done before, and to get kids talking in a different way than they ever had before. When I think about fluency, historically, if you say like, “OK, it’s time to practice our math facts,” you hear a lot of groans. And when I see a Building Fact Fluency classroom and I say, “OK, it’s BFF time!” There’s like a “YEAAAAHHH!” You know? And so that’s what we’re after.

      Graham Fletcher (35:47):

      It’s all about kids, really, for us. And I think at the heart of it, we made all the decisions with teachers and kids at the forefront of it.

      Tracy Zager (35:55):

      I know of high schoolers who are newcomers, who have experienced very little formal education, and speak in other languages, are using it as high schoolers, because it involves language and math and all the deep work in the properties and it’s accessible, but it’s also not at all condescending or patronizing. Like we designed it to be appropriate for older kids. So that’s just something that I think we’re both really proud of. One thing we thought a lot about, especially in the multiplication-division kit is how a classroom teacher could use it and a coordinating educator in EL, Title, special education, intervention could also use it because there’s so much in it, that students could get to be experts, if they got extra time in it, using something that’s related and would give them additional practice. So they could play a game a little bit earlier than the rest of the classes. And they could come in already knowing about that game, or they could do a related task. We have all these optional tasks that no classroom teacher would ever have time to teach it all. So the special educator could use it and have kids doing a Same and Different or a True/False, or some of the optional games. And then the work in both special education and general education could connect.

      Dan Meyer (37:20):

      I just wanna say that this is an area that for so many students, as you’ve said, Tracy, it presents a barrier for their inclusion in mathematics. It’s a very emotionally fraught area of mathematics. And we really appreciate the wisdom you brought here. And just the care you’ve brought to the product itself. Your knowledge of teaching, knowledge of math, and yeah, especially a love for students feels like it’s really infused throughout Building Fact Fluency. If our listeners want to know more outside of this podcast, outside of the product itself, where can they find your words, your voice? Where you folks at these days? Tell ’em, Graham would you?

      Graham Fletcher (37:57):

      You can find us at Stenhouse, Building Fact Fluency. And then Tracy and I, currently playing around, sharing ideas a lot on Twitter, under the hashtag #BuildingFactFluency. That’s kind of where we can all come together and share ideas. And then also on the Facebook community, where there’s lots of teachers sharing ideas.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (38:19):

      If you were to ask our listeners like, “Hey, if you wanna keep thinking about this, here’s something you could try or here’s something you could go do,” what could be a challenge that we could share that could help us continue this conversation?

      Graham Fletcher (38:35):

      Online you can actually download a full lesson string. And a lesson string is a series of activities and resources that are purposefully connected. You can pick one or two of those from the Stenhouse web site, Building Fact Fluency. You can try the game. You can try one of those strategy-based games. You can try an image talk and just see how it goes. And just share and reflect back, whether on Twitter or on Facebook. But it’s kind of there, if you wanna give it a whirl. And as Tracy was sharing, even if you’re a middle-school teacher or a high-school teacher, we really tried to think about those middle-school and high-school students keeping it grade level-agnostic. Just so every student has those opportunities for those mathematical conversations. So download a lesson string and give it a whirl, and we’d love to hear how it goes.

      Dan Meyer (39:25):

      Bethany and I will be working the same challenge with people in our life.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (39:29):

      Yes.

      Dan Meyer (39:29):

      Enjoying some fact fluency with people in our homes, perhaps. We’ll see. And we’ll be sharing the results in the Math Teacher Lounge Facebook group. Graham and Tracy, thanks so much for being here. It was such a treat to chat with you both.

      Bethany Lockhart Johnson (39:42):

      I love learning with you and just helping to shift this idea of fluency into something that can be accessible and powerful and positive.

      Stay connected!

      Join our community and get new episodes every other Tuesday!

      We’ll also share new and exciting free resources for your classroom every month.

      What Valerie Henry says about math

      “A lot of very fluent adults don’t always have every fact memorized. ”

      – Val Henry

      Meet the guests

      Valerie Henry has been a math educator since 1986. She taught middle school math for 17 years and has worked as a lecturer at University of California Irvine since 2002. After doing her 2004 dissertation research on addition/subtraction fluency in first grade, Valerie created FactsWise, a daily mini-lesson approach that simultaneously develops  fluency,  number sense, and algebraic thinking. Additionally, she has provided curriculum and math professional development for K-12 teachers throughout her career, working with individual schools, districts, county offices of education, Illustrative Mathematics, the SBAC Digital Library, and the UCI Math Project.

      Graham Fletcher has served in education as a classroom teacher, a math coach, and currently as a math specialist. He is continually seeking new and innovative ways to support students and teachers in their development of conceptual understanding in elementary mathematics. He is the author of Building Fact Fluency and openly shares many of his resources at gfletchy.com. Follow him on Twitter.

      Tracy Johnston Zager is a district math coach who loves to get teachers hooked on listening to kids’ mathematical ideas. She is a co-author of the Building Fact Fluency toolkits and the author of Becoming the Math Teacher You Wish You’d Had: Ideas and Strategies from Vibrant Classrooms. Tracy also edits professional books by teachers, for teachers at Stenhouse Publishers. Follow her on Facebook.

      A collage of three headshots: an older woman with glasses, a man with a beard in a blue shirt, and a woman with dark hair smiling in front of greenery.
      A graphic with the text "Math Teacher Lounge with Bethany Lockhart Johnson and Dan Meyer" on colored overlapping circles.

      About Math Teacher Lounge: The podcast

      Math Teacher Lounge is a biweekly podcast created specifically for K–12 math educators. In each episode co-hosts Bethany Lockhart Johnson (@lockhartedu) and Dan Meyer (@ddmeyer) chat with guests, taking a deep dive into the math and educational topics you care about.

      Join the Math Teacher Lounge Facebook group to continue the conversation, view exclusive content, interact with fellow educators, participate in giveaways, and more!

      Welcome, Lake Washington reviewers!

      To view this protected page, enter the password below:



      Unleash the potential of knowledge building in language comprehension

      Every child is capable of becoming a skilled reader. Every classroom can provide that opportunity and drive student success, through a content-rich literacy curriculum.

      We’ll show you how.

      The relationship among knowledge, language comprehension, and literacy skills

      The Science of Reading shows that early literacy skills are best built deliberately, on a foundation of knowledge. Knowledge building is not a result of reading and language comprehension; it’s a vital prerequisite and a fundamental part of the process. When students read a text on a familiar topic–event a tough one–they’re more likely to comprehend it. In other words: The more you know, the more, and faster, you learn.

      Why is building knowledge so important?

      Background knowledge—coupled with comprehension strategies—fuels students’ capacity to understand texts, answer questions, and grapple with ideas.

      Students bring different bodies of knowledge into school. Some are whizzes at baseball or mechanics; some visit museums, have tons of books at home, and know the word “yacht.” That means their comprehension of a given topic or text will correlate with what they already know. But what happens when they learn the same content together? A recent independent study showed that a knowledge-building literacy curriculum in elementary school raised test scores and helped eliminate income-based opportunity gaps.

      It is our responsibility as educators to bring the world into the classroom for all students and help them grow their literacy skills.

      Literacy instruction has typically focused on decontextualized skills—finding the main idea, making inferences—before, or instead of, the content of texts and resources that students engage with. Many teachers may have been trained to “put the skills and strategies in the foreground, like a skill of the week, then bring in texts that they find suited for demonstrating the skill or strategy,” says Natalie Wexler, author of The Knowledge Gap. But science shows that harnessing skills and strategies to content is actually more effective. That is, using a coherent and systematic progression of content that helps knowledge and skills build on each other has been shown to result in better student outcomes.

      “The advantage of a coherent curriculum is that the topics it covers can build on one another, with one unit providing a foundation of knowledge for others that come later, both throughout a single school year and across grade levels,” according to Barbara Davidson and David Liben. Along the way, students also cultivate curiosity and confidence, accelerating the entire process. So the more you know, the faster you learn—and that lasts a lifetime.

      Getting started with knowledge based learning

      Effective literacy instruction must celebrate the experiences students have but not assume each student has specific pieces of prior knowledge. Rather, it must build knowledge in the classroom. Students (and teachers) need curricula that expose them to a diverse array of new topics—spanning history, science, literature, culture, and the arts—in an intentional sequence that builds a rich and common knowledge base from which all students can draw.

      Want to get started now? We’ve got an ebook to help you out.

      Professional development to support your shift to the Science of Reading

      Ignite literacy transformation with Amplify’s Science of Reading: The Learning Lab—an inspiring three-course series.

      • Course 1: Foundations to the Science of Reading
      • Course 2: Advanced Topics in the Science of Reading: Assessment and Reading Difficulties
      • Course 3: Applied Structured Literacy

      Crafted to the standards of the International Dyslexia Association, this self-paced online series provides unparalleled, research-backed instruction. Explore enriching activities, curated resources, and learn from Susan Lambert, chief academic officer and host of Science of Reading: The Podcast.

      The best investment you can make is in knowledge, and the returns are priceless.

      Learn more about the online courses or request a quote!

      Tap into individual online course seats.

      Before and after knowledge building: What knowledge looks like in the classroom

      Making connections to what students already know

      Before: Teachers “activate” students’ prior knowledge before reading.
      After: Teachers build students’ knowledge explicitly for students to leverage later as background knowledge.

      Developing reading comprehension

      Before: Teachers focus instruction on comprehension strategies (e.g., “strategy of the day” instruction).
      After: Teachers focus on content and use comprehension strategies to help students gain knowledge of that content.

      Introduction of new topics and information

      Before: Students learn about content-area topics individually in disconnected units of instruction.
      After: Students learn topics through a coherent approach that builds knowledge within and across units of instruction.

      See the remarkable difference shifting to a knowledge-building approach can make in your school. Our enlightening flyer guides you through a before-and-after journey, illustrating the profound impact of knowledge building on learning. Check it out!

      What to look for in a knowledge-building literacy curriculum:

      It develops content knowledge.

      The program should immerse students in a given domain for weeks—that’s how they acquire academic knowledge. The content should also develop from grade to grade, so that students learning about Renaissance art can reflect on and compare to what they previously learned about art in the Middle Ages.

      Read More 

      It leverages read-alouds for exposure to complex language.

      In early grades, students’ listening comprehension outpaces their reading comprehension. Interactive read-alouds can be used to expose students to academic language and rich vocabulary. With background knowledge, vocabulary words are “the main support beams in the comprehension house.” This approach also helps teachers introduce students to new information and experiences—in a supportive and interactive environment.

      Read More 

      It introduces students to a wide variety of topics and content.

      A content-rich curriculum exposes students to broad knowledge over time in a systematic, cumulative way, which is more effective than spending several months on just one topic. And while that’s happening, students are participating in enriching discussions and writing activities so they can further interact with the content, promoting deeper engagement and supporting retention of both the knowledge and associated vocabulary.

      Read More 

      It builds both knowledge and foundational skills.

      Knowledge building is just one component of literacy development. A content-rich curriculum that helps students build both knowledge (language comprehension) and skills (word recognition) takes into account both sides of the Reading Rope, giving students everything they need to build the foundation for a lifetime of literacy success. Instead of learning to read so they can read to learn, students who use a content-rich curriculum learn to read and learn about the world at the same time, enabling them to understand what they’re reading.

      Read More 

      “Shifting from balanced literacy to a knowledge-building curriculum was a huge change for us. [Amplify] CKLA systematically builds knowledge from unit to unit and across grade levels. Students are constantly making connections to what they learned earlier in the year. We are excited to see the connections that they make after they have had a few years of the program. Student engagement has significantly increased. They are excited about the topics that they are learning. I never would have thought that students would find the War of 1812 or ancient Greek civilizations fascinating, but they do!”

      —Christina Pina, Instructional Data Specialist, Chicopee Public Schools, Chicopee, MA

      What’s included in our phenomena-based science curriculum

      Amplify Science is a phenomena-based science curriculum for grades K-8. This program is designed to give students engaging, realistic experiences that mirror how scientists and engineers actually work. To do this, the Lawrence Hall of Science and Amplify created compelling print and digital resources that work seamlessly together to enable students’ investigations and explorations.

      Year at a glance

      Amplify Science is organized around units where students are introduced to compelling phenomena and real-world problems, develop and strengthen claims by collecting evidence and testing assumptions, and apply their learning in new contexts.

      Un gráfico que muestra secuencias de lecciones de ciencias desde jardín de infantes hasta quinto grado, detallando temas, números de lecciones, días de evaluación y duración de las lecciones para cada grado.

      Units at a glance

      In each Amplify Science unit, students are asked to inhabit the role of a scientist or engineer in order to investigate a real-world problem. These problems provide relevant, 21st-century contexts through which students investigate different scientific phenomena.

      1

      Needs of Plants and Animals

      Students take on the role of scientists in order to figure out why there have been no monarch caterpillars in the community garden since vegetables were planted. They investigate how plants and animals get what they need to live and grow, and make a new plan for the community garden that provides for the needs of the monarch caterpillars in addition to producing vegetables for humans.

      2

      Pushes and Pulls

      Students take on the role of pinball machine engineers as they investigate the effects of forces on the motion of an object. They conduct tests in their own prototypes (models) of a pinball machine and use what they learn to contribute to the design of a class pinball machine. Over the course of the unit, students construct a foundational understanding of why things move in different ways

      Silueta de una estructura de parque infantil contra un cielo azul con nubes y tres soles amarillos.

      3

      Sunlight and Weather

      The principals of Woodland Elementary and Carver Elementary need student weather scientists to help them explain why Woodland’s playground is warmer than Carver’s at recess. Students gather data from models of the sun and Earth’s surface and observe their own playgrounds to figure out how sunlight causes changes in the temperatures of different surfaces. Students then use models to figure out why Woodland’s playground sometimes floods.

      1

      Animal and Plant Defenses

      Students play the role of marine scientists. In their role, students apply their understanding of plant and animal defense structures to explain to aquarium visitors how a sea turtle and her offspring can defend themselves from ocean predators when they are released into the wild.

      Dos manos sosteniendo un papel con un dibujo de pirámide y árbol, iluminado por una linterna, proyectando otra sombra de la imagen en la pared.

      2

      Light and Sound

      Students take on the role of light and sound engineers for a puppet show company as they investigate cause and effect relationships to learn about the nature of light and sound. They apply what they learn to design shadow scenery and sound effects for a puppet show.

      Ilustración que muestra un paisaje urbano dividido en noche a la izquierda con una luna y estrellas, y día a la derecha con un sol, nubes y un avión.

      3

      Spinning Earth

      As sky scientists, students explain why a boy living in a place near them sees different things in the sky than his grandma does when he talks to her on the phone. Students record, organize, and analyze observations of the sun and other sky objects as they look for patterns and make sense of the cycle of daytime and nighttime.

      1

      Plant and Animal Relationships

      In their role as plant scientists, students work to figure out why there are no new chalta trees growing in the Bengal Tiger Reserve, which is part of a broadleaf forest. Students investigate what the chalta tree needs to survive, then collect and analyze qualitative and quantitative data to solve the mystery.

      Una mano sostiene un frijol rojo sobre una mesa, mientras un palo de madera esparce pegamento blanco y frijoles esparcidos. Sobre la mesa también hay una taza blanca y una pluma amarilla.

      2

      Properties of Materials

      As glue engineers, students are challenged to create a glue for use at their school that meets a set of design goals. Students present an evidence-based argument for why their glue mixture will be good for their school to use.

      Ilustración de una costa con acantilados, un edificio de centro recreativo con un techo rojo y un letrero, árboles de hoja perenne, una bandera azul y una playa de arena debajo.

      3

      Changing Landforms

      The director of the Oceanside Recreation Center gets a scare when a nearby cliff collapses overnight. Research reveals that the distance between the Recreation Center’s flagpole and the edge of the cliff have changed over time. Students play the role of geologists and work to figure out why the cliff has changed over time. Based on what they learn about erosion, they advise on whether it is safe to keep the center open even though the cliff is changing.

      Una ilustración de un tren de alta velocidad moderno y aerodinámico que viaja por una vía elevada con un paisaje verde de fondo.

      1

      Balancing Forces

      People in Faraday are excited to hear that a new train service will be built for their city, but concerned when they hear that it will be a floating train. Students are challenged to figure out how a floating train works in order to explain it to the citizens of Faraday. They develop models of how the train rises, floats, and then falls back to the track, and then write an explanation of how the train works.

      Ilustración de una escena de bosque con un oso, un alce, pájaros en una rama y un grupo de lobos en primer plano. Las colinas y los árboles están al fondo bajo un cielo despejado.

      2

      Inheritance and Traits

      Students play the role of wildlife biologists working in Greystone National Park. They study two wolf packs and are challenged to figure out why an adopted wolf (“Wolf 44”) in one of the packs has certain traits. Students observe variation between and within different species, investigate inherited traits and those that result from the environment, and explain the origin of several of the adopted wolf’s traits.

      Ilustración de un pájaro mirando un caracol en el suelo, con hojas verdes en el lado izquierdo y un fondo de cielo azul.

      3

      Environments and Survival

      In their role as biomimicry engineers, students work to figure out how the traits of grove snails affect their survival in different environments. They then explore how the traits of different organisms make them more likely or less likely to survive, collecting and interpreting data to understand how organisms’ traits affect their survival in different environments. Students then apply their understanding to a new challenge: designing effective solutions for the removal of invasive plants.

      4

      Weather and Climate

      In their role as meteorologists, students gather evidence to decide where to build an orangutan reserve by analyzing patterns in weather data. After choosing the strongest evidence, students use data to make arguments about which of three fictional islands has weather most like that of orangutans’ existing habitats, Borneo and Sumatra. They then discern patterns in the locations of natural hazards in order to figure out which ones the Wildlife Protection Organization must prepare for.

      Ilustración de un paisaje urbano nocturno con ventanas iluminadas y farolas, una luna visible y estrellas en el cielo. Una figura solitaria se recorta en una de las ventanas.

      1

      Energy Conversions

      Students take on the role of systems engineers for Ergstown, a fictional town that experiences frequent blackouts, and explore reasons why an electrical system can fail. Students apply what they learned as they choose new energy sources and energy converters for the town, then write arguments for why their design choices will make the town’s electrical system more reliable.

      Un gecko se prepara para atrapar un grillo bajo una farola por la noche. Las flechas amarillas ilustran la luz de la lámpara que golpea al grillo y se refleja en los ojos del gecko.

      2

      Vision and Light

      As conservation biologists, students work to figure out why a population of Tokay geckos has decreased since the installation of new highway lights in the rainforest. Students use their understanding of vision, light, and information processing to figure out why an increase in light in the geckos’ habitat is affecting the population.

      3

      Earth’s Features

      Playing the role of geologists, students help the director of Desert Rocks National Park explain how and when a particular fossil formed and how it came to be in its current location. Students figure out what the environment of the park was like in the past and why it has so many visible rock layers.

      Dos delfines nadan bajo el agua en un ambiente teñido de azul, uno frente al otro, y uno parece abrir ligeramente la boca.

      4

      Waves, Energy, and Information

      In their role as marine scientists, students work to figure out how mother dolphins communicate with their calves. They write a series of scientific explanations with diagrams to demonstrate their growing understanding of how sound waves travel. Then they apply what they’ve learned about waves, energy, and patterns in communication to figure out how to create patterns that can communicate information over distances.

      1

      Patterns of Earth and Sky

      Playing the role of astronomers, students help a team of archaeologists figure out what the missing piece of a recently discovered artifact might have depicted. As they learn about the sun and other stars and the movement of Earth, students can explain what is shown on the artifact and what might be on the missing piece.

      2

      Modeling Matter

      In their role as food scientists at a fictional company, students are introduced to the idea that all matter is made of particles too small to see, and that each different substance is made of particles (molecules) that are unique. They are then challenged to solve two problems: one requires them to separate a mixture, and the other requires them to make unmixable substances mix. Students are challenged to use the particulate model of matter to explain their work to the CEO of the company.

      Ilustración de un paisaje costero con una montaña y flechas que representan el flujo del viento sobre y alrededor de la montaña, lo que indica la dinámica del flujo de aire.

      3

      The Earth System

      The cities of East Ferris and West Ferris are located on different sides of a mountain on the fictional Ferris Island. East Ferris is having a water shortage while West Ferris is not. As water resource engineers, students learn about the Earth system to help figure out what is causing the water shortage problem and design possible solutions, including freshwater collection systems and proposals for using chemical reactions to treat wastewater.

      Ilustración de una escena de la jungla en la que aparecen un guepardo y un perezoso entre un denso follaje verde y varias plantas coloridas.

      4

      Ecosystem Restoration

      As ecologists, students work to figure out why the organisms in a part of a Costa Rican rainforest ecosystem aren’t growing and thriving. As they solve this problem, students learn more generally how organisms in an ecosystem get the matter and energy they need to survive, and then write a series of restoration plans that include arguments about why the rainforest ecosystem is not thriving and recommend actions to restore its health.

      Print & digital components

      The program includes instructional guidance and student materials for a year of instruction, with lessons and activities that keep students engaged every day.

      Component

      Format

      Teacher’s Guides

      Available digitally and in print, the Teacher’s Guides contain all of the information teachers need to facilitate classroom instruction, including detailed lesson plans, high-level overview documentation, differentiation strategies, standards alignments, materials and preparation steps, teacher support strategies and in-context professional development, possible student responses, and more.

      Print and digital

      Hands-on materials kits

      Hands-on learning is integrated into every unit of Amplify Science. Each hands-on activity is supported through clear instructions for the teacher, as well as easily accessible materials in unit-specific kits. Each kit contains hands-on materials, both consumable and nonconsumable, and various print materials (e.g., Vocabulary and Key Concept cards). With Amplify Science, students can actively participate in science: gathering evidence, thinking critically, making observations, and communicating their claims.

      Kit

      A collection of gardening supplies including a blue bucket, soil bags, plastic cups, hose, fertilizer pellets, and a black tray on a white background.

      Component

      Format

      Student Investigation Notebooks

      Available for every unit, the Student Investigation Notebooks contain instructions for activities and space for students to record data, reflect on ideas from texts and investigations, and construct explanations and arguments.

      Print and digital

      Student books

      The age-appropriate Student Books in Amplify Science allow students to engage with content-rich text, obtain evidence, develop research and close reading skills, and construct arguments and explanations about the ideas they are learning in class.

      Print and digital

      Simulations and practice tools (grades 2+)

      Developed exclusively for the Amplify Science program, these serve as venues for exploration and data collection, allowing students to explore scientific concepts that might otherwise be invisible or impossible to see with the naked eye.

      Digital

      Laptop screen displaying a geographical simulation of a river system with zones: Upper River, Floodplain, and River Delta, including an elevation chart and controls for speed and time adjustment.

      Explore more programs

      Our programs are designed to support and complement one another. Learn more about our related programs.

      School year 2026–2027 requirements

      iPad® 7+
      Description: 1024 x 788 or higher, 32GB or higher
      Operating system: iPadOS 18+
      Browser: Safari 18+
      PC
      Description: 1.4 GHz dual core or greater, 1024 x 768 or higher, 4GB of RAM or higher
      Operating system: Windows: 10+
      Browser: Chrome (latest 2 versions)
      Chromebook
      Description: 1.4 GHz dual core or greater, 1024 x 768 or higher, 4GB of RAM or higher
      Operating system: Chrome OS
      Browser: Chrome (latest 2 versions)
      Mac®
      Description: 1.4 GHz dual core or greater, 1024 x 768 or higher, 4GB of RAM or higher
      Operating system: macOS 15+
      Browser: Safari 15+, Chrome (latest 2 versions)
      iPadiPad Air® 4
      iPad 8+
      Chromebook™Acer Chromebook 314
      Samsung Chromebook 4
      Dell™ Chromebook 3120
      HP Chromebook x360
      MacMacBook Pro®
      MacBook Air®
      Interactive BoardA Google certified EDLA device, such as the SMART RX Series

      The following devices are not supported due to known sub-optimal performance from older hardware or complicated settings:

      MicrosoftSurface Tablet®

      School year 2025–2026 requirements

      iPad® 7+
      Description: 1024 x 788 or higher, 32GB or higher
      Operating system: iPadOS 17+
      Browser: Safari 17+
      PC
      Description: 1.4 GHz dual core or greater, 1024 x 768 or higher, 4GB of RAM or higher
      Operating system: Windows: 10+
      Browser: Chrome (latest 2 versions)
      Chromebook
      Description: 1.4 GHz dual core or greater, 1024 x 768 or higher, 4GB of RAM or higher
      Operating system: Chrome OS
      Browser: Chrome (latest 2 versions)
      Mac®
      Description: 1.4 GHz dual core or greater, 1024 x 768 or higher, 4GB of RAM or higher
      Operating system: macOS 14+
      Browser: Safari 15+, Chrome (latest 2 versions)
      iPadiPad Air® 4
      iPad 8+
      Chromebook™Acer Chromebook 314
      Samsung Chromebook 4
      Dell™ Chromebook 3120
      HP Chromebook x360
      MacMacBook Pro®
      MacBook Air®
      iMac®
      Interactive BoardA Google certified EDLA device, such as the SMART RX Series

      The following devices are not supported due to known sub-optimal performance from older hardware or complicated settings:

      MicrosoftSurface Tablet®

      We will provide active support of our applications on the following devices for the full school year listed below.

      Device final support year

      iPad 62024–2025
      iPad Air 32025–2026
      iPad 52022–2023
      iPad Air 22021–2022
      iPad 22018/2019
      iPad 32018/2019
      iPad 42018/2019

      Network environment

      MINIMUM

      REQUIREMENTS
      User devices:Connect to Amplify servers via ports 80 and 443.
      Latency:No more than 165 ms during peak utilization.
      Connection speed:2 mbps per device during peak usage (10 mbps recommended). Boost Reading requires a connection speed of 10 mbps per user for optimal performance.
      URLs:For the complete list of URLs to allow, please visit https://amplify.com/allowlist/.

      Requirements

      mCLASS assessments are optimized for most touchscreen devices using Chrome™ or Safari® web browsers. The teacher-led, observational assessments are best conducted using touchscreen but will function using a laptop and mouse as well. Please check our device support lifecycles and purchase recommendations lists below prior to purchasing.

      Boost Close Reading is currently not supported on iPads.

      Due to its smaller screen, the iPad Mini is not supported.

      Amplify curriculum applications require the ability to project from the teacher’s device.

      Boost Reading Benchmark uses speech recognition software to analyze students’ oral reading. For the most accurate results, use a wired dual-ear headset with a boom microphone that extends in front of the student’s mouth. Avoid headsets with active noise cancellation (ANC) unless that feature can be disabled. Bluetooth headsets are currently incompatible with our speech recognition technology and should not be used.

      iPhone 13 and later running iOS 17+ and Safari
      Galaxy 11 and later running Android 15+ and Chrome

      Education technology pioneer Amplify raises significant funding to help expand its K-12 portfolio

      (BROOKLYN, NY – May 23, 2023) Amplify, a publisher of next-generation curriculum and assessment programs, announced today it has raised a Series C funding round led by Cox Enterprises, a family-owned, Atlanta-based company committed to connectivity, mobility, and sustainable innovation. Cox joins Amplify’s current investors, including Emerson Collective, Learn Capital, and A-Street Ventures.

      The funding will support Amplify in continuing to expand the breadth and depth of its K-12 product portfolio, which distinctly combines high-quality, evidence-based instruction with digital-forward delivery to help teachers celebrate and extend their students’ thinking, knowledge, and skills. Already a market leader in literacy and science, Amplify is launching a suite of math programs that will reshape mathematics education by bringing together the leading open-source curriculum (IM K-12 Math™ authored by Illustrative Mathematics®) with the most-beloved teaching and learning platform in math education, Desmos Classroom. The goal is to help every student learn – and learn to love – mathematics.

      “Amplify has experienced significant growth and is now proud to serve close to a third of U.S. K-8 students today with programs that uniquely blend the best K-12 content and pedagogy with digital tools that help teachers reach all students and drive measurable academic gains,” said Larry Berger, chief executive officer of Amplify. “This investment will help us grow while ensuring that we elevate K-12 instruction and have as much impact as we can.”

      Amplify currently delivers its products and services to over half a million teachers in the United States. Its existing core programs have earned all-green scores on EdReports, a third-party curriculum evaluation site. Amplify’s digital supplemental program, Boost Reading, continues to help schools drive gains in early reading, as does its gold-standard early reading assessment, mCLASS®. By meeting the demand for evidence-based, digital-forward programs, Amplify’s bookings have grown at over a 50 percent compound annual growth rate over the last five years (2017-2022). Amplify also continues to see measurable gains in student achievement when districts and schools implement its programs with some measure of fidelity, e.g., recent studies on Amplify ScienceBoost Reading, and Desmos Math 6-8.

      “At Cox, we are committed to investing in companies that will reshape their industries over the next generation, bringing positive impact to communities across the country and around the world,” said Mark Lewis, vice president of strategy and investments at Cox Enterprises. “We are excited to help Amplify continue to scale its product offerings and footprint.”

      About Amplify
      A pioneer in K–12 education since 2000, Amplify is leading the way in next-generation curriculum and assessment. Our captivating core and supplemental programs in literacy, math, and science engage all students in rigorous learning and inspire them to think deeply, creatively, and for themselves. Our formative assessment products turn data into practical instructional support to help all students build a strong foundation in early reading and math. All of our programs provide teachers with powerful tools that help them understand and respond to the needs of every student. Today, Amplify reaches more than 10 million students in all 50 states. To learn more, visit https://amplify.com.

      About Cox Enterprises
      Cox Enterprises is dedicated to empowering people to build a better future for the next generation. Cox is a leader in the broadband, automotive and media industries, while strategically investing in emerging technologies driving the future of cleantech, health care, and public sector services. Its major operating subsidiaries are Cox Communications and Cox Automotive, which includes brands like Autotrader and Kelley Blue Book. Headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia, Cox is a global company with a proud 125-year history. To learn more about Cox and its commitment to its people, planet and communities, visit coxenterprises.com.

      Media contact:
      Kristine Frech
      Vice President, Corporate Communications
      kfrech@amplify.com

      A curiosity-driven K–12 program that builds lifelong math proficiency

      Amplify Desmos Math thoughtfully combines conceptual understanding, procedural fluency, and application. Each math lesson is designed to tell a story by posing problems that invite a variety of approaches before guiding students to synthesize their understanding of the learning goals.

      What is Amplify Desmos Math?

      Amplify Desmos Math supports teachers in building students’ lifelong math proficiency. The program:

      • Supports social classrooms, invites mathematical creativity, and evokes wonder, creating a welcoming learning space where students are empowered to see themselves and their classmates as having brilliant mathematical ideas.
      • Provides teachers with clear, step-by-step moves to build systematically from students’ prior knowledge to grade-level learning.
      • Connects students to each other’s thinking and to an understanding that they can use math to make sense of the world.
      • Enables access to grade-level understanding for every student, every day.

      A powerful suite of math resources

      Amplify Desmos Math combines the best of problem-based lessons, intervention, personalized practice, and assessments into a coherent and engaging experience for both students and teachers.

      Data informs instruction. Comprehensive student profiles provide full data on students’ assets and skills, empowering teachers to provide just-in-time scaffolds throughout core instruction and targeted intervention when needed.

      Educational software interface featuring a New York math problem about measuring platform heights using a 9-inch tube, illustrated with a playful, colorful design.

      Experience Amplify Desmos Math

      Click the links below to explore our interactive digital lessons, where you’ll also find print Teacher Edition and Student Edition pages for each lesson.

      For helpful navigation tips and more program information, download our Grades K–5, Grades 6–Algebra 1, and Grades 9–12 program guides.

      You can also watch a product expert walk through a lesson and the available program components with a lesson walkthrough video.

      Diagnostic screening and progress monitoring assessments

      Integrated mCLASS® Assessments go beyond accuracy to reveal students’ math thinking through an asset-based approach. This data provides better insights about what students know, what math assets to leverage, and where students need support.

      A laptop displays a math problem with illustrated students and a virtual keyboard. Behind it, a chart shows percentages for a Math 2 Beginning-of-Year Screener assessment.

      Personalized learning and support

      Amplify Desmos Math includes digital, adaptive practice that provides the personalized support a student needs to access grade-level math every day. Boost Personalized Learning activities target a skill or concept aligned to the day’s core lesson, with each student receiving personalized scaffolds based on what they already know. This technology complements daily learning and provides another layer of support to the in-lesson differentiation and instructional guidance provided to teachers. Click here to try a Boost Personalized Learning activity. More activities coming soon!

      The Fluency Practice of Amplify Desmos Math uses an evidence-based approach to memory retention—spaced repetition—for the basic operations. Students around the world have answered more than 120 million multiplication questions within our application. Try it now! 

      Contact us

      Support is always available. Our team is committed to helping you every step of the way. Contact your dedicated Indiana representative here for program access, samples, and additional information.

      A woman with long brown hair and a white top smiles at the camera in front of an orange background, showcasing her passion for the Science of Reading and dedication to Indiana middle school education.

      Elizabeth Sillies Callahan

      Southern IN
      (513) 407-5801

      A woman with long brown hair and blue eyes smiles gently at the camera. The background is a light purple circle, reflecting her passion for the Science of Reading and dedication to Indiana middle school education.

      Jody Kammer

      Central IN
      (310) 402-7837

      Woman with long brown hair, large black glasses, and a nose ring, wearing a striped shirt and dark blazer, posing in front of a neutral background—professional style suited for the Indiana Department of Education.

      Amanda Knipper

      Northern IN
      (260) 894-5123

      A woman with wavy red hair and blue eyes, dressed in a purple turtleneck, smiles at the camera against a dark background—reflecting the approachable spirit of Indiana middle school teachers.

      Paige Lawrence

      District enrollment below 1200
      (980) 421-2608

      Amplify ELA – Review for grades 6-8

      To view this protected page, enter the password below:



      Welcome, Indiana literacy educators!

      Amplify ELA is built specifically for the needs of middle school teachers and students. This blended curriculum is designed to help teachers implement the Indiana Academic Standards for ELA by delivering a structured yet flexible instructional approach grounded in the Science of Reading.

      Looking for core instruction for Grades K–5? Click here.

      Illustration of a woman's profile with floral hair decorations, a group of diverse children reading, and an astronaut, with text "read the report: edreports review year 2019.

      Designed to prepare Indiana middle schoolers for high school and beyond

      After watching the Amplify ELA 6–8 video to the left, scroll down to learn even more, download resources, and access a demo.

      What is ELA?

      Amplify ELA is a core program for Grades 6–8 that delivers:

      • A unique, research-based approach designed to get all students reading grade-level text together.
      • An instructional design that inspires students to read more deeply, write more vividly, and think more critically.
      • A rich combination of dynamic texts, lively discussions, and interactive Quests that truly engages middle schoolers and inspires them to participate in learning.

      How ELA works

      Amplify ELA lessons follow a structure that’s grounded in regular routines, yet flexible enough to allow for a variety of learning experiences. You can find more information in our ELA Program Guide.

      What students explore

      Amplify ELA provides everything you need to deliver a full year’s worth of instruction.

      Each grade level of Amplify ELA consists of six multimedia units. Four or five of the units are focused on complex literary texts and one or two are collections based on primary source documents and research. Each grade also provides a dedicated story-writing unit, a poetry unit, and two or three immersive learning experiences called Quests.

      Three educational book covers from amplify ela series, featuring illustrations of an astronaut, diverse children with books, and a poet surrounded by symbolic imagery.

      Science of Reading

      Watching students mature into adolescents? Inspiring. Knowing how to engage and motivate their changing brains? Science.

      The middle school years are marked by a period of tremendous growth and change—physically, emotionally, and socially. Amplify ELA understands and embraces these changes, and delivers instruction specifically designed to tap into adolescents’ natural inclinations toward collaboration, exploration, and autonomy.

      Differentiation

      We believe all students are capable of reading grade-level text together.

      Amplify ELA ensures all students have access to the same text. With six distinct levels of differentiation, every student is supported or challenged in a way that meets their unique needs. This includes multilingual/English learners (ML/ELs) at the Developing, Expanding, and Bridging levels, as well as students needing substantial support or an extra challenge.

      Multiple overlapping open documents on a computer screen, featuring text editing interfaces with prompts for feedback and responses.

      Assessment

      Amplify ELA not only includes captivating content, but also provides clear and actionable measurement data about student performance.

      Our embedded formative and summative assessment tools maximize teaching time, while allowing teachers to make confident, data-driven decisions about the instruction and support students need to grow continually as readers and writers.

      A woman assists another woman wearing a red headscarf as they look at a laptop.

      Get access

      Ready to explore as a teacher? Follow these instructions:

      • Visit learning.amplify.com.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter your provided teacher username and password.
      • Select ELA.

      Ready to explore as a student? Follow these instructions:

      • Visit learning.amplify.com.
      • Select Log in with Amplify.
      • Enter your provided student username and password.
      • Select ELA.

      Contact us

      Support is always available. Our team is committed to helping you every step of the way. Contact your dedicated Indiana representative here for program access, samples, and additional information.

      A woman with long brown hair and a white top smiles at the camera in front of an orange background, showcasing her passion for the Science of Reading and dedication to Indiana middle school education.

      Elizabeth Sillies Callahan

      Southern IN
      (513) 407-5801

      A woman with long brown hair and blue eyes smiles gently at the camera. The background is a light purple circle, reflecting her passion for the Science of Reading and dedication to Indiana middle school education.

      Jody Kammer

      Central IN
      (310) 402-7837

      Woman with long brown hair, large black glasses, and a nose ring, wearing a striped shirt and dark blazer, posing in front of a neutral background—professional style suited for the Indiana Department of Education.

      Amanda Knipper

      Northern IN
      (260) 894-5123

      A woman with wavy red hair and blue eyes, dressed in a purple turtleneck, smiles at the camera against a dark background—reflecting the approachable spirit of Indiana middle school teachers.

      Paige Lawrence

      District enrollment below 1200
      (980) 421-2608

      Welcome Fort Wayne middle school educators!

      We’re honored that you’re considering Amplify ELA for grades 6-8. Below you’ll find resources to guide you in your review including:

      • An overview and introductory video.
      • Program resources to break down the program structure and its components.
      • Step-by-step digital review of all teacher and student materials.
      • Additional resources and an opportunity to request physical samples and access to multimedia resources.

      West Virginia alignment coming soon!

      Illustration of a woman's profile with floral hair decorations, a group of diverse children reading, and an astronaut, with text "read the report: edreports review year 2019.

      Overview

      Amplify ELA is a blended curriculum designed for middle school students and teachers, featuring: 

      • An engaging digital program with comprehensive print materials, including Teacher Editions, Student Editions, and Writing Journals for grades 6–8. 
      • A year’s worth of instruction for each grade.
      • Complex, content-rich literary and informational texts.
      • Differentiation that supports all students with reading complex texts, and an interactive eReader with an array of multimedia tools.
      • Embedded assessments that allow for uninterrupted instructional time.
      • The Amplify Library—a digital collection of over 700 full-length texts.

      Access and equity

      We have a responsibility to provide ELA instruction that gives every student the same opportunity to succeed and excel

      Three-panel educational material titled "amplify ela: the space race collection" featuring artistic astronaut illustrations and historical figures.

      Start your review

      Follow these steps to complete your digital review of the teacher and student materials for each grade level. Once you’ve completed your digital review, complete the form at the bottom of the page for physical samples and full access to the multimedia resources.

      Review step 1: See Amplify ELA in action

      Hear from teachers, administrators, and students across the country who are using Amplify ELA in their classrooms right now.

      Review step 2: Watch this Amplify ELA overview

      Before you explore the program, watch this overview to get familiar with the program and ways to find resources for you and your students online.

      Review step 3: Start exploring

      To complete your review digitally, click the orange button below to explore the digital platform. You’ll have access to two full units for every grade.

      When you explore the digital platform, a quick guided tour will familiarize you with navigation of the program and its features.

      While you can access all of the print resources from the digital Teacher’s Guide, we’ve collected a few exemplars for each grade level: 

      Grade 6: Summer of the Mariposas

      Grade 7: Poetry & Poe

      Grade 8: The Space Race Collection

      Three educational book covers from amplify ela series, featuring illustrations of an astronaut, diverse children with books, and a poet surrounded by symbolic imagery.

      Request sample

      You can request physical samples or full access to multimedia resources for additional review or reach out to your Amplify Sales representative if you have questions. 

      A man with short brown hair, wearing a blue collared shirt and dark blazer, smiling at the camera against a plain white background.

      Nathan Toles
      Field Manager
      (317) 430-787

      Illustration of a woman's profile with floral hair decorations, a group of diverse children reading, and an astronaut, with text "read the report: edreports review year 2019.

      Welcome West Virginia middle school educators!

      We’re honored that you’re considering Amplify ELA for grades 6-8. Below you’ll find resources to guide you in your review including:

      • An overview and introductory video.
      • Program resources to break down the program structure and its components.
      • Step-by-step digital review of all teacher and student materials.
      • Additional resources and an opportunity to request physical samples and access to multimedia resources.

      West Virginia alignment coming soon!

      Overview

      Amplify ELA is a blended curriculum designed for middle school students and teachers, featuring: 

      • An engaging digital program with comprehensive print materials, including Teacher Editions, Student Editions, and Writing Journals for grades 6–8. 
      • A year’s worth of instruction for each grade.
      • Complex, content-rich literary and informational texts.
      • Differentiation that supports all students with reading complex texts, and an interactive eReader with an array of multimedia tools.
      • Embedded assessments that allow for uninterrupted instructional time.
      • The Amplify Library—a digital collection of over 700 full-length texts.

      Before you explore the program on your own, watch the program walkthrough to the right. 

      Access and equity

      We have a responsibility to provide ELA instruction that gives every student the same opportunity to succeed and excel

      A boy with glasses smiles while reading a book, with illustrated objects like a telescope, gourd, and cartoon insect in the background.
      Three educational book covers are shown, featuring illustrations of astronauts, rockets, historical figures, and space themes, with text indicating "Amplify ELA" and "Grade 8: The Space Race Collection.

      Start your review

      Follow these steps to complete your digital review of the teacher and student materials for each grade level. Once you’ve completed your digital review, complete the form at the bottom of the page for physical samples and full access to the multimedia resources.

      Review step 1: See Amplify ELA in action

      Hear from teachers, administrators, and students across the country who are using Amplify ELA in their classrooms right now.

      Review step 2: Watch this Amplify ELA overview

      Before you explore the program, watch this overview to get familiar with the program and ways to find resources for you and your students online.

      Review step 3: Start exploring

      To complete your review digitally, click the orange button below to explore the digital platform. You’ll have access to two full units for every grade.

      When you explore the digital platform, a quick guided tour will familiarize you with navigation of the program and its features.

      While you can access all of the print resources from the digital platform, we’ve collected a few exemplars for each grade level: 

      Grade 6: Summer of the Mariposas

      Grade 7: Poetry & Poe

      Grade 8: Space Race

      Three educational book covers from amplify ela series, featuring illustrations of an astronaut, diverse children with books, and a poet surrounded by symbolic imagery.

      Request more information

      You can request physical samples or full access to the digital resources by submitting the form to the right, or if you have any questions reach out directly to your sales representative, Melissa Webb.

      Melissa Webb

      Account Executive

      mwebb@amplify.com
      (304) 552-0234

      Corona-Norco Unified School District

      To view this protected page, enter the password below:



      Amplify ELA – Atlanta Review3

      To view this protected page, enter the password below:



      What my wedding taught me about choosing curriculum

      A teacher leans over a group of elementary students who are working together at a classroom table under a "CKLA Skills" sign, guiding them through successful CKLA implementation.

      Before my wedding over 20 years ago, my mom offered me a bit of advice: Choose a wedding photographer that you like. She didn’t mean one who’d win a Pulitzer for her work covering our special day. What she did mean was this: Make sure you like their personality, because you will spend a lot of time with them on your wedding day—maybe even more time than you’ll spend with your future spouse.

      Why am I talking about my wedding in a blog about education?

      Because choosing a curriculum company is like choosing a wedding photographer. You are not just purchasing a stack of books—you are starting a relationship with a company that will extend far beyond the initial purchase.

      Here’s why I think the Amplify team are the education equivalent of ideal wedding photographers.

      When our team decided to pilot Core Knowledge Language Arts (CKLA) 3rd Edition as our reading and writing curriculum, I soon began working with the Amplify CKLA pilot team because I knew our classroom teachers needed to be trained quickly. I created a timeline, outlined action steps, and noted questions about the process. I was confident in the product and had a sense of what needed to happen, but it felt like a lot.

      At our first meeting, the pilot team presented a detailed brochure. What a comfort it was to read, “Your district’s Amplify CKLA pilot specialist will guide you through every step of the pilot support process.”

      Sure enough, Amplify’s live in-person CKLA training was invaluable. The teachers got so excited about the new product that they literally cheered.

      Because of our complex pilot schedule, I wanted to make sure our primary students weren’t leaving the year with gaps in their learning. The CKLA pilot team worked closely with me to create a unique unit that would leave no holes in student learning.

      After six weeks of piloting the product, a team of experienced CKLA pilot team coaches visited all our pilot classrooms. They affirmed the teachers in their work toward CKLA implementation. They highlighted strengths in classrooms and celebrated the use of the product in our district. The meeting after school was joyful.

      The CKLA pilot team also gave our teachers a crucial tip: Because you can’t memorize the lesson, it’s ok to teach with the manual in your hand. Teachers still do this, and we continue to compliment them if we see it during walk-throughs.

      The online pilot tool kit provided all of the other resources we might need. This included a Q&A section in which teachers could enter questions as they came up, and receive a response from the support team quickly. I breathed easier during our pilot knowing that CKLA was caring for us.

      After our school board officially adopted CKLA 3rd Edition, we transitioned from the CKLA pilot team to the Onboarding Support and Customer Success team. Leaving the pilot team felt like losing a friend, but I trusted Amplify and knew the new team would be just as strong.

      The brochure for the development plan confirmed that we would remain in good hands. It read: “This custom professional development package is designed to support teachers, schools, and district leaders in helping teachers feel confident using CKLA in their classrooms. Our professional development opportunities go far beyond initial product training and take participants through different stages of learning.”

      At our Launch training in August, teachers learned the core features, rationale, and Science of Reading research, and had time to dive into the CKLA materials. At the Strengthen trainings in October and March, teachers learned about additional tools to deepen their knowledge, planning, and use of the materials. At the Coach sessions, an Amplify coach visited every school, which included meeting with teachers during planning time, visiting classrooms and offering supportive feedback, and modeling lessons.

      After each training session, a CKLA team met with me to discuss the success of the training and talk about the feedback from teachers and my next steps to support them in their implementation. Throughout the process, my goal was to help teachers feel successful and confident using this new tool, and Amplify supported me every step of the way.

      In addition to the responsive customer service, Amplify also offers plenty of online tools. The PD Library is continually adding resources, while Amplify podcasts highlight the latest research and insights on language comprehension, reading comprehension, and so much more. Amplify also just added a series of instructional routine modeling videos that quickly demonstrate the best practices found in CKLA. The support systems are varied and always developing, yet never overwhelming.

      If you’re in the market for a new reading curriculum, take my mom’s advice: Pick the one you love spending time with. Trust me—Amplify is the curriculum you’ll want by your side all day, every day.

      We are middle school.

      Amplify ELA was designed to respond to the distinct opportunities and challenges faced by middle school students and teachers. It was conceived to support middle school students at this critical developmental moment.

      The program helps teachers ensure that skills are taught, standards are covered, and the test is prepped—and it does this work in the background so that teachers can spend their time bringing text to life and providing each student the right instruction at the right time. Request a sample to take a closer look.

      Illustrated scene with people in various poses, including a person holding a mask and a child looking up at butterflies. Background includes abstract shapes and an outdoor setting.

      Overview

      A teacher stands in front of a classroom while students, seated at desks with laptops, raise their hands eagerly.

      Amplify ELA is a blended curriculum designed for middle school students and teachers. It provides:

      • An engaging digital program with comprehensive print materials, including Teacher Editions, Student Editions, and Writing Journals for grades 6–8.
      • A year’s worth of instruction for each grade.
      • Complex, content-rich literary and informational texts.
      • Differentiation that supports all students with reading complex texts, and an interactive eReader with an array of multimedia tools.
      • Embedded assessments that allow for uninterrupted instructional time.
      • The Amplify Library—a digital collection of more than 650 full-length texts.

      Why Amplify?

      We designed every Amplify ELA lesson to help teachers teach the essential skills of reading, writing, speaking, and listening, in a classroom where students thrive academically, socially, and emotionally.

      We use six proven pedagogical approaches to help teachers build a literate community in every middle school classroom:

      Middle school collaboration

      1. Critical and collaborative engagement

      With Amplify ELA, students engage with learning because they engage with each other. Amplify ELA fosters a classroom community that thrives on a wide range of student observations. The lessons immerse students in interactive close reading activities and cognitively challenging work, and keep them engaged through a variety of collaborative activities.

      2. Integrated approach to target all standards

      Every lesson requires students to work across multiple learning objectives—reading, writing, speaking, and listening—while focusing on one primary standard. Result: students work with complex texts that demand working across standards, while receiving instruction focused on building a specific skill.

      Middle school standards
      Middle school texts

      3. Text at the center

      Amplify puts complex text at the center of every lesson and activity to develop the critical capacities and build the vocabulary, knowledge, and skills students need to succeed in middle school, high school, and beyond. Great texts spark curiosity, reveal layered meanings, reflect a diversity of perspectives and identities, and cultivate meaningful conversation and reflection.

      4. Multimodal and strategic technology

      Activities harness multiple learning modes, using media tools, digital apps, and a variety of visual and physical experiences to strategically support and enhance student learning.

      Middle school engagement
      Middle school differentiation

      5. High expectations and strong supports

      Strong supports built in at all levels give every student a chance to meet the highest possible expectations. Struggling readers, students ready for advanced work, English language learners: all can take on the challenge of rigorous work while data delivery and digital tools allow teachers to ensure progress.

      6. Timely feedback and actionable data

      Formative assessment measures and targeted feedback tools are embedded in every lesson. Result: teachers can make timely decisions about instructional strategy and provide the guidance students need to thrive as readers and writers.

      Middle school assessments

      What teachers say

      What teachers are saying about Amplify ELA

      “It was engaging for students, fun and easy to teach, and led to deeper discussions and written responses than I have seen in a long time! The embedded differentiation helped ensure students had just the right amount of challenge/supports. I wish I had this earlier in my teacher career!”

      Ashley

      Teacher

      What teachers are saying about Amplify ELA

      “Amplify has put it all together in one place so we can hook our kids with engaging material, then track how well they’re performing.

      Brent

      Principal

      What teachers are saying about Amplify ELA

      “Amplify uses technology to enhance best practices, not instead of best practices. It is multimodal and encourages movement, readers theater, writing, drawing, etc… It isn’t just a series of copied pdfs and worksheets made digital.”

      Karen

      Teacher

      Blended model

      Amplify ELA’s new blended curriculum can be used in classrooms with limited access to devices, allowing teachers to make choices about when their students use devices without compromising learning or full standards coverage.
      Amplify ELA’s blended approach keeps a strong connection between print and digital by having the teacher project uniquely digital moments as students work in their print Student Editions and Writing Journals. This approach works when Wi-Fi or devices are unavailable for both brief or extended periods of time.

      Amplify ELA Teacher Components
      Amplify ELA Student Components

      Try Amplify ELA

      Ready to take a closer look at Amplify ELA? No problem. Just complete the form to get immediate access to:

      • Digital: trial that includes two units per grade level
      • Print: preview of Teacher Edition
      Amplify ELA trial

      Why fluency matters in K–5 math education

      An illustration showing a caterpillar, a hand matching shapes and colors on tiles, and another hand holding numbered cards—perfect for read-aloud math activities or exploring math in picture books with children.

      If you’re fluent in Farsi, let’s say, you don’t search for every word or stop to translate every sentence in your head. You understand, process, and respond automatically, in real time.

      Math fluency works the same way. This kind of fluency is something you can use naturally to understand what’s presented and respond to it meaningfully.

      In K–5 math, fluency allows students to move beyond getting through the problem toward real mathematical thinking. Without it, even confident students can get stuck. With it, students gain access to deeper understanding, flexibility, and confidence.

      What is math fluency?

      Fluency in math is sometimes misunderstood as speed or memorization—but research and classroom experience tell a fuller story.

      The National Council of Teachers of Mathematics defines procedural fluency as the ability to: “…apply procedures efficiently, flexibly, and accurately; to transfer procedures to different problems and contexts; to build or modify procedures from other procedures; and to recognize when one strategy or procedure is more appropriate to apply than another.”

      In other words, the skills often referred to as computational fluency and math fact fluency tell only part of the story. Full mathematical fluency means knowing how and why strategies work, and being able to choose among them.

      Memorization does have a role in math learning, but it alone does not lead to fluency. A student who has memorized facts but doesn’t understand relationships between numbers may still struggle when problems change slightly or require reasoning.

      By contrast, a fluent student can adapt. They can explain their thinking, check whether an answer makes sense, and shift strategies when needed.

      This is why fluency acts as a bridge between conceptual understanding and procedural application. It connects what students know to what they can do, and helps them do it with confidence.

      Why procedural fluency matters in K–5 math

      In the elementary grades, students are building the foundational math skills they’ll rely on for years to come. When procedural fluency is weak, students can feel overwhelmed by basic calculations, leaving little mental energy for problem-solving or new concepts.

      Students without strong procedural fluency often feel stuck. For them, math can start to feel like an endless series of obstacles rather than a meaningful, engaging exploration—and that experience does not set anyone up to feel like a math person.

      Fluency is what frees students up to focus on the heart of a problem. When they’re not bogged down by calculations, they’re able to reason, explore patterns, and tackle more complex tasks. Fluency opens doors—to higher-level math, to confidence, and to a more positive math identity.

      In their paper, “Eight Unproductive Practices in Developing Fact Fluency,” Gina King and Jennifer Bay-Williams write: “Being fluent contributes to a productive disposition about mathematics, opens doors to a range of mathematics topics, and arms students with a skillset applicable to whatever they wish to pursue.”

      What teaching math fluency looks like in the classroom

      Effective K–5 math instruction treats fluency as something that develops over time, through meaningful practice, discussion, and reflection. Students need opportunities to explore number relationships, explain their thinking, and revisit strategies in different contexts.

      In classrooms where math fluency is developing, instruction consistently supports flexible thinking, reflection, and revisiting ideas over time. You might see and hear the following:

      • Revisiting strategies across problems. Students are encouraged to solve the same problem in more than one way and to compare approaches. Classroom discussions focus on how strategies work and when one might be more efficient than another, helping students build strategic thinking and confidence.
      • Frequent, well-spaced opportunities for practice. Key facts and strategies reappear over time rather than being practiced once and set aside. This spacing helps students retain learning and apply it more accurately and efficiently when they encounter familiar ideas in new contexts.
      • Regular routines that emphasize reasoning. Short, consistent routines invite students to mentally compute, explain their thinking, and listen to others’ ideas. The focus is on understanding number relationships and reasoning through solutions rather than relying on memorized steps.
      • Thoughtful use of visual representations. Tools such as number lines, arrays, and other models help students see how numbers and operations relate. These representations support flexible thinking and make procedures more meaningful and accessible.

      Across these experiences, fluency is something you can hear as well as see. Students explain their reasoning, reference strategies they’ve used before, and check whether their answers make sense, building accuracy, efficiency, and flexibility over time.

      Math fluency helps students open their minds to the richness of math, and to their own power as math learners.

      Building math lessons: The playful side you never knew existed

      Two people smiling in separate circles; one has a cartoon corgi icon, the other shows math blocks—perfect for celebrating early literacy skills—all set on a cheerful yellow background.

      When you think of what goes on behind the scenes of building Amplify Classroom lessons, you probably envision carefully calculated math formulas and complicated equations, right?

      Not exactly. Meet Sara Barring and Sean Sweeney from our interaction development team! They create animations and interactions for many of our most popular math lessons, and one day they decided to record some of their work sessions. What began as a simple “Wouldn’t it be fun…” conversation turned into something pretty remarkable: a front row seat to their joyous exploration of math.

      Sean and Sara spend their days bringing math problems to life using Activity Builder, Amplify Classroom’s lesson-building tool. Their goal is to encourage students to explore their own thinking, moving beyond traditional right-and-wrong feedback. Instead of being told “no” when a guess is off, students get visual Responsive Feedback that demonstrates the meaning behind their thinking. In the grade 6 lesson Weight for It, for example, the animation shows them what would happen if the dog actually weighed what they guessed!

      Sean and Sara help create a safe, playful space where making a mistake isn’t a failure, but a visual stepping stone that encourages students to try again. This creative process is exactly what they decided to capture on camera. Their video series, “Graph Time With Sara and Sean,” reveals what happens when pure curiosity guides work in graphing mathematics. Each episode opens the window into a genuine, surprising discovery, showing the magic happens when you stop worrying about perfection. Watching these videos, even those who feel intimidated by math or think math isn’t for them may feel inspired to try it themselves.

      Redefining mistakes as happy accidents

      In any field, the word “mistake” can feel loaded. But for Sara and Sean, the process of creating math animations is less about avoiding mistakes and more about seeing what happens.

      A great thing about working in Activity Builder’s graphing calculator, Sara notes, is that you can immediately see how every adjustment affects the animation. This instant visibility helps shift your perspective—an unexpected result isn’t a failure, but a happy accident. According to Sara, these moments provide a pivot point into a new, unplanned direction.

      Take one episode of “Graph Time” that wouldn’t exist without a happy accident Sean had while trying to create a firework animation for one of our lessons. That “mistake” led to the discovery of unexpected mathematical patterns that the team may not have found otherwise. These patterns seem to magically emerge from simple sine and cosine functions, revealing flower-like designs, perfect circles, and intricate geometric shapes that feel limitless in their variety, proving that mathematical beauty often reveals itself through curious experimentation rather than careful planning.

      Sara and Sean hope to show viewers the reality of their work–with all the struggles, detours, and joy. You might expect someone who creates math animations all day to have their steps carefully mapped out. “We don’t,” Sean says, “and that’s part of what we like about it.”

      The ripple effect: Transforming math culture

      Sara and Sean’s playful approach to building curriculum content creates waves they hope will extend beyond their own creative joy, inspiring a new generation of math explorers.

      For teachers, these videos offer more than just creative techniques—they provide a blueprint for shifting classroom culture. Sean emphasizes that viewers are seeing “the real work they do every day,” providing educators with an authentic model for bringing genuine excitement to mathematical learning. Sara, drawing from her teaching background, recognizes the transformative power of just changing the narrative: “Math gets such a bad rep a lot of the time, so even if Graph Time with Sara and Sean just offers a positive rebrand on some things, I think that’s powerful, too.”

      When students see people having fun with math, through teachers or videos like “Graph Time With Sara and Sean,” they begin to see math as an invitation to explore. Sean and Sara are hoping they can help students find their own magic, making math less about intimidation and more about fun.

      Check out Sara and Sean’s videos to see their graphing creations in action!

      Ready to create your own amazing math adventures? Check out our Lesson Building Toolkit for bite-size tutorials on making your own lesson creations with Amplify Classroom.

      Welcome, Florida educators!

      Welcome to Amplify Desmos Math Florida! Below, you’ll find links to sample lessons and more information about our Amplify Desmos Math Florida program.

      A laptop screen displays a math question with a scatter plot about staff and wait times; a worksheet with a similar graph is shown in the background.

      Preview Lessons.

      Check out the links below to explore our interactive sample lessons. 

      Register to learn more about Amplify Desmos Math Florida.

      Join us as we sit down with math experts and educators to explore how to support both students and teachers in math classrooms across Florida. This free professional learning series is designed to deliver collaborative, effective, and engaging math practices, as well as free activities to use right away. 

      A simplified map of Florida with illustrations of a sun, clouds, ocean waves, palm trees, an orange, and a space shuttle.

      A structured approach to problem-based learning

      Amplify Desmos Math combines and connects conceptual understanding, procedural fluency, and application. Lessons are designed with the Proficiency Progression™, a model that provides teachers with clear instructional moves to build from students’ prior knowledge to grade-level learning.

      Student thinking is valuable and can be made evident.

      We believe that math class is a place where teachers can elicit, celebrate, and build on their students’ interesting ideas. Those ideas fuel meaningful classroom conversations and drive the learning process.

      Three students sit at a table in a classroom, smiling and looking at a laptop together, with notebooks and papers in front of them.
      A laptop screen displays a math question with a scatter plot about staff and wait times; a worksheet with a similar graph is shown in the background.

      Robust assessments that drive learning and inform instruction

      A variety of performance data in Amplify Desmos Math Florida provides evidence of student learning, while helping students bolster their skills. With explicit guidance on what to look for and how to respond, teachers can effectively support students as they develop their understanding.

      Reporting and insights

      Teachers and administrators have visibility into what students know about grade-level math with a variety of data reports. By evaluating not only what students know about grade-level math but also providing insight into how they think, teachers can confidently plan whole-class instruction and targeted intervention.

      A digital dashboard displays student names and their performance levels in a grid, with a score distribution summary for assessment items shown in an overlay—ideal for tracking progress within the core curriculum or Desmos Math programs.

      Access to grade-level math for every student, every day

      Amplify Desmos Math Florida provides teachers with lessons, strategies, and resources to eliminate barriers and increase access to grade-level-content without reducing the mathematical demand of tasksall while supporting students in building strong number sense, fluency, and conceptual understanding.

      Differentiation when and where it matters most

      Teachers are provided with clear student actions to look for, matched with immediately usable suggestions for how to respond to student thinking. Each lesson also includes recommendations for resources to use with students to support, strengthen, and stretch their understanding of the lesson goal.

      Boost Personalized Learning

      Boost Personalized Learning activities in Amplify Desmos Math Florida target a skill or concept aligned to the day’s core lesson, with each student receiving personalized scaffolds based on what they already know. Designed to build fluency in mathematics, these activities adapt to each student’s unique needs and support skill-based growth.

      Intervention Mini-Lessons aligned to core instruction

      Amplify Desmos Math Florida Mini-Lessons are aligned to the most critical topics throughout a unit and provide targeted intervention for small groups of students who need additional support or more time.

      A teacher sits at a table with two students, using small objects and a workbook to provide individualized instruction during a Boost Math lesson in a classroom with large windows.

      Boost Math

      Boost Math is a K–8 personalized learning and intervention program that provides Learning Pathways to ensure that every student succeeds. Our system supports all aspects of a strong Multi-Tiered System of Supports (MTSS) through learning progressions that connect foundational skills directly to core instruction.

      Explore Boost Math

      Contact us

      Support is always available. Our team is dedicated to helping you every step of the way. Contact your dedicated Florida representative for program access, samples, and additional information.

      A man with short gray hair wearing a black tuxedo and bow tie smiles at the camera in a formal setting.

      Jeff Rutter

      Field Manager
      jrutter@amplify.com

      A woman with long, wavy hair wearing a rust-colored ribbed sweater smiles at the camera against a plain, light background.

      Kamilah Simpson

      Account Executive
      ksimpson@amplify.com

      A man with short, dark hair and a full beard smiles confidently. He is wearing a pink patterned shirt and a green jacket, reminiscent of an engaging math lesson. The light gray background subtly complements his dynamic style.

      Thomas Gantt

      District Manager
      tgantt@amplify.com

      Using the Science of Writing to support literacy instruction

      There are plenty of creative and effective ways to inspire and teach students to write. Many teachers tap into their own experiences, insights, and talents to help students learn how to communicate with the written word.

      And there’s also science behind how kids become effective written communicators. Just as the Science of Reading has transformed literacy development and instruction, the Science of Writing offers research-backed strategies to help students learn to write with clarity and confidence.

      Here’s how the Science of Writing can help you support student learning.

      The Science of Reading and Writing, defined

      The Science of Reading represents the large and ever-growing body of research into how students best learn to read—and, therefore, how best to teach them. (You might call it the Science of teaching reading.) It emphasizes the principle that kids don’t learn to read just by being immersed in words on pages around them. Rather, instruction must be structured, explicit, and systematic.

      Likewise, the Science of Writing is a research-based approach to effective instruction that emphasizes structured, explicit, and systematic methods to help students develop strong and confident writing skills. While the Science of Reading focuses on how students decode and comprehend text, the Science of Writing addresses how students construct and communicate meaning through written language.

      Reading and writing are deeply connected. Strong reading skills support strong writing skills, and vice versa. A simple example: When students are expressly taught to identify the characteristics and purpose of a given text structure (say, the presentation of a problem and its solution) while reading, they are better able to replicate that structure in their writing; they can continue to improve their writing by analyzing additional and more advanced texts with that structure.

      A Science of Reading curriculum and Science of Writing curriculum—that is, a comprehensive literacy curriculum—must integrate both, ensuring that students are not only able to understand texts but also to articulate their own thoughts clearly and effectively. By aligning high-quality instructional materials with these proven frameworks, educators can significantly enhance student learning outcomes.

      How to bring the Science of Writing into your core curriculum

      Effective writing instruction requires a comprehensive approach that addresses transcription skills and composition skills, both of which require explicit teaching and practice. If you’re looking to improve writing instruction in your classroom or district, there are five critical shifts you need to consider. Below, we’ll give you a peek at two of them. Note that we’re not asking you to add more to your plate every day; each of these approaches will actually allow you to sunset some others.

      1.  Develop both transcription and composition skills, not one or the other.

      Skilled writing is a product of transcription skills (such as handwriting and spelling) and composition skills (such as developing and expressing ideas). Both are best taught through an integrated reading and writing approach that recognizes reading and writing as reciprocal processes.

      By working on the development of both skills, you’ll be able to shift away from:

      • Focusing exclusively on handwriting and spelling at the expense of composition practice.
      • Free writing time without explicit guidance or goals.

      2.  Teach transcription skills in tandem with phonics, not in isolation.

      As you know, reading and writing are reciprocal and strengthened when taught together. Some specifics:

      • Transcription skills—such as handwriting and spelling—are best taught and practiced in alignment with a phonics scope and sequence.
      • Research shows that building automaticity in handwriting supports the neural pathways associated with reading.

      By working on transcription and phonics in tandem, you’ll be able to shift away from:

      • “ABC” handwriting instruction, focusing instead on instruction aligned to sound-spellings students are learning.
      • Asking students to spell words without explicit instruction in the sound-spellings.

      Making this shift means moving away from phonics instruction that occurs on an “as-needed” basis and ensuring that all students receive the foundational skills necessary for fluent reading and writing.

      These are just two of the essential shifts you can make to transform your literacy, and specifically writing, instruction. By focusing on evidence-based strategies, educators can make sure that students receive the support they need to become strong, independent writers.

      More to explore

      Want to learn all five key shifts and how to implement them in your classroom? Download our full guide to discover how the Science of Writing can help improve student learning and long-term literacy success.

      Also:

      Welcome to Amplify Desmos Math California!

      California educators, welcome to math that motivates. Introducing Amplify Desmos Math California, a curiosity-driven TK–12 program that builds lifelong math proficiency. Each lesson poses problems that invite a variety of approaches before guiding students to synthesize their understanding of the learning goals. Students encounter math problems they’re eager to solve, while teachers spend more time where it’s most impactful—creating a collaborative classroom of learners.

      Keep reading to learn more about the program and explore sample materials.

      About the program

      Amplify Desmos Math California is a TK–12 core math program designed to meet the CA Math Framework and the Common Core State Standards for Mathematics. Amplify Desmos Math California thoughtfully combines conceptual understanding, procedural fluency, and application through a structured approach to problem-based learning. Through engaging activities, Amplify Desmos Math California invites curiosity and math discourse into the classroom to create lifelong math proficiency.

      Continue reading to learn more about the K–8, Algebra 1, and Math 1 programs and to explore sample materials. (Spanish, TK and high school materials are in development and will be available in the 2026–27 school year. Geometry and Algebra 2 beta pilots will be available in the 2025–26 school year.)

      A powerful math suite

      Amplify Desmos Math California combines the best of assessment, problem-based core lessons, personalized practice, and intervention into a coherent and engaging experience for both students and teachers.

      Laptop displaying a math problem interface with student assessment reports in the background.

      Screening and progress monitoring

      mCLASS Math benchmark assessments, along with the embedded program assessments, measure not just what students know, but how they think. The asset-based assessment system provides teachers with targeted, actionable insights, linked to core instruction and intervention resources. Unit- and lesson-level core assessments give teachers data at their fingertips to guide and differentiate instruction. In grades 3–8, core assessments and performance tasks are designed to prepare students for success on the Smarter Balanced Assessment Consortium (SBAC) testing.

      Core instruction

      Amplify Desmos Math California core lessons pair problems students are eager to solve with clear instructional moves for teachers. Each lesson is designed to tell a story by posing problems that invite a variety of approaches before guiding students to synthesize their understanding of the learning goals. With built-in differentiation and multilingual/English learner support, Amplify Desmos Math California enables every student to find success in the math classroom.

      A digital math activity asks users to choose a block that makes 10 with a given number; a worksheet shows a similar "make 10" math exercise with blank spaces to fill in.
      A digital educational screen showing a math problem about converting meters to centimeters. It involves a diving toy sinking 5 meters into a pool. Text prompts users to input the conversion.

      Personalized Learning

      Boost Personalized Learning activities help students access grade-level math through engaging, independent digital practice. Responsive Feedback adjusts to students’ work, providing item-level adaptivity to further support their learning.

      Differentiation and intervention

      Amplify Desmos Math views differentiation as an ongoing process where teachers are both reactive and proactive to student needs, ensuring that all students have clear pathways to proficiency. Through rich data and teacher support, Amplify Desmos Math uses flexible categories of intervention and enrichment that adjust daily according to student thinking.

      In-the-moment differentiation supports are available for every lesson, both digitally and in the print Teacher Edition.

      Two pages of a math worksheet and teacher’s guide about determining coordinates after a rotation, featuring diagrams, tables, and step-by-step problem-solving instructions.

      An approach that supports teachers

      Clear, step-by-step instructional moves help teachers plan and teach student-centered lessons that use
      student thinking to differentiate instruction and guide to grade-level understanding. They include:

      • Guidance on what to listen for and how
        to respond.
      • Clear learning objectives to keep learning on
        track for each activity and lesson.
      • Daily reinforcement activities to provide direct
        instruction when needed.
      A woman writes on a whiteboard using math teaching resources while a man sits at a desk, smiling. There are books and papers on the desk.
      Network diagram with interconnected nodes labeled: Measure and Compare Objects, Represent Data, Dollars and Cents, Problem Solving with Measure, Skip Counting to 100, Number Strategies, Squares in an Array, Seeing Fraction in Shapes.

      Big Ideas

      The CA Mathematics Framework encourages a shift from power standards to thinking about math as a series of connected Big Ideas. Each Amplify Desmos Math California lesson supports one or more Big Ideas and the connections between them. The grade-level diagram changes through the course based on the math concepts addressed within.

      Please refer to the following Keeping the Big Ideas at the Center documents to review specific lesson designs and alignments with the Big Ideas for each grade level.

      Click here to see how the Big Ideas are represented within the K–8 core lessons.

      Focus, coherence, and rigor

      Amplify Desmos Math California incorporates the Drivers of Investigation (DIs) and Content Connection (CCs) throughout the program. Throughout the year, students engage with open and authentic tasks of varying durations—from lesson activities to unit-level Explore lessons and longer course-level Investigations. Every lesson and investigation opportunity is grounded in the why, how, and what of the learning experience, and helps teachers bring mathematical concepts to life.

      An educational slide on addition story problems, detailing goals for solving problems, language goals, and strategies using equal expressions, tens and ones, and number sense.

      Please refer to the following Amplify Desmos Math California alignments to the Standards for Mathematical Practice, provided by grade level.

      A screen titled "Match the Score" with a 2D target graph showing various scores. Instructions request four ordered pairs to total 400. Four pairs are listed: (4, 2), (7, 4), (7, 6), (10, 6). A "Try again" button is shown.

      Built-in authentic tasks

      Mathematics is not learning in isolation. Students are connected to each other’s thinking and can use math to understand the world. With accessible invitations to authentic tasks, all students can experience mathematical success. Amplify Desmos Math California provides these authentic invitations in a variety of ways:

      Each unit begins with an “Explore” lesson, which allows students to engage with authentic exploration in low-floor, high-ceiling tasks. These tasks are designed to promote an inclusive and differentiated learning environment—allowing all students to access basic mathematical concepts, while offering advanced exploration and problem-solving for those ready for more complex work.

      Our innovative course-level investigations are designed to facilitate multi-part exploration. Students grapple with Big Ideas, diving deep into key concepts that encourage comprehensive understanding. Data science is infused into the approach, giving students a solid foundation from which to interpret and apply data-driven solutions. They’re also encouraged to understand and appreciate the interrelatedness of Earth’s environmental systems via our lesson’s focus on the Environmental Principles and Concepts (EP&Cs).

      Explicit support for multilingual/English learners

      Three overlapping educational worksheets for first grade math, including a cover page, a list of learning goals, and a lesson plan with bilingual English and Spanish text.

      Amplify partnered with the English Learner Success Forum (ELSF), a national nonprofit organization that advocates for high-quality instructional materials that are inclusive of multilingual/English learners (ML/ELs). ELSF reviewed Amplify Desmos Math California, and provided directional guidance and feedback to ensure that the program reflects their research-based instructional strategies for multilingual/English learners.

      Amplify Desmos Math California recognizes the diverse language needs of our students and is designed to be inclusive. Each lesson in the program features a parallel language activity, designed to be available to all students, in the form of teacher guidance and student activities. The activities in the Math Language Development Resources have level ELD differentiation to support all levels of ML/ELs. This approach ensures that all students, regardless of their language skills, can participate fully, grasp the material, and excel in their mathematical journey.

      Our Multilingual Glossary includes, in addition to Spanish, nine languages: Simplified Mandarin, Tagalog, Vietnamese, Arabic, European French, Russian, Brazilian-Portuguese, Haitian-Creole, and Urdu.

      Amplify Desmos Math California will include Spanish student-facing materials beginning in the 2026–27 school year.

      Assessments

      By starting with what students already know, Amplify Desmos Math helps build a strong foundation for success to guide and support future learning. Teachers are empowered to transform every classroom into an engaged math community that invites, values, and develops student thinking. With explicit guidance on what to look for and how to respond, teachers can effectively support students as they develop their understanding.

      Open math workbook showing an End-of-Unit Assessment with multiple-choice and written response questions on fractions and equivalent values.

      Program assessments

      A variety of performance data in Amplify Desmos Math provides evidence of student learning while helping students bolster their skills and understanding.

      Unit-Level Assessments

      Our embedded unit assessments offer key insights into students’ conceptual understanding of math. These assessments provide regular, actionable information about how students are thinking about and processing math, with both auto-scoring and in-depth rubrics that help teachers anticipate and respond to students’ learning needs.

      Lesson-Level Assessments

      Amplify Desmos Math lessons are centered around sense-making and in-the-moment feedback. Daily moments of assessment provide valuable evidence of learning for both the teacher and student.

      Data and reporting

      Amplify Desmos Math provides teachers and administrators with unified reporting and insights so that educators have visibility into what students know about grade-level math—and can plan instruction accordingly for the whole class, small groups, and individual students.

      A table displays students' performance levels across various items, with a detailed score distribution for a specific assessment shown in a separate overlay. Geometric design elements accented the background, providing an engaging visual touch ideal for any math classroom using Amplify Desmos Math.

      Assessment reports

      Reporting functionality integrates unit assessments, lesson assessments, personalized learning, Benchmark assessments, and Progress Monitoring for a comprehensive look at student learning.

      Our reports show proficiency and growth by domain, cluster, standard, and priority concept using performance data from unit assessments. Then our reports highlight areas of potential student need to allow teachers to modify their instruction and target differentiated support.

      At-a-glance views of unit-level assessment results inform your instructional planning, and you can also drill down to item-level analysis.

      Standards reports

      Our standards report allows you to monitor proficiency at the class and individual student levels. Proficiency and growth are shown by domain, cluster, standard, and priority concepts. Areas of potential student need are highlighted to allow teachers to modify their instruction and target differentiated support.

      Administrator reports

      Amplify Desmos Math provides a complete picture of student, class, and district performance, allowing administrators to implement instructional and intervention plans.

      • Track student, class, and district performance with usage, completion, and assessment data.
      • Accurately group students and classes with the Benchmark and Progress Monitoring data of mCLASS Assessments and allow teachers to reliably implement and track the progress of Tier 2 and Tier 3 intervention.
      • Provide one data-driven solution that educators can rely on for high-quality math instruction.

      Elementary review resources

      To learn about the elementary program, please start by watching the Amplify Desmos Math California Elementary Program Overview video.

      For additional program information and helpful navigation tips, download the Amplify Desmos Math California Elementary Program Guide.

      View the Elementary Program Components Guide here. 

      View the Hands-on manipulatives brochure here.

      Middle School review resources

      To learn about the middle school program, please start by watching the Amplify Desmos Math California Middle School Program Overview video.

      For additional program information and helpful navigation tips, download the Amplify Desmos Math California Middle School Program Guide.

      View the Middle School Program Components Guide here.

      View the middle school manipulative kit components here.

      The digital experience

      In Amplify Desmos Math, embedded interactions and animations allow students to test predictions, get feedback, share ideas, and connect representations.

      The digital interactions included in lesson activities are designed to elicit student thinking in a way that feels fun and inviting. As students play and explore math concepts, teachers can highlight the ideas that students share, connect those ideas to other students’ ideas, and build on their thinking through productive class discussion.

      Watch the video to preview the digital experience and for helpful platform navigation tips.

      A laptop displays a math activity about platform heights and tube length, while a worksheet titled "Hamster Homes" is visible in the background.

      Explore grade level samples

      All lessons in Amplify Desmos Math California include print materials and rich digital experiences. Every lesson is supported with Student Edition pages, teacher presentation screens, and interactive digital resources for practice and differentiation. Some lessons also enable students to use devices to interact with lesson content.

      You’ll find sample materials by grade level in the following drop-downs. Please refer to your physical samples and the digital platform (accessed through the demo account provided by your account executive) for a comprehensive program review.

      Scope and Sequence

      Math 2–3 is currently being developed and will be available in the 2026–27 school year.

      Cover of "Amplify Desmos Math California Teacher Edition GEO Volume 1" featuring abstract geometric illustrations and people engaged in mathematical activities.
      Scope and Sequence (National Edition)

      The Amplify Desmos Math Geometry Beta National Edition is available for piloting in the 2025–26 school year. Amplify Desmos Math California Geometry will be available in the 2026–27 school year.

      Cover of "Amplify Desmos Math California Geo Volume 1 Student Edition" featuring geometric shapes and small illustrated people interacting with mathematical elements.
      Geometry sampler

      This sampler includes Teacher Edition front matter for program overview information, plus Teacher Edition and Student Edition pages for Units 1–2.

      Cover of "Amplify Desmos Math California A2 Teacher Edition," featuring a Ferris wheel, math graphs, and students interacting with mathematical concepts.
      Scope and sequence (National Edition)

      The Amplify Desmos Math Algebra 2 Beta National Edition is available for piloting in the 2025–26 school year. Amplify Desmos Math California Algebra 2 will be available in the 2026–27 school year.

      Cover of "Amplify Desmos Math California Student Edition A2 Volume 1" featuring mathematical graphs, a Ferris wheel, and students interacting with math concepts.
      Algebra 2 sampler

      This sampler includes Teacher Edition front matter for program overview information, plus Teacher Edition and Student Edition pages for Units 1–2.

      Contact us

      For questions, samples, or more information, please contact your local Amplify account executive:

      Erin King
      Sales Director, CA
      (512) 736-3162
      eking@amplify.com

      Northern CA
      Wendy Garcia
      Senior Account Executive
      (510) 368-7666
      wgarcia@amplify.com

      Bay Area
      Lance Burbank
      Account Executive
      (415) 830-5348
      lburbank@amplify.com

      Central Valley and Central Coast
      Demitri Gonos
      Senior Account Executive
      (559) 355-3244
      dgonos@amplify.com

      Ventura and L.A. County
      Jeff Sorenson
      Associate Account Executive
      (310) 902-1407
      jsorenson@amplify.com

      Orange and L.A. County
      Lauren Sherman
      Senior Account Executive
      (949) 397-5766
      lsherman@amplify.com

      San Bernardino and L.A. County
      Michael Gruber
      Senior Account Executive
      (951) 520-6542
      migruber@amplify.com

      Riverside and L.A. County
      Brian Roy
      Senior Account Executive
      (818) 967-1674
      broy@amplify.com

      San Diego County
      Kirk Van Wagoner
      Senior Account Executive
      (760) 696-0709
      kvanwagoner@amplify.com

      Under 2300 students in Bay Area, Sacramento Valley, and Northern Counties
      Kevin Mauser
      Lead Account Executive
      (815) 534-0148
      kmauser@amplify.com

      Under 2300 students in Southern CA, Central Coast, and Southern Central Valley Counties
      Charissa Snyder
      Account Executive
      (720) 936-6802
      chsnyder@amplify.com

      E komo mai, Hawai’i review committees!

      Aloha Hawai’i teachers and educators,

      We’re excited to be part of your review process for curriculum, assessment, and professional learning.

      Amplify programs are designed to make a difference—and the results are undeniable. Explore our unique research-based approaches built right into these high-quality instructional materials that are aligned to Hawai’i State Department of Education standards.

      With great respect for what you do, mahalo.

      The Hawai’i Amplify team

      Illustrated stickers of a pineapple, coral, sea turtle, whale, fish, and hibiscus flower arranged on a transparent background—perfect for Indiana elementary schools exploring nature themes with Amplify Science.
      Illustration of a bear on a rock overlooking a campsite in a valley with mountains, trees, tents, and people; includes an EdReports review badge in the lower right corner.

      Amplify CKLA

      Using a fundamentally different approach to language arts, Amplify Core Knowledge Language Arts (CKLA) is a PreK–5 program that sequences deep content knowledge with research-based foundational skills. Amplify CKLA met expectations and received all-green ratings from EdReports. Read the review on EdReports.

      Amplify ELA

      Amplify ELA is the only program truly designed to support middle school students at this critical developmental moment. We ensure that skills are taught, standards are covered, and the test is prepped—all while bringing texts to life and differentiating instruction. Read the review on EdReports.

      A girl, an Indiana teacher's inspiration, is reading "Summer of the Mariposas" with an EdReports sticker beside her, labeled "Read the Report, Review Year 2020," capturing a moment that echoes through Indiana elementary schools.
      A teacher with glasses assessing a young student's reading fluency using a tablet in a classroom; visual diagram explaining the relationship between data, instruction, and Amplify mCLASS reading assessment.

      mCLASS Dibels 8th Edition

      mCLASS® is an all-in-one system for universal screening, dyslexia screening, progress monitoring, and instruction for grades K–6 based on the Science of Reading. Powered by DIBELS® 8th Edition, mCLASS helps you measure and strengthen the foundational skills that all students need to become confident readers.

      Science of Reading professional development

      Build your knowledge of the Science of Reading.

      Virtual | 90-minute session

      This introductory session provides educators with a foundational overview of what the Science of Reading means and what it tells us about how to teach using evidence-based reading practices.

      Participants will learn to:

      • Define the Science of Reading by examining evidence-based research.
      • Explain how two frameworks, the Simple View of Reading and the Reading Rope, work in tandem to guide effective literacy instruction.
      • Identify instructional principles aligned to the Science of Reading.
      Two women smiling and looking at a laptop in a classroom. One woman is wearing a striped shirt and the other a black top. Classroom decor is visible in the background.
      Three people stand in front of a whiteboard with colorful sticky notes, engaging in professional development for teachers as they discuss ideas and collaborate using a tablet and a laptop.

      Deepen your knowledge of the Science of Reading.

      On-site or virtual | 3-hour session

      This session will build a base of common knowledge about the Reading Rope and support educators in identifying effective instruction grounded in the Science of Reading.

      Participants will learn to:

      • Identify the strands in the Reading Rope.
      • Describe how each strand plays an important role in developing skilled readers and writers.
      • Identify key look-fors in effective Science of Reading instruction.

      Science of Reading: The Learning Lab online courses

      This series of three self-paced online courses, crafted by literacy expert Susan Lambert and built around International Dyslexia Association (IDA) Knowledge and Practice Standards, guides you through the essential Science of Reading skills and knowledge needed to teach students to read proficiently. It also offers advanced strategies to aid struggling readers. Each course builds on the last, equipping you with the tools and confidence to make a lasting impact on your students’ literacy journeys.

      Benefit from flexible learning on an interactive platform—each course spans 20–25 hours of instruction and is accessible for 12 months. Upon completion, you’ll be provided with a downloadable certificate, validating your new expertise in the Science of Reading.

      Three adults, two women and one man, engage in professional development for teachers using computers in a library setting.

      Contact us

      Support is always available. Our team is dedicated to helping you every step of the way. Contact your dedicated Hawai’i representative here for program access, samples, and additional information.

      Laina Armbruster

      Senior Account Executive, Hawai’i
      Email: larmbruster@amplify.com
      Phone: (602) 791-4135

      A woman with long brown hair, wearing a dark blouse and a necklace, smiles at the camera against a plain light background—an inspiring Indiana teacher recognized for her use of Amplify Science in the classroom.

      Ready to learn more?

      Fill out this form, and we’ll be in touch with you shortly.

      Four steps administrators can take to shift to the Science of Reading

      Four steps administrators can take to shift to the Science of Reading

      To view this protected page, enter the password below:



      Sneak peek: A miniseries on multilingual and English learners

      Science of Reading: The Podcast is launching a special miniseries dedicated to multilingual/English learners (ML/ELs)! Host Susan Lambert will chat with leading researchers and practitioners about how the Science of Reading supports ML/ELs and why this is so important. Through exploration of the key research and enlightening discussions, Susan and guests will discuss the optimal use of the Science of Reading to enhance students’ classroom experiences and overall learning journeys.

      Listen to this trailer for a sneak peek, and subscribe now to make sure you don’t miss this exclusive miniseries. The first episode drops April 30!

      Meet our host, Susan Lambert

      Susan Lambert is the Chief Academic Officer of Elementary Humanities at Amplify, and the host of Science of Reading: The Podcast. Her career has been focused on creating high-quality learning environments using evidence-based practices. Lambert is a mom of four, a grandma of four, a world traveler, and a collector of stories.

      As the host of Science of Reading: The Podcast, Lambert explores the increasing body of scientific research around how reading is best taught. As a former classroom teacher, administrator, and curriculum developer, Lambert is dedicated to turning theory into best practices that educators can put right to use in the classroom, and to showcasing national models of reading instruction excellence.

      Retrato de una mujer caucásica sonriente con cabello rubio corto, involucrada en un podcast sobre la ciencia de la lectura, con gafas, lápiz labial rojo y un collar de perlas.

      How problem-based learning can transform the math classroom

      With test scores and student engagement on the decline, it’s clear that traditional teaching methods aren’t meeting the needs of all of today’s math learners.

      One solution that’s gaining momentum is problem-based learning. By focusing on real-world problems and structured approaches, this approach develops critical thinking, reasoning, and application—skills that are essential for math success.

      But making this shift isn’t easy. For math teachers and educators, it requires careful planning, a clear strategy, and community commitment.

      That’s why we’re here to help.

      The decline in test scores and engagement

      The latest National Assessment of Educational Progress (NAEP) results show a sharp decline in math proficiency across grade levels. Only 26% of eighth graders performed at or above the NAEP Proficient level in 2022. These results represent the largest score declines in NAEP mathematics at grades 4 and 8 since initial assessments in 1990. The pandemic didn’t help, but it’s not the only factor.

      This downward trend is compounded by a sense of disengagement. According to YouthTruth’s report Making Sense of Learning Math: Insights from the Student Experience, only half of students feel that what they’re learning in math connects to the real world. Recent survey data also shows that less than half of U.S. students feel that they “often” or “always” work on interesting problems in math class.

      When math feels irrelevant or intimidating, students disengage—and the learning gaps that follow can be difficult to close.

      An opportunity to grow

      But the data also includes opportunities. According to NAEP research, more than 70% of students report that they enjoy activities that challenge their thinking and thinking about problems in new ways.

      Problem-based learning helps give those students what they want.

      And in a world that relies increasingly on data, analysis, and innovation, students need to learn not just how to follow steps and apply formulas, but how to think mathematically. In other words, problem-solving skills need to be part of student learning. This is particularly important in elementary and middle school math, where foundational concepts are built—and where students have the chance to forget their identities as “math people.”

      That’s why working to infuse problem-based math learning into your district’s instruction can help reverse negative math and engagement trends.

      What does problem-based learning in math look like?

      Let’s go back and define this approach more fully. Research shows that math instruction is most effective when it encourages students—individually or grouped with peers—to grapple actively with math problems. When instruction gives students the opportunity and freedom to solve problems, rather than dictating solutions and then having them practice, students are more motivated.

      For example, instead of memorizing the formula for calculating area and then practicing it in a series of disconnected problems, students might tackle a problem-solving challenge like:

      How much paint is needed to cover our classroom walls?” Or they might work on a broader question such as: “How can we design a park, taking into account constraints like space, cost, and accessibility?

      At its core, problem-based learning values mathematical thinking and reasoning. Rather than focusing on procedures and memorization, problem-based learning encourages students to:

      • Explore open-ended problems.
      • Ask questions and make connections.
      • Develop strategies to solve problems collaboratively.
      • Build curiosity and perseverance.
      • Reflect on their reasoning and process.

      In the problem-based learning classroom, students are positioned as active participants in their math experiences, building a deeper understanding of concepts as they work through challenges. This is particularly critical for ensuring students don’t just learn math, but understand why it works and how to apply it. These approaches can transform math classrooms into spaces where students build both foundational and real-world math skills—and a healthy dose of math confidence, too.

      Critical factors in making the shift

      Integrating problem-based learning into traditional math teaching can feel like (and is!) a big change—in lesson-planning, mindset, and more.

      To make it work for administrators, teachers, and students alike, schools do best when they focus on a few critical factors. These include:

      • Clear vision: Understand (and communicate) why the shift matters and what it looks like in action.
      • Leadership buy-in: Gain commitment from school leaders and administrators.
      • Teacher support: Offer professional development, resources, and ongoing guidance specific to math instruction.
      • Structured approaches: Establish a well-defined plan for implementing problem-based learning in math classrooms effectively.

      What problem-based learning can look like in the classroom

      While problem-based learning offers proven benefits, it can be difficult to integrate into the classroom without a clear structure. Teachers need tools and strategies to guide students through the process and ensure that learning goals are met.

      A structured approach to problem-based learning in math should include:

      1. Defining the problem: Present a clear, engaging math challenge connected to real-world scenarios.
      2. Student inquiry: Encourage exploration, discussion, and different solution paths.
      3. Collaboration: Support teamwork to share ideas and reasoning.
      4. Reflection: Allow students to evaluate their process, solutions, and learning.

      This structured approach not only improves students’ conceptual understanding, but also aligns with Amplify’s research findings, which show that students who engage in active learning outperform their peers in more traditional settings.

      By embracing problem-based learning in math classrooms, educators can:

      • Boost student engagement and confidence.
      • Improve student problem-solving and mathematical reasoning skills.
      • Help reverse declines in math achievement over time.
      • Empower students to see the value and relevance of math in academics and in their lives.

      Ready to learn more?

      If you’re ready to explore how your school can make the shift to problem-based learning in math, our new change management ebook is the perfect place to start. It offers practical guidance, real-world examples, and a deeper look at the strategies highlighted above.

      Download the ebook now to discover actionable insights and strategies to help make problem-based learning come alive in your math classrooms.

      Frequently asked questions

      Still have questions? We have answers. Check out the following FAQ.

      Overview

      • Amplify CKLA is based on research showing that closing the background knowledge gap is necessary for supporting the literacy development of all students. To that end, Amplify CKLA teaches literacy through the lens of cross-curricular domains in science, history, literature, and culture. It was developed in response to research that shows the critical impact of background knowledge on reading comprehension and college- and career-readiness.
      • The program also reflects the latest early reading research showing the importance of explicit foundational skills instruction. The program develops students’ foundational literacy skills through a systematic scope and sequence with a focus on phonics.

      Our research-based language arts curriculum is built on findings showing that higher-level reading comprehension depends on both automatic, fluent decoding and background knowledge. Combining well-established findings from the field of early literacy research with classroom-based feedback, Amplify CKLA ensures that children will learn to listen, speak, read, and write confidently and proficiently. For more information, view the Amplify CKLA Research Guide.

      Amplify CKLA is a PreK–5 program. While the PreK and K–2 materials respect the important differences between early childhood education and formal schooling, the Grades 3–5 materials ensure a smooth transition to the academic rigors of middle school.

      PreK

      The focus in PreK is to maintain a developmentally appropriate early childhood setting; the structures, routines, and activities are engaging and children receive a solid foundation for future language arts instruction.

      K–2

      The focus in K–2 is developing fluent reading and writing skills, and enhancing language comprehension by building background knowledge and vocabulary. This is accomplished through two strands: the Skills Strand and the Knowledge Strand.

      The Skills Strand focuses on decoding, encoding, grammar, handwriting, and the writing process, and it contains decodable chapter books for students to practice just-learned sound-spellings.

      The Knowledge Strand builds background knowledge and vocabulary through carefully sequenced read-alouds and complex texts. Teachers read aloud stories that are more complex than the text students can decode on their own, enabling children to engage with complex texts and build background knowledge of a variety of connected topics in history, science, literature, and the arts.

      3–5

      In Grades 3–5, students are still focused on building reading and writing skills as well as knowledge and vocabulary, but the program no longer has two strands. The various lessons in each unit include read-alouds; whole-group, small-group, and partner reading; close reading; literal, inferential, and evaluative comprehension questions; vocabulary; grammar; writing; morphology and spelling (10–15 words per week); and unit assessments.

      Program design

      The Skills strand provides intentional and systematic support in building decoding skills. The lessons support learning related to phonemic awareness, sound-letter patterns (or spelling patterns), decoding (both in explicit lessons and with engaging decodable texts), writing mechanics, and writing structure and processes, for 60 minutes daily.

      The Knowledge Strand develops young children’s language and background knowledge. By exposing children to rich and complex texts through daily read-alouds, engaging in text-based and analytic discussions of the text and content, and building connections from the text to the work of the classroom through extension activities, the Knowledge Strand provides daily, extensive (60 minutes) broadening and deepening of children’s oral language and comprehension.

      Teaching the Skills Strand and Knowledge Strand in parallel helps students avoid cognitive overload and acquire advanced, complex vocabulary in the Knowledge Strand—in essence, reading to learn from day one—while becoming expert decoders in the Skills Strand. The program is designed to bring these two strands together in grades 3–5, as foundational skills and higher-level comprehension and meaning-making gradually intertwine.

      The CKLA program takes a comprehensive approach to teaching the code of the English language in the Skills strand. While the English language has only 26 letters, these letters combine to create 150 spelling patterns that represent 44 sounds of language. In most reading programs, children are explicitly taught only a fraction of this information and must glean the rest from ad hoc and incidental exposure to these spelling patterns through text. CKLA focuses on explicitly teaching each of the 44 sounds and the 150 ways that these sounds are represented (via letters and letter combinations). This comprehensive approach assures educators that children have the knowledge they need to address any text and any word.

      The Knowledge Strand reflects the fact that knowledge, comprehension, and vocabulary are intimately related. The materials are designed to provide children sustained time on a variety of domains (bodies of knowledge) through shared read-alouds and discussions. This coherent organization of content is critical to building knowledge, inferring new vocabulary, and enabling comprehension. The content-rich, intentionally sequenced nature of the read-alouds within the Knowledge Strand creates the optimal context for incidental and explicit vocabulary-learning opportunities. After the read-aloud, children analyze the text through interactive discussion questions, engage in activities that foster their comprehension of complex sentences and ideas, and extend the ideas of the read-aloud into other activities in the classroom. In this way, the lessons create rich, academically oriented, oral language experiences that promote both receptive and expressive language skills.

      Amplify CKLA embeds a variety of diagnostic and classroom assessments into the program materials.

      There are curriculum-based assessments of both foundational skills and content knowledge, placement assessments in Grades 1 and 2 for the Skills Strand, and end-of-year Skills Strand assessments in Grades K–3. These assessments are built into the units of instruction/domains within the Teacher Guides. In Grades 4–5, there are beginning-of-year assessments, frequent spelling assessments, and comprehensive unit assessments.

      Formative Assessments are integrated into every lesson, allowing teachers to understand exactly how students are doing on meeting lesson goals and standards-based objectives.

      Writing in multiple genres is taught through a process that builds from three highly scaffolded steps to seven flexible steps.
      In addition to explicit lessons in handwriting, spelling, and grammar, writing is taught throughout K–5. Instruction begins with a three-step writing process: plan, draft, and edit. The process is reinforced as each new writing genre is addressed. Each genre is taught through a gradual reduction in scaffolding over a set of six lessons that includes teacher modeling, group practice, independent practice, and independent application. This systematic approach allows for continued support and predictable learning as children progress in their knowledge of text types and complexity of writing. By Grade 3, students have worked their way up to a five-step writing process: planning, drafting, revising, editing, and publishing. Beginning in Grade 4, the writing process expands to seven components: planning, drafting, sharing, evaluating, revising, and editing (and the optional component of publishing). An important change between the writing process in Grades 3–5 is that the writing process is no longer conceptualized as a series of scaffolded, linear steps that students follow in a set sequence. Rather, students move back and forth between components of the writing process in a flexible manner, similar to the process that mature and experienced writers follow. In addition to specific writing lessons, there are numerous writing opportunities for students throughout the curriculum.

      Alignment to the CCSS

      Fully implementing the Common Core Standards requires some shifts in prevailing instructional approaches. For early grades language arts, these shifts can be summarized as (1) balancing fiction and nonfiction text, (2) building knowledge, (3) supporting students’ capacity to learn from increasingly complex texts, (4) giving text-based answers, (5) writing from sources, and (6) explicitly supporting the acquisition of academic vocabulary. The following sections document the primary ways that Amplify CKLA meets the demands of these shifts.

      1. The amount of nonfiction gradually increases, reaching the 50-50 balance of fiction and nonfiction by grade 3.
      2. Read-alouds in the Knowledge Strand are designed according to the latest research to build knowledge and vocabulary in history, science, the arts, and more.
      3. The texts in both the Knowledge Strand and the Skills strand increase in complexity as the program progresses within and across grades.
      4. In the Skills Strand, the language and knowledge demands of the texts increase, but remain decodable based on the aspects of the code that have been taught to date.
      5. Both strands engage students in appropriate means of providing text-based answers—orally, pictorially, and eventually in writing.
      6. Together, the Skills and Knowledge Strands enable students to read and digest various sources and then write by drawing on those sources.
      7. In both strands of the program, Amplify CKLA teaches children the process of using the text as a springboard for understanding.
      8. The Knowledge Strand offers repeated exposures to academic vocabulary through authentic texts and explicit word instruction.

      Materials

      PreK

      • Teacher Guides, Student Activity Pages, 3–4 Trade Books per domain, Flip Books, Image Cards, Transition and Center Cards, Nursery Rhymes and Songs Posters, and a Big Book (Classic Tales)

      Grades K–2

      • Knowledge Strand: Teacher Guides, Flip Books, Student Activity Books, Image Cards, and online resources including supplemental lessons
      • Skills Strand: Teacher Guides, Activity Books, Student Readers, Big Books, Letter Cards, Spelling Cards, Individual Code Sheets, Code and Chaining Resources (Vowel/Consonant Code Flip Books, Student Chaining Folders), Blending Cards, and online resources including differentiation and remediation guides

      Grades 3–5

      • Teacher Guides, Student Readers, Activity Books, Poet’s Journal, Writer’s Journal, Core Quests (The Viking Age in Grade 3, Eureka: Student Inventor in Grade 4 and “A Midsummer Night’s Dream” in grade 5) and Writing Quests (The Contraption in Grade 4, The Robot in Grade 5)

      How differentiation drives success

      A collage features a blue-toned figure holding a mask, silhouettes of people, butterflies, and abstract shapes against a colorful background—evoking scenes from an American classroom helping struggling readers learn by teaching phonemes.

      I’d like to share a favorite success story from my ELA class that brings home the true power of differentiation.

      There was one boy—let’s call him Dipper. (It’s not his real name; I just really like the show “Gravity Falls.”) Dipper was the sweetest, kindest, most wholesome eighth grader I have ever met. He was absolutely precious.

      Dipper also suffered from fairly severe academic struggles. He was well below his middle school reading level, struggled to express ideas in writing, and took longer than other students to break down basic concepts. When Dipper first came to me, he couldn’t start or complete a written sentence. He was easily frustrated and often overwhelmed to the point of tears.

      Spoiler: By the end of the school year, Dipper was writing multiple paragraphs and starting to connect them with transition sentences.

      Here’s how he got that much closer to grade level.

      Using sentence starters and scaffolds to build success

      My school district had recently adopted Amplify ELA (6–8). At the outset, I placed Dipper at the differentiation level with the most support. When we talked about how a character reacted to a moment in the story, Dipper had corresponding smiley, frowny, and disgusted faces to identify feelings. He had his own lesson plan with example quotes, shortened readings, alternative questions to spark thinking, and sentence starters to help him focus on comprehension instead of getting stuck at the start.

      All of these supports helped him comprehend, share his responses, and contribute to discussions.

      So far, so good.

      But putting those thoughts to paper—or text box—was a completely different hurdle.

      Facing academic struggles with patience and persistence

      I can’t talk about Dipper without talking about his one-to-one aide. Let’s call her Ms. Mabel. (Again, “Gravity Falls.” I’m telling you, check it out.)

      Ms. Mabel had sat beside Dipper during every ELA class since sixth grade. She helped him stay focused and generate ideas, and she even transcribed his answers when needed. Ms. Mabel’s devotion to Dipper’s success was profound and inspirational.

      And it made all the difference when it came to Writing Prompts. At first, the prompts were met with tears and tantrums, panic and disdain, all the joyful wholesomeness ripped from Dipper.

      Ms. Mabel would console him and redirect his passions to the work. She would point out the sentence starters, help him copy and paste them to the text box, and have him fill in the blanks. Again and again.

      And then, little by little: Less panic. Fewer tears. Sentence starters, fill in the blank. Progress.
      Sentence starters, fill in the blank. Success.

      Day by day, Dipper, stacking wins like pancakes at an all-you-can-eat breakfast buffet, found confidence in himself, his reading, and his writing. He went from barely being able to complete a sentence to writing multiple paragraphs with evidence to support his ideas.

      We had seen Dipper grow from a tiny sixth grader into a less tiny eighth grader and had watched his initial tenacity meet with stagnation, frustration, and defeat—until this year. This year with Amplify was different.

      Why it takes more than just an awesome teacher

      Obviously, you can’t pin success on one factor. Dipper had many supports in place: two blocks in the resource room, a dedicated aide, supportive peers and family, and—above all—a fierce drive and work ethic.

      But if you asked Ms. Mabel, she would tell you that Amplify helped, too. She found that the way the questions were broken down allowed her to teach Dipper what he misunderstood better than she had been able to in previous years. We discovered very quickly how much autonomy was built in. It wasn’t rigid. It gave us structure and trust. It made differentiation easier, clearer, and more meaningful.

      Sure, maybe Dipper was also maturing. Maybe I’m just an awesome teacher. Or maybe, just maybe, we need every little bit of help we can get to do the hard work in life. Maybe we need someone to push us in the right direction. Maybe we need those guardrails to keep us on course. Some of us can start our own engines, but we all need to be able to race.

      Sometimes, we need someone who can help us start our sentences so we can learn how to be the ones to finish them.

      More to explore

      • Let’s keep the conversation going! Join the discussion in our Amplify learning communities.
      • Looking for inspiration? Watch Teacher Connections, a video series featuring practical advice and tools straight from fellow educators—our very own Amplify Ambassadors.
      • Dive into our podcast hub to hear from top thought leaders and educators and uncover cross-disciplinary insights to support your instruction.